Wrestling Forum banner

1 - 20 of 53 Posts

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #1
Little personal note: BTW is a BTB I ran about a year and a half ago. I ran it smoothly for course of one kayfabe year, culminating in my biggest PPV, WrestleBowl, and then I never continued it. I tried to do so on different forums, but for one reason or the other never quite did. In this forum in particular I tried to do a spin off BTB called BTW Year 2 or something like that, but it didn't really make sense as nobody knew about the history of BTW and I didn't even post WrestleBowl itself as I had lost the archive.

I recovered the archive and so my plan is to post the WrestleBowl PPV, and then start with original,new booking from that point forward. Hope you enjoy my work and you join me in this trip.

First I will be posting the WrestleBowl preview, with a little summary of how every match came together. Then, later today, I will post the PPV and after that I will post the official roster.
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #2





Venue: Ford Field, Detroit Michigan. Tickets Sold: 80 250







Joey Styles returns!


After a severe back injury caused by a Chokeslam through the announce table at the hands of The Big Show two months ago, Joey Styles has finally been cleared by the doctors to return to the announcing booth. Dont miss Joey Styles join Jim Ross and John Bradshaw Layfield as this exciting new trio comment the action of BTW's Grandest Daddy of them All!








Ne-Yo


American pop and R&B singer-song writter will perform live "America The Beautiful".








Motorhead


Legendary band Motorhead will perform live WrestleBowl's Official Theme Song, Born to be Wild, in their first ever performance of Steppenwolf's hit song. Plus, they will perform BTW World Heavyweight Champion Triple H's entrance theme song, "The Game".






Official Preview Guide






Since Up Rising PPV, Triple H has been on top of the BTW food chain, reigning as the BTW World Heavyweight Champion. Since Krakatoa, Brock Lesnar's road has been linked with Bob Sapp and their growing rivalry, and even before that he has been locked up with Goldberg. Triple H and Lesnar's road, besides the fact that eventually Brock might have wanted a title match, didn't seem to be destined to meet. However, Triple H decided to change that. Going into Starrcade, Brock Lesnar was book in a Triple Threat match against Goldberg and Bob Sapp in a Triple Threat Match, with the winner becoming the new Number One Contender, and Triple H gave himself the mission of reminding Brock Lesnar just how little chance he had of winning the match, constantly bullying and humilliating Lesnar backstage, while Brock was barely able to conrol himself. Fast forward to the night after Turning Point PPV. A Battle Royal was being held in BTW Nitro, with the winner of the match going on to face Triple H for his championship at WrestleBowl. A previously interviewed Triple H, when asked, said Brock Lesnar would choke, as he always does, in championship situations. However, he didn't, as in fact he won the match and became his Number One Contender. From there, these two have played a game of oneupsmenship. Brock Lesnar finally defeated Bob Sapp in one on one action, only to see next week Triple H shadow his victory by pinning Tomko. The war of words have also been very important in this confrontation. HHH's premise has not been altered: "Brock Lesnar doesn't belong on my league", while Brock has limited himself to warn Triple H about the pain that is to come at WrestleBowl for him. This Sunday, there wont be officials or agents separating them from a brawl. There will only be one man standing tall, with the BTW World Heavyweight Championship hoisted up high.



Tag Team Match
Special Referee: Ken Shamrock
Goldberg and Randy Couture vs Big Show and Tito Ortiz

For months, the best word to describe Big Show is crazy. He snapped on everything and everyone in front of him, and just as Chris Jericho said, the reason was losing and not being able to regain the BTW Continental Championship. At Turning Point PPV, Chris Jericho battled Big Show, with the winner getting a Continentental Title Match at WrestleBowl. Big Show practically had the match won, when no other than Randy Couture walked down the ramp and distracted The Big Show costing him the match. Couture was in the arena as a guest from Goldberg, and Big Show would remember that, as later on that night Big Show attacked Goldberg costing him a match. The seeds were planted for a match, however, Couture and Goldberg refused to destroy Big Show in a Handicap Match, and for his own sake told him to get a tag team partner, who, to the shock of everyone, would turn out to be no other than Tito Ortiz. Big Show and Tito Ortiz applied the antics that broutht them to the game, mixing their own powers with cheatery, including leading their opponents directly into a Chokeslam-ending traps. The physical and verbal warfare continued, until it forced Crushing C to control it, booking a special guest referee to control this mayhem. That man turn out to be no other than Ken Shamrock, proving his effectiveness when he separated both teams from destorying each other inside a Steel Cage. On Sunday however, will he be able to control the egos, strenghts and personal agendas of everyone in that match?



No Holds Barred
Rikishi vs Crushing C (BTW's General Manager)

To truly comprehend the history of this two, you have to go back all the way to Rebellion PPV. Team WWE vs Team BTW was booked as the main event of the evening. Vince Mcmahon had tempted a lot of BTW superstars to jump ship and betray BTW, with the latest of them being Rikishi. When the match rolled in, Rikishi came down the ramp with a chair in hand, and the firm intention of betraying BTW, however he changed his mind and turn around leaving. However, that was enough to distract Chris Jericho, allowing John Cena to give the WWE the win. From that point forward, and since Rikishi refused to apologize for his actions, Crushing C started the mission of punishing Rikishi in anyway possible. Fans supported Crushing C in his decision, however somewhere in between 5 on 1 Handicap Matches, Steel Cage Matches, they started to feel sorry for Rikishi, and felt that Crushing C was punishing him for punishing sake. This continued into CyberSlam, when they met one on one, with the stipulation being voted by the people that the winner would be fired. Rikishi had the match won, however with the help of AJ Styles, who everyone believed was pulling for Rikishi, Crushing C got the win and fired Rikishi. The samoan was not to be denied however, and he started showing on PPVs, crashing into events and hiding in the office of Crushing C. BTW's owner saw that and questioned the security that Crushing C gave to their events, and so he fired him as well, only to next week have him reinstated, with the condition of giving Rikishi one last match. That match would turn out to be an Unsactioned Match against AJ Styles. Riksihi won the match, impressing everyone, even Crushing C, who surprisingly agreed to give a BTW contract to Rikishi if he defeated Randy Orton. Rikishi did so and finally he was able to recover his work, however, it all turned out to be a planned conspiracy by Crushing C, as he booked a rematch for Turning Point in which Randy Orton didn't even want to compete, he limited himself to punish Rikishi throughout the match, ending with a vicious punt kick to the head causing Rikishi a concussion.

Rikishi would truly see the meanest, sickest and worst side of Crushing C, when the GM went to the hospital and attacked the defenseless Rikishi, and then booked himself in a one on one match with Rikishi at WrestleBowl. But if Rikishi saw the baddest of the GM, we then would see the coward side of Crushing C, with the GM even having Rikishi arrested so that he wouldn't have to fight him. Last week however, Rikishi got the chance to get his hands on Crushing C and gave him a little taste at what is to come this Sunday in the No Holds Barred match, when Crushing C got beaten all over his own office. What will happen when Rikishi has Crushing C in front of him, across the ring, with no rules restricting him?



Randy Orton vs The Rock

As we said, Randy Orton was responsible for Rikishi's concussion, caused when he punted him right on the head at Turning Point. However, as Randy Orton will learn on Sunday night, blood is thicker than water. Orton bragged week in and week out about his actions, until he got the message that one Rikishi family member had had it with it and was coming next week to confront him. That person would turn out to be no other than The Rock, assuring he would defeat Randy Orton at WrestleBowl, and that he would do it for Rikishi. Randy Orton has send direct messages to The Rock, defeating two times Messiah right in front of The Rock, and stating his intentions clearly, however it is The Rock the one who has send the biggest message, not only running his mouth all over Randy Orton, but by defeating the World Strongest Man one, two, three in his first match since 2004. As The Rock has said, it's not a matter of being funny or clever, it's a matter of being the absolutebest, and on Sunday, in this match, it will all come down to The Rock avenging RIkishi, or having his career ended by the Legend Killer.



Undertaker vs Montel Vontavious Porter

Undertaker's latest victims have been Muhammed Hassan, Elijah Burke and Orlando Jordan, all sharing something in common: their youth and their cockiness. Their lack of respect for those true great names in the history of our business. MVP stood up for them to Crushing C, acting brave and expecting some kind of reward, however what he would get was something he might not be wanting that much, a match against The Undertaker one on one at WrestleBowl, accordingly to the GM, so that MVP himself stood up to the Undertaker. Altough a little hesitant and intimidated at first, MVP finally showed some nerve, altough in a bad way, as using a steel chair to mawl down The Undertaker, even nailing his Drive By Kick into a steel chair directly onto the skull of the Deadman. But from that point, and realizing that he would be exposed to the revenge of the Deadman, MVP has done anything more than one thing:

Run.

MVP has played the game of hide and seek, toying The Undertaker, taunting him, but at the moment he sees a reaction from the Demon of Death Valley, he runs away, with his tail tuck between his legs. However, in this match, there is no running place, there's no space for hiding or cowardness. It's MVP and The Undertaker one on one, and only one of them will walk out as the winner.



Edge vs Jeff Hardy

Edge has been on top of the food chain many times before, including here in BTW, where he has been the longest BTW World Heavyweight Champion in history. However, for a long time, there has been one young man knocking on the door of greatness, and that man is no other than Jeff Hardy. Hardy won the 2008 King of the Ring, and so he told the world that he would win the Battle Royal and become Number One Contender going into WrestleBowl. Edge was the one to crush his dreams, telling him he had no chance in hell. However, in the Battle Royal Jeff hardy was the last man to be eliminated, and he was the one who eliminted Edge. The Rated R Superstar would take exception of that, as he promised Jeff Hardy he would get rid of him. On that same night, Jeff was arrested, as illegal substances were found on his backpack thanks to an anonimous call alerting the authorities. Jeff has swore he is not responsible, and one would think he isn't, however Edge has made sure to remember all of us Hardy's troubled past. The Rated R did just that last week in his unique Cutting Edge, saying you might hate him, but at least he is a person you can trust in, unlike Hardy. Jeff had had enough and tried to attack Edge defending his honor, however Edge lead him directly into a trap, and lead him directly into a Spear on a ladder. Will the Spear once again play a fundamental role in this match, or will all the rage trapped inside Jeff Hardy lead him into getting revenge and beating some respect into Edge?



CM Punk vs Samoa Joe

CM Punk and Samoa Joe have been long time friends, however their reuniting of sorts here in BTW came when Joe wished CM Punk much needed luck going into a match against Mark Henry, ending with Punk winning the match. Punk would return the favor next week, after Joe defeated Mark Henry congratulating him for his great match. CM Punk and Samoe Joe were back together, stronger than ever, as they showed when teaming up and defeating the BTW Tag champions. However, as the phrase goes, good friends, better enemies, and it would all change when Joe challenged Punk to a match. Next week, them teaming wasn't the same. The tension was noticeable to everyone in the arena. Last week, we saw however an incredible moment that showed the ability of both men, when CM Punk was able to escape the Coquina Clutch, and Samoa Joe escape from the Anaconda Vice, in the unique Submission Challenge, and now, the question rises, what will any of these two have to do to win this match? And in the end, how will CM Punk and Samoa Joe walk out of this match, as friends, or as bitter enemies?



BTW Continental Championship Match
Christian Cage(c) vs Chris Jericho

As previously stated, Chris Jericho earn this match by defeating Big Show at Turning Point. Chris Jericho and Christian Cage have a lot of history together, and both men would revisit their past and compare egos in a battle of words, when Chris Jericho invited Christian to his Highlight Reel and Cage, next week, invited Chris Jericho to the returning Peepshow. However, from that point forward, it has all gone physical, with Christian Cage somehow getting the advantage in their contests, mostly tag team matches, by pinning not one, but two times Chris Jericho by connecting effectively the Unprettier. But that advantage wasnt enough for the champion, and so he arranged Elijah Burke to destroy the legs of his opponent. Thinking that the night was over, Christian Cage accepted and Open Challenge from Colt Cabana, only to then find himself unable to win and forced to walk out. But he wouldn't be able to do so, as Chris Jericho walked down the ramp and looking for revenge for all what Christian did on previous weeks, stopped him from running and threw Cage back in the ring and right into a Colt 45. This Sunday, and with the title on the line, what image will we see, Christian knocked out again and Jericho with a smile on his face, or will we see Christian pin Chris Jericho for the third time on the row?



Monster's Ball
Winner gets a BTW Extreme Championship Match at Busted Open
Mr. Kennedy vs AJ Styles vs RVD vs Sabu

At Turning Point, it was AJ Styles the one who pitched this idea as a special attraction for WrestleBowl to Crushing C. In the following weeks, all Rob Van Dam, Sabu, Mr. Kennedy and AJ Styles himself secured their spots in this match. In the weeks leading to this match, everyone has had their moment to prove to the world that they might very well be the winner of this match. Sabu defeated Rob Van Dam in one on one action, only to then lose to AJ Styles in a tag team match. AJ would then be last man eliminated in the Battle Royal by Mr. Kennedy. RVD also scored the winning pinfall on a Tag Team match. But it is anybody's ballgame, especially when there are no rules to restrict this men and their hardcore instincts. And as previously announced on BTW.com, it all got worse...or more interesting depending on your point of view, as the winner of this match will earn himself a BTW Extreme Title match at next PPV. The question is, with the violence we will see in this contest, will the winner even be left standing? Or alive?



Umaga vs Bob Sapp

Since debuting in BTW, Bob Sapp has been the most dominant force in BTW, and that dominance hasn't been diminished by his undefeated streak ending, as his opponent following have learned the hard way. However, prior to Sapp coming to BTW, there was already a dominant force in BTW.

Umaga.

Both men's paths have gone almost paralell to one another, beating and destroying practically the same opponents in impressive fashion. However, the paths finally crossed when Paul Heyman laid the claim that Bob Sapp was the most dominant person in BTW today, and the samoan took exception to that. As Gavin Spears have been able to find out, both are pretty dangerous, but for the first time ever, both men will test first hard the power and dominance of the other, meeting one on one in the ring. Who will walk out as the winner of the match? And will that man be able to finally claim dominance over the entire Born to Wrestle Federation?

 

·
Premium Member
Joined
·
8,457 Posts
I remember reading this PPV about 12 months ago when you originaly posted it, it was a huge thing. Great to see you back and writing and hopefuly this one can be as sucsessful as the previous.

Best of luck.
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #4 (Edited)



The cameras welcome us to the Ford Field, as they start going through the crowd. The fans in attendance go wild with their cheers, shaking the entire structure of the Ford Field with their enthusiastic roar. The design of the set consists on a stage lightening element of 300 ft in width and 100 ft in height, leading to a 187 ft long ramp. It incorporated 414 LED video screens and automated lights, 10 spotlights, 56 searchlights and 35 stage flamethrowers. We see Jeremy Borash standing right in the middle of the squared circle.

Borash: Ladies and Gentlemen, welcome to WrestleBowl!!!

Crowd erupts.

Borash: And now, here to sing “America The Beautiful”, singer-songwriter Ne-Yo!


Ne-Yo: O beautiful, for spacious skies,
For amber waves of grain,
For purple mountain majesties
Above the fruited plain!
America! America! God shed His grace on thee,
And crown thy good with brotherhood, from sea to shining sea.

O beautiful, for pilgrim feet
Whose stern, impassioned stress
A thoroughfare for freedom beat
Across the wilderness!
America! America! God mend thine ev'ry flaw;
Confirm thy soul in self control, thy liberty in law!

O beautiful, for heroes proved
In liberating strife,
Who more than self their country loved
And mercy more than life!
America! America! May God thy gold refine,
'Til all success be nobleness, and ev'ry gain divine!

O beautiful, for patriot dream
That sees beyond the years,
Thine alabaster cities gleam
Undimmed by human tears!
America! America! God shed His grace on thee,
And crown thy good with brotherhood, from sea to shining sea!


Crowd gets up to their feet and give Ne-Yo a standing ovation.

Ne-Yo: Thank you, thank you.







And now, Born to Wrestle presents…WRESTLEBOWL!!!


Pyro
Pyro
Pyro

“Born to be Wild” by Steppenwolf plays as pyrotechnics explode in all their glory in their stage, first in white, red and blue in honor of the United States’ flag, and then they continue exploiting in a rainbow of colors, coming out from the stage, going across the arena and ending on a circular-like structure on top of the ring. The crowd cheers heavily during all of this and hoist their signs up high. The camera finally takes us to the announce table, where we see Joey Styles, John Bradshaw Layfield and Jim Ross.

Styles: Ladies and Gentlemen, straight to you from the Motor City, we welcome you to WrestleBowl! Alongside JBL and Jim Ross, Joey Styles here, and on a personal note, it’s good to be back.

JR: It’s good to have you back indeed Joey, and I guarantee you, not only you will be feeling good when this night is over. An amazing night, amazing atmosphere, it all falls in place for one hell of a night.

JBL: Damn right about that. Lights are on bright and they will never get brighter, this fans will never cheer louder, gentlemen, let’s dance!

JR: Tonight, we have, for the first time ever, and for the BTW World Heavyweight Championship, Brock Lesnar will have to play The Game, when he goes one on one with the champion, Triple H.

JBL: And how about this one boys, the legend of The Rock might get killed here tonight, by Randy Orton.

Styles: But nothing gets more personal than this. An entire year in the making, Rikishi finally gets Crushing C in that ring, and it’s No Holds Barred.

JR: And there’s many, many more here tonight. We’re glad you join us in a night in which history, is sure to be written.


“Get Back” plays to a huge amount of boos from the Detroit fans. Bob Sapp steps out into the stage, and with an imposing look on his face, he looks around the arena. Paul Heyman comes out as well and joins him. Sapp flexes his pectorals as Heyman points at him and screams his lungs out praising his client. Finally, both men walk down the ramp, Bob Sapp ignoring the fans on his way down. Heyman stops on ringside as Bob Sapp enters the ring and stands in the middle ring, lifting both his arms taunting to the crowd.

JR: And what a better way to start off this night in what promises to be an all out war all in search for domination.

Styles: We have seen Bob Sapp run wild all over BTW since his debut, since day one, but not ever since he has been in the ring with someone who matches his power quite like the samoan Bulldozer does.

JBL: This might end up being bowling shoe ugly, but I guarantee you, it will be damn sure be smash mouth wrestling and a complete warfare.


“Virtual Voodoo” plays to a mixed reaction from the audience as Umaga rampages out from the back. Umaga is sporting new trunks, decorated with a samoan tribal design in green and red. Umaga looks already fired up and ready to go as he wildly walks down the ramp, up the steps and enters the ring, where he crosses eyes with Bob Sapp. The referee rings the bell.





Umaga and Bob Sapp stare at each other from different sides of the ring. Bob Sapp doesn’t move a muscle, he just remains standing on the same place looking at Umaga with a mean look on his face. Umaga looks right back at him, and as if were examinating Sapp, Umaga tilts his head mildly to the right, then he shows his teeth trying to intimidate Bob Sapp. It is to no avail though, as Bob Sapp steps right toward him and returning the taunt he flexes his muscles, showing his amazing muscular structure. Umaga returns the taunt lifting his arms up in the air and screams “Samoa” right on the face of Bob Sapp. Hell finally breaks loose as Bob Sapp and Umaga start trading punches. The slugfest continues as both men exchange straight right after straight hand. Bob Sapp starts getting the advantage as slowly his punches find themselves without response from the samoan. Sapp continues connecting straight right hands directly to the face of his opponent, staggering Umaga backwards. Sapp taunts for one final punch, however before he is able to nail it, Umaga reacts first and levels Bob Sapp with a knife edge uppercut right to the throat of his opponent. Umaga grabs his opponent by the arm and he tries to Irish Whip him toward the ring ropes, however Sapp reverses and instead he is the one who sends the samoan toward the ropes. The samoan Bulldozer bounces back and comes towards Bob Sapp, who shows his power by receiving him and connecting a spinning sideslam. Bob makes the cover: 1…2…, Umaga is able to get one shoulder up. Paul Heyman goes berserk on the outside of the ring, loudly screaming at the referee for not ending the match right there. Bob Sapp grabs Umaga by his dreadlocks and pulls him up to a standing position. Bob keeps Umaga grabbed by the dreadlocks with his left hand and he uses his right hand to inflict punishment, as he nails punches right to the jaw of the samoan, however Bob Sapp forgets the fact that the samoan Bulldozer has his two hands free, and so Umaga is able to shove Bob Sapp away. Bob gets himself together and steps toward his opponent, however Umaga receives him with a Savate kick right to the face. Bob Sapp staggers backwards toward the ring ropes, then loses his balance and fall to the outside of the ring going through the top and middle ring ropes. Paul Heyman rushes toward his client surrounding the ring. Heyman finally reaches Bob, but Sapp gets back to his first and he shoves Heyman away, not wanting anything else than to fight Umaga.

Sapp climbs to the apron trying to return to the ring, however Umaga advances toward him and stops him doing so by connecting a series of clubs to the back. Sapp tries to stagger Umaga away as he answers back the samoan’s aggression with a jab right to the middle section, which effectively causes Umaga to stagger backwards. Bob Sapp tries to enter the ring going in between the top and middle rope, however Umaga sees him coming and neutralizes him with a front kick directly to the sternum of the bended Bob Sapp. Bob indeed returns to the inside of the ring, collapsed and down to the cavas. Umaga grabs Sapp and he sets him getting him ready, with his legs toward the inside of the ring and his head close to the ring ropes. Umaga walks toward him and stands right next to him on his left. The samoan grabs the top rope, then uses it to pull himself up and then land right on top of Bob Sapp connecting a seated senton. Umaga gets back to his standing position and not releasing the top rope he repeats the punishment, pulling himself back up in the air and landing on Bob Sapp with another senton, draining the air right out of the body of his opponent. Paul Heyman on the outside of the ring tries to cheer for Bob Sapp and motivate him into recovering. Umaga goes to repeat the attack, as he pulls himself up in the air and looks to connect another seated senton, however this time and right on the nick of time Bob Sapp is able to roll out of the way making his opponent land over his behind missing the maneuver and hurting himself in the process. Bob Sapp crawls away from his opponent, then gets back to his feet. Paul Heyman encourages him on starting his own offense. Bob Sapp dashes to the ring ropes behind him, then bounces back and nails a Big Boot directly to the back of the beck of Umaga. Sapp makes the cover: 1…2…, Umaga is able to get one shoulder up. Bob Sapp gets back to his feet and like that he is in back in the driver’s seat. Bob pulls him back to a standing position, then he grabs him by the throat with his two hands. The crowd awaits on awe to what Bob is about to do. Bob turns around to the center of the ring, then he Chokebombs him down to the canvas. Bob Sapp stands alone in the middle of the ring and he raises his hands up in the air taunting to the crowd, getting a lot of boos from the audience. He thereby announces the end of the match. Bob walks toward the corner and he climbs to the top rope, then looks down to the samoan Bulldozer measuring his target.

Bob Sapp flies through the airs and lands right over Umaga effectively connecting his Sapp Splash. Bob Sapp remains on top of his opponent and hooks a leg making the cover: 1…2…, Umaga is somehow able to kick out from the Sapp Splash! Bob Sapp looks up to the referee, not angry, but perplexed, and looking an explanation from the referee himself. He then looks to the outside of the ring to Paul Heyman, who looks as confused as he is. Paul however decides on the next maneuver to do and he tells Bob Sapp to do it again. Bob looks at him confused at what he is saying but Heyman repeats him that he needs to hit the Sapp Splash again. Bob nods showing he understands and he walks toward the corner and gets to the top rope, looking to hit the second consecutive Sapp Splash. This time however he won’t be able to connect it, as Umaga shows his own resilience as he gets back to his feet and storms toward the corner Sapp is climbed on top off, grabs him by the shoulder and groin and just throws him down from the top rope to the canvas. Bob grabs his lower back as he gets back to his feet. He turns around to face Umaga, however what he faces is the foot of the samoan Bulldozer, which goes directly into his face as Umaga storms toward him and to the awe of the crowd he connects him with a spinning heel kick. Umaga gets back to his feet and he looks down to Bob Sapp. He remains staring at him for a couple of seconds with that weird look on his face, the same look a predator on his eyes right before killing his prey. Umaga finally walks toward his opponent and gets him back to his feet, then not releasing the arm he grabbed him by, Umaga Irish Whips Bob Sapp toward the corner. Sapp impacts the turnbuckles spine first and he lets a short growl of pain out as a result. Umaga takes impulse walking backwards toward the opposite corner, until he finally explodes full speed toward his cornered proverbial prey and squashes him between his humanity and the corner with a Running Full Body Block. Bob Sapp takes his hand to his middle section holding it pain. Bob then slowly staggers from the corner walking right into Umaga, who receives him with a front waistlock and connects him with a Side Belly-to-Belly suplex. Bob Sapp has his entire torso in pain, as Umaga has targeted both the middle section and the spine of his opponent. Umaga walks toward the closest corner to Bob Sapp and he climbs to the second rope, turning his back to the inside of the ring.



Umaga balances himself on the ring rope testing its resilience. It seems as if he is going back to his strategy of earlier in the match in which he punished the chest and gut of Bob Sapp with seated sentons. And that is exactly what he does, as he lets himself drop from the second rope and lands right on top of the chest of Bob Sapp connecting a brutal Banzai Drop. Umaga gets back to a standing position and drags Bob Sapp by the leg back to the middle of the squared circle. Paul Heyman screams at Bob Sapp from the outside trying to motivate him into recovery. Surprisingly, Umaga doesn’t go for a cover. Instead, he dashes to the ring ropes on his right, comes right back and nails Bob Sapp with a diving headbutt right to the middle section. Umaga then makes the cover: 1…2…, Bob Sapp shows his own ability to take punishment as he gets one shoulder up. He didn’t kick out though, showing that Umaga’s offense has indeed drained energy and momentum off from him. Umaga gets back to his feet and brings Sapp up with him. He seems determined on ending Bob Sapp off. First, he weakens Sapp even further with a toe kick to the middle section, then he picks Bob Sapp up, sets him and connects Sapp with a Black Hole Slam ,letting Umaga show he won’t let Bob Sapp’s back take a rest neither. Umaga makes the cover: 1…2…, Bob Sapp is able to get one shoulder up. Umaga gets back to his feet and he looks everywhere, around the arena, as if looking for indication or guidance on what to do next. His opposition knows what to do indeed, as Paul Heyman climbs to the apron wanting to get into the match. The referee doesn’t let any of that happen and he walks toward him, turning his back to the inside of the ring and starts fighting with him keeping him away from the ring. All of this allows Bob Sapp cheap shot a distracted Umaga with a low blow. Umaga bends in pain, as even monsters feel the pain of a low blow in their noble parts. Bob Sapp picks him up and connects him with a Big Standing Spinebuster. Bob collapses next to Umaga not able to immediately capitalize. Paul Heyman sees that his client has recovered the control of that match and as if nothing had happened he climbs down to the apron. The referee returns his focus to the match, not finding about what Bob Sapp did. Sapp slowly gets back to his feet pulling himself up using the ring ropes. Sapp crawls toward the corner and he climbs to the second rope, where he waits for the samoan Bulldozer to get back to his standing position.

Umaga gets back to his feet and he turns around facing the corner where Bob Sapp is waiting for him. Sapp comes down from the ropes and to the applause from the crowd, surprise to what Bob just did, connects a Front Dropkick right to the chest of the samoan, knocking him down to the canvas. Sapp crawls toward his opponent and makes the cover: 1…2…, Umaga kicks out keeping this match for dominance going. Bob Sapp gets up to one knee first before getting fully back to his vertical standing. He grabs Umaga by the hair and pulls him back to a standing position, then as fast as he did so he drops him back to the canvas connecting a second Standing Spinebuster. Right after he does so, Bob Sapp takes his hand to the lower back resenting the punishment on the lower back, and we can see him breathing more heavily than usual, and coughing every now and then, maybe showing signals of internal injury produced by the targeting his gut has suffered from the samoan Bulldozer. Bob Sapp grabs Umaga and he goes to slow down the pace of the match locking in a Japanese Sleeper hold, however before he is able to do so, and to a pop from the now polarized crowd, Umaga overpowers Bob Sapp pulling him by the arms, flipping him on the air over his head and right down to the canvas. Umaga gets back to his feet and going to take advantage of this new opening he dashes toward the ring ropes. However, as he is going to bounce back, Paul Heyman from the outside grabs his right foot stopping him from doing so. Umaga turns around and stares daggers at Heyman, who cowardly refuses any confrontation backing down. But this has allowed Bob Sapp to shake off the cobwebs and get back to their feet. Umaga turns around to continue his offense in the match, inadvertadly walking into a huge lariat by Bob Sapp that turns the samoan inside out making him flip in the air doing a 360. Bob Sapp, to boos from the audience, has finally gotten the control of the match back. He walks toward the corner taunting his opponent, then he finally explodes toward his opponent looking to connect a Falling Kneedrop to the face of his opponent, however Umaga sits up letting his opponent miss the maneuver. Both get back to their feet, and as they walk toward one another, Umaga nails Sapp with an uppercut right to the throat neutralizing him and sending him down to the canvas. Umaga looks around and then to his floored opponent, and announcing the end he lifts his right hand up in the air with his thumb stuck out.

Bob Sapp slowly gets back to his feet, giving his back to his opponent. Paul Heyman tries to alert him from the outside of the ring. Sapp turns around and walks right into the samoan Bulldozer, who secures him and goes to nail the samoan Spike. Paul Heyman goes for the last resort and he climbs yet again for the apron, however this time the monster is the one who sees him first and not the referee. Umaga waits for no excuses and he rampages on Heyman as he nails him with a swift Samoan Spike, knocking him down of the apron. But yet again this match, Heyman’s interference has cut a break for his client. Umaga turns around right into a short flying forearm to the face, which only leaves him groggy, but doesn’t knock the Bulldozer down to the canvas. However it is what Bob Sapp needed. Sapp nails Umaga with a toe kick to the middle section and then sets him in position. Bob turns so that he is facing the center of the squared circle. Sapp overcomes the weight of his opponent and his own torso pain as he lifts Umaga over his head and suddenly drops him down to the canvas connecting effectively his Sapp Bomb. Bob Sapp makes the cover: 1…2…3.

Result: Bob Sapp defeats Umaga


Styles: And that’s it! Bob Sapp has won the first match in WrestleBowl history.

JR: This is disgusting. The only thing Heyman didn’t do in that match to assure the win for Sapp eas wrestle himself.

JBL: The end justifies the means JR, and the bottom line is that Bob Sapp is the winner.

Styles: Well I agree with JR. I don’t like it one bit.

JBL: Big deal. I am sure Bob Sapp and Paul Heyman are holding their breaths for you to change your minds about them.

Styles: At least Heyman got what he deserved


Bob Sapp celebrates in the middle of the ring to a lot of boos from the audience as the referee raises his hand announcing him the winner.


We go backstage and we see Leticia Cline.

Cline: We are just moments away from the Monster’s Ball match…

Crowd pops heavily.

Cline: Four men will compete in an all out hardcore extravaganza. No disqualifications, no count outs, and the winner of that match is going to be…

Kennedy: Is going to be the man who will challenge Montel Vontavious Porter for the BTW Extreme Championship at Busted Open, am I right?

Mr. Kennedy has walked into the scene and is right next to Leticia Cline.

Cline: Yes, that is correct. The winner of tonight’s Monster’s Ball match will become the new Number One Contender for the BTW Extreme Championship.

Kennedy: Oh come on? Match? Monster’s Ball match? This is all charade, a technicality, because it doesn’t matter how many people bleed, go through tables, get hit with steel chairs, in the end, there’s only one man in that so called match who has a chance of leaving WrestleBowl the winner and new Number One Contender, and that man is Miiiisteeeeeeeeeeeer Keeeeneeeeeedy!!!...

Mr. Kennedy walks out of the scene.

Cline: Back to you guys.

Kennedy: (appears back in the scene and right on the face of Leticia Cline): KEEEEENEEEEEEDY!!!

Mr. Kennedy walks out of the scene. Leticia Cline laughs as the scene gets taken back to the announce team.


Styles: And Mr. Kennedy put it best, it doesn’t matter how many blood is poured, how many chairs get swing, how many tables are broken, only one man can walk out as the winner of the match and new Number One Contender.

JBL: And like you said Joey, Mr. Kennedy said it best, he’s going to be the one walking out as the champion.

JR: I wouldn’t be too sure about that. I think this will anybody’s ball game.

Styles: An extreme ballgame.


“Arabian Beat” plays to cheers from the audience as Sabu steps out from the curtain into the stage. On the stage, he lifts his arm doing his classic Magician of Arabia taunt. Sabu walks down the ramp. The fans at front row try to touch Sabu but Sabu turns them down. Sabu slides to the ring and in the middle of the ring he repeats the Magician of Arabia taunt.


“Phenomenal” plays as AJ Styles steps out after a wall of pyro, covered with a brand new black and gold hoodie. AJ takes out the hood revealing a huge grin in his face, reflecting his arrogance going into this match. Styles walks down the ramp with flamboyance and arrogance. He slides into the ring and climbs to the top rope, where he taunts to the audience extending his arms.

Styles: And he is in my opinion the dark horse going into this match, AJ Styles.

JR: AJ can do things in this ring that nobody else can.


“One of a Kind” plays to a huge ovation from the Motor City fans as Rob Van Dam makes his way out from the back. RVD seems fired up and the reception he gets on his way out only makes his face gets enlighten by a bigger smile. Van Dam points at himself as the fans chant his initials. Rob walks down the ramp and the high fives the fans before he enters the ring.

Styles: And the background I share with this man make me say, he is my favorite in this match.


“Turn up the Trouble” plays to boos from the audience as the last piece missing of the puzzle, Mr. Kennedy, walks out from the back into the ramp. Kennedy walks brashly down the ramp and enters the ring. Kennedy stares at all his opponent, who are in a corner each, as he stands in the middle of the squared circle and lifts his hand taunting for the microphone.

JBL: This is great guys. Check this out.


Kennedy asks for the microphone, which slowly lowers down into his hand.

Kennedy: Introducing the win…


Before Kennedy continues his introduction, Rob Van Dam storms toward him and starts mauling connecting straight right hands. The referee rings the bell.





Van Dam continues his assault on Mr. Kennedy. AJ Styles, from his corner, stares at the action happening right in front of him, however quickly Sabu makes him a part of the same as he advances toward him and starts connecting him with straight right hands. Van Dam has been able to floor his opponent. RVD sees the microphone still hanging over them. RVD grabs it, and mercilessly smashes it right on the forehead of Kennedy. Van Dam seems to have liked what he just did and continues smashing the metallic microphone on the forehead of his opponent. Sabu has AJ Styles groggy against the ring ropes. Sabu steps back and then storms toward AJ connecting him with a crossbody splash sending both AJ Styles and himself over the top rope and to the outside of the ring. In the inside and right in the middle of the squared circle, Van Dam continues punishing Kennedy with the microphone, in a cruel twist of irony. Rob Van Dam finally finishes smashing the microphone on the forehead of his opponent, but that doesn’t mean that he stops using it to punish Ken Kennedy, as now he uses the cord holding the mic to choke the life out of Kennedy. Kennedy struggles from air, however it is to no avail, as Van Dam has the cord completely wrapped around the throat of Mr. Kennedy. On the outside, AJ Styles has been able to turn the tide and has Sabu under control, smashing his head repeatedly against the guard rail. AJ grabs the arm of Sabu and Irish Whips him toward the steel steps, against the which Sabu clashes knees first and brutally rolls over them. AJ stares at Sabu waiting for him to get back to his feet. Sabu starts finally doing so. AJ immediately climbs to the guard rail and runs over it. He finally reaches the spot where Sabu is and AJ Styles, not slowing down his dash, jumps down from the guard rail and lands right over Sabu with his legs around the head of Sabu, performing a Hurricanrana and hurling Sabu over the announcing table and right over Jim Ross, JBL and Joey Styles. AJ Styles gets back to his feet and taunts to the crowd, getting a mixed reaction from the crowd, who normally boos them, but are impressed with what he just did. Styles climbs back to the apron going to return to the inside of the ring. Rob Van Dam notices this and he finally lets Mr. Kennedy go and advances toward AJ Styles. Styles tries to attack him first with a tackle to the middle section, however RVD reacts first and puts his knee in front, letting AJ hurt himself as he tackles Van Dam’s knee. Sabu on the outside starts pulling himself back to his feet using the guard rail.

RVD has AJ groggy, which allows him to sunset flip over the top rope and bring AJ Styles down with him connecting a vicious powerbomb from the apron all the way down to the concrete floor on the outside of the ring. AJ Styles immediately takes his hands to the back of his neck with a grin of pain on his face, while Rob Van Dam tries to get himself back together by crawling away from the Phenomenal One. Mr. Kennedy on the inside of the ring crawls to the outside of the ring leaving the squared circle by the opposite side in which Van Dam and AJ Styles are lying on the outside of. Kennedy looks under the ring and he brings out the first weapon into the match, as he brings out first a trash can, the trash lid of the previous one, and then he throws a baseball bat, which gets a little pop from the crowd. Van Dam pulls himself back to a standing position using the apron and returns to the inside of the ring. There he gets back to his feet but before he is able to go any further or do anything else, Mr. Kennedy blasts RVD right on the head using the trash can lid, knocking him down to the canvas. Ken Kennedy starts his revenge on Van Dam for choking him with the microphone cord as he unleashes his aggression by repeatedly smashing the trash can lid all over the humanity of his opponent. On the outside of the ring, Sabu has been able to get completely back to his senses and feet. He shoves Joey Styles away and climbs to the announcing table. AJ Styles, still grabbing his neck, returns to a standing position. Sabu immediately launches himself from the announcing table and connects AJ with a front dropkick connecting right on the chest of Styles, and shoving AJ all the way against the apron, causing AJ Styles to punish his lower back due to the clash. Sabu gets back to his feet and walks toward the time keeper. The time keeper immediately gets up and walks away, letting Sabu grab the steel chair he was sitting in. Sabu, holding the steel chair, walks toward AJ Styles, and without any hesitation he blasts AJ Styles right on the head, knocking him down and getting him out of the way. Sabu slides to the inside of the ring and walks toward Mr. Kennedy, presumably to attack Kennedy with the steel chair, however he gets the RVD treatment as Mr. Kennedy receives him with a shot right to the skull using the trash can lid. This allows Kennedy to eliminate the distraction Sabu is and refocus on his attack over RVD. Kennedy walks to his left and he grabs the trash can. He then walks back toward Van Dam. Ken holds the trash can with his left hand while he incorporates Van Dam using his right hand, and he puts RVD’s head and most of his torso inside of the trash can. Kennedy then drops Van Dam back to the canvas. Kennedy looks behind him, bends and picks up the baseball bat.

The crowd roars in excitement as they foresee what Mr. Kennedy is about to do. Kennedy hoists the baseball bat up high, and he finally starts smashing it over the trash can that has Van Dam inside it. The crowd breaks a “Holy Shit” chant, as the trash can starts bending under the shots of Kennedy using the bat. The features of Van Dam are each time more distinguishable under the steel of the garbage can, thanks to the aggression of Mr. Kennedy with the baseball bat. Kennedy finally has enough and he throws the baseball bat away. He turns around for just a quick fraction of second, but that is enough for Sabu, who was waiting patiently behind him, to throw Kennedy the steel chair and smash it right on the skull, knocking Kennedy down to the mat. Sabu grabs the chair and he sets it close to the head of Mr. Kennedy. He looks around the arena then and does his Magician of Arabia taunt. Sabu dashes to the ring ropes in front of him, bounces back, goes toward the steel chair, jumps on it towards the ring ropes, and from there he springboards landing a moonsault right on Mr. Kennedy. Sabu gets back to his feet and does once again the Magician of Arabia taunt. He turns his attention to RVD, who is moving and trying to get back to his feet. Sabu stops those attempts kicking RVD right on the head. Sabu then goes to repeat the punishment, this time on RVD. As he sets the chair close to Rob’s head. Not exactly above it, but a little to its left. Sabu dashes again toward the ring ropes, bounces back going toward the steel chair to leap on it, however Van Dam shows that he was playing possum and he grabs the right leg of Sabu in mid air, knocking Sabu head first into the steel chair, getting the awe of the crowd. Rob Van Dam crawls toward his opponent and he makes the cover on Sabu: 1…2…, out of nowhere AJ Styles lands over the pinfall situation breaking it. AJ Styles nailed a springboard leg drop to do so. Mr. Kennedy, still punished, rolls to the outside of the ring and again, since nobody noticed him, he starts looking for something under the ring. The crowd roars in excitement as they noticed that what Mr. Kennedy brought out was a steel chair wrapped in barbwire. Kennedy remains on the outside of the ring for a while, waiting for the correct opening to appear. AJ Styles on the inside of the ring meanwhile grabs the steel chair already present on it, and he uses it to level Rob Van Dam right on the head, knocking him down to the canvas.

AJ Styles goes to attack the floored Sabu, however before he does so Mr. Kennedy nails him right on the back with the barbwired steel chair. The camera zooms on the back of AJ Styles revealing that the flesh has been ripped right off and blood is already pouring down. AJ bends in pain, allowing Kennedy to smash the chair again right on AJ’s back. Sabu takes advantage of the break Kennedy’s attack gave him, and not leaving the ring he stretches and stretches so that he can get something from under the ring. He manages to do so as he gets from under the ring a fire extinguisher. Kennedy finishes AJ Styles off as he, to a big awe from the crowd, he connects his opponent with the barbwire steel chair right on the face , knocking him down to the canvas. Blood starts pouring down his face and covering his facial expressions. Kennedy turns around to attack Sabu, however as he does so Sabu triggers the fire extinguisher and expulses the content right on the face of Mr. Kennedy. Kennedy is blinded as a result of this, and he walks right into the recovered Rob Van Dam, who connects him with a superkick right to the jaw. Rob Van Dam taunts to the crowd, then he looks around the ring and notices that standing in the squared circle are only his longtime friend and enemy, Sabu. Rob Van Dam and Sabu walk closer to each other and get face to face. Both men trade words. Van Dam looks down and points at the extinguisher Sabu is still carrying. They finally shake hands and Van Dam tells him to bring it on. Sabu immediately goes to take Van Dam’s head off with the fire extinguisher, but luckily RVD ducks avoiding it. Sabu attempts so once again, however RVD ducks this time, however on this occasion the shot was so close than Rob Van Dam fells down to the canvas. Sabu has Rob Van Dam right where he wants to and hoists his weapon up high, then is about to punish RVD with it, when out of nowhere Van Dam turns around, revealing he had the baseball bat on his right hand and uses it to blast it right on the kneecap of Sabu, bringing him down. RVD gets back to his feet and he notices that he is left alone standing in the ring. However that is not for long, as RVD rolls to the outside of the ring and to keep the violence level of this match high, he starts looking for weapons under the ring. The referee takes advantage of this impasse in the match to check the state of AJ Styles, who is bleeding heavily. RVD takes out from under the ring a toolbox and a metal thing the camera cannot capture from that far away. The camera zooms on it and reveals it to be a fork.

RVD rolls back to the inside of the ring. He plays to the crowd pointing to all his three floored opponents and asking the fans who he attacks first. The answer is almost unanimous: the bleeding AJ Styles. Van Dam opens the toolbox and out of it he takes a screwdriver. Rob Van Dam walks toward him, then bends down to his knees and without thinking it much, he just incrusts the screwdriver on the flesh of his opponent, causing more blood to pour out. Van Dam hoists the screwdriver up high after he’s done with it taunting to the crowd and showing it to them and how the weapon is covered in blood. Van Dam throws the screwdriver away, gets back to his feet and then he walks toward the toolbox. Van Dam regrets it however, changes his mind and instead he picks up the fork. The crowd cheers as he walks toward Sabu. Sabu tries to protect from Van Dam, however RVD is on a different zone right now and he just inserts the fork right on the flesh of his opponent. That isn’t all however, as then Van Dam becomes even more aggressive with the fork and he practically stabs Sabu on the face, as he inserts, takes out, and inserts again, the fork on the forehead of Sabu. Blood floods the face of Sabu making him wear the proverbial crimson mask. Van Dam finally considers he has had enough and he throws the fork away. There’s only one opponent left to get some punishment from Van Dam: Mr. Kennedy.

AJ Styles, in the unconscious state that he is, rolls out of the ring and fells on the outside of the ring, still not showing any signals of life. Van Dam walks toward the toolbox again and opens it looking for a weapon, however he says “screw it” and grabs the entire toolbox, going to use it as a whole as a weapon. Kennedy uses the ring ropes to pull himself back to a standing position. He then turns around facing RVD. Van Dam immediately storms toward him trying to blast the toolbox on the skull of Mr. Kennedy, however Kennedy reacts first and drop toeholds Van Dam down to the canvas, causing RVD to fell to the canvas and impact his face against the metal of the toolbox. This results in a little gash near the hairline of RVD. Kennedy slowly gets back to his feet. He looks around the ring and to his opponents, and Kennedy smiles realizing he is the only one who is not bleeding. Mr. Kennedy picks up the toolbox from under the face of Rob Van Dam. Ken Kennedy opens it and he takes out a saw out of it. Mr. Kennedy walks toward Rob Van Dam with saw in hand. RVD tries to put his hands on the way and cover his face, however it is to no avail as that doesn’t stop Mr. Kennedy from grabbing the saw and literally sawing the forehead of RVD. Kennedy, with a deranged look on his face, screams at RVD “this is how you do it!” Blood remains on the teeth of the saw, as it pours down heavily from the face of Van Dam. Mr. Kennedy gets back to his feet and he pulls RVD back to his feet as well by his ponytail. Kennedy then throws RVD toward the corner, leaving him groggy against the turnbuckle. Kennedy takes his weapon of choice and he saws the strings of Van Dam’s singlet, cutting it down, and exposing the chest of RVD. Kennedy grabs then the saw with his right hand in a way that puts the saw’s teeth in front, and making the crowd gasp in fear, Mr. Kennedy hits a knife edge chop on the chest of Van Dam using the saw, ripping out the flesh of RVD’s chest. Meanwhile, on the outside of the ring no other than AJ Styles takes from under the ring a huge, 16ft ladder. Inside the ring, and right next to Mr. Kennedy, Sabu starts recovering and tries to get back to a standing position, however Kennedy quickly puts a stop to his attempts as he walks toward him and hits him with a direct shot to the face, right between the eyes, of the saw, putting it in a vertical position. Kennedy turns around and continues attacking Van Dam, going back to his initial sawing the forehead of RVD. AJ has apparently been able to shake off his cobwebs as he slides back to the inside of the ring, throwing before him the huge ladder.

AJ knows best and he stays behind Mr. Kennedy, on the opposite corner, waiting for the right opening. Mr. Kennedy throws the saw to the outside of the ring and drops Van Dam down to the canvas, where he makes the cover: 1…2…, AJ steps into the action and smashes the lower back of Mr. Kennedy using the ladder, breaking the pinfall. AJ drops the ladder to his left and picks Mr. Kennedy up. Van Dam, a bloodied pulp, but still breathing, tries to escape his opponents, as he crawls away. AJ Styles picks Mr. Kennedy, sets him up, and he hits a brainbuster right into the ladder, driving the skull of Ken Kennedy right into the steel. AJ drags the carcass of Kennedy from off the ladder. He opens the ladder and then places Kennedy in between them. Now that Mr. Kennedy is in, AJ slams the ladder right on him. AJ looks around the ring looking for something to use next, and he finds the baseball bat. AJ picks it up and walks back toward Kennedy. AJ uses the baseball bat to hit the ladder that has Kennedy inside, creating a double punishment situation for Ken Kennedy, as his punished by the shots of themselves, but also by the back and forth movement of the steel ladder. AJ ends his aggression with the bat and finally throws it to the outside of the ring. Meanwhile, Rob Van Dam reaches the apron and he throws himself out of the ring. RVD continues crawling all the way toward the announcing table, where he starts trying to use to pull himself back to a standing position. Inside the ring, Sabu has gotten back to his feet, and he walks toward AJ Styles. Styles threatens to attack him, but Sabu makes it clear that he wants to punish Mr. Kennedy as for now. AJ Styles nods, agreeing. Sabu picks up the steel chair wrapped in barbwire and he climbs to the top rope. AJ Styles walks out of the way leaving the space open for Sabu’s daredevil attack. However, he sees the trash can – or what’s left of it-, and walks toward it picking it up. Sabu finally launches from the top rope and he hits a chair assisted leg drop, putting the steel chair wrapped in barbwire under his legdrop and landing over the ladder and over Mr. Kennedy, squashing Ken under the ladder. Sabu hurts himself nonetheless, both with the steel of the ladder but by inserting the barbwire of the chair on his own leg. Sabu however slowly starts getting back to his senses. He turns around to face where AJ Styles is, however what he gets is a trash can shot right to the head by AJ Styles, which such strength that hurls him through the top and middle rope all the way to the outside of the ring. AJ opens the ladder and drags Mr. Kennedy back out and toward the middle of the ring.

Meanwhile on the outside of the ring, RVD has somehow effectively used the announcing table to get back to a vertical standing and, gingerly, he walks toward the steel steps. However, he doesn’t use them to walk back to the inside of the ring, instead he picks them up and throws the upper part of the steps to the inside of the ring. AJ is turning his back to the side of the ring in which RVD is throwing the steps from the outside, and so he is lucky that the steps land a few inches away from him. RVD grabs the base of the steel steps as well and he throws it to the inside of the ring. AJ has turned around as result of the landing of the first part of the steps and stepped forward, with such bad luck that this time he can’t avoid the steps and they land right on top of him. RVD looks around the audience shocked at what he just did, but as layback as he is, he grins and points at himself taunting to the crowd and getting them to chant their initials. RVD returns to the inside of the ring, and he starts showing us his intentions, as he sets the both parts of the sets next to each other, with about 10 feet in between them, and close to the corner. He then grabs the ladder and places it laid over the steps. Sabu on the inside the ring apparently wants to copycat Van Dam as he has thrown the upper part of the other set of steel steps to the inside of the ring. RVD notices him and he keeps him from entering the ring as he storms crossing the ring and nails Sabu with a baseball slide kick right to the chest. RVD turns around and walks toward AJ Styles. Van Dam picks AJ up and he puts him over the ladder. The crowd cheers as they seem to know what RVD is going to do. Blood blinds RVD for a moment but he whips right off his eyes and walks toward the corner, then climbs to the top rope. RVD looks down to the scene he has set, the ladder placed over the steps, and AJ over the ladder. Rob finally launches from the top rope connecting a Five Star Frog Splash on AJ Styles. Styles spine horribly bounces over the steel ladder. The crowd once again starts a “Holy Shit” chant, quickly replaced by a “RVD” chant. RVD has also hurt himself, but he starts getting back to his senses and to his feet. However, his future doesn’t seem promising as when he turns around he walks right into Mr. Kennedy, who has gotten back to his feet and was waiting for him. Kennedy lifts him over his shoulders, turns around and he hits the Steamroller standing Green Bay Plunge right on the steps that Sabu introduced in the ring. RVD, contorting in pain and grabbing his lower back rolls and falls to the outside of the ring.

RVD lands ironically next to Sabu. Sabu reacts violently to the touch of Van Dam and he gets up to one knee and starts hitting punches filled with revenge to Rob Van Dam. Sabu then picks Rob Van Dam, shoves him toward the guard rail and storms toward him clotheslining him all the way over the rail and sending him into the fans. On the inside of the ring, Mr. Kennedy drags AJ to the middle of the ring and makes the cover: 1…2…, Sabu slides to the inside of the ring and hits Double Axe Handle to the back of Mr. Kennedy breaking the pinfall. Sabu picks Mr. Kennedy up, sets him quickly and nails him with an STO right into the barbwired chair. Sabu rolls to the outside of the ring and takes from under the ring a small, white cloth bag. Sabu slides back to the inside of the ring and pours the content of that bag, revealing it to be thumbtacks. Sabu turns his head for a fraction of second to the crowd and to where he left RVD and notices that he is getting back to his senses. Sabu has to make a decision. Either he finishes of Mr. Kennedy using the thumbtacks, or he goes back on his revenge mission over Rob Van Dam from what he has done to him on the match. Sabu apparently chooses RVD, as he walks toward the ladder and picks it up. Sabu then sets the ladder near the side of the ring closest to the where Van Dam is trying to get back to his feet in between the crowd. Sabu yells at the fans to get out of the way, and then, to the shock of everyone, starts climbing the ladder. Sabu climbs the last strung and reaches the top. Fans, not wanting any accident move away leaving Rob Van Dam completely isolated. Sabu shows he was not fooling around and flies through the air coming from the top of the ladder on the inside of the ring, performs a crossbody plancha and lands on Rob Van Dam in the middle of the crowd. Sabu and RVD lay motionless in literally the middle of the BTW Universe, as the fans start a “This is Awesome” chant. In the inside of the ring, AJ Styles uses what he has left in the tank and crawls toward the now bleeding as well Mr. Kennedy. AJ puts one arm across his chest: 1…2…, somehow Mr. Kennedy gets one shoulder up. AJ Styles shows no reaction, as he doesn’t even move. It takes a while, but finally AJ Styles gets back to his feet. He walks toward Mr. Kennedy and guides him back to his feet, then sets him up for a suplex, a suplex that would end with Mr. Kennedy landing right over the thumbtacks. AJ goes for it however Kennedy blocks it. AJ Styles attempts it again, but one more time Ken Kennedy blocks it, and on this occasion he lifts AJ up countering and going for a suplex of his own, however somehow AJ lands right on his feet, and as Kennedy turns around, AJ connects him with the Pele. Mr. Kennedy falls down to the canvas, but luckily for him he doesn’t land over the thumbtacks for matter of mere inches. AJ looks at him and disposes himself to dash toward the ring ropes as soon as Mr. Kennedy recovers himself.

Meanwhile, in between the audience, RVD and Sabu are just getting back to his senses. Back in the inside of the squared circle, Kennedy is indeed recuperating his vertical standing. He finally fully does so, and immediately AJ Styles dashes toward the ring ropes, springboards and lands behind Mr. Kennedy, looking to connect his characteristic Phenomenon, however when he has his opponent set for the Inverted DDT, Kennedy counters with an arm twist, going behind AJ Styles, setting him up and connecting AJ with a Full Nelson Facebuster, sending AJ and himself face first into the thumbtack pool. Meanwhile, Rob Van Dam and Sabu are fully recovered and brawling in between the crowd. Sabu gets the upperhand on the bloody RVD with a knee to the middle section. Sabu then quickly grabs a sign from a fan and smashes it right on the face on the skull of his opponent, proving that the sign was made of a harder cardboard than expected. Sabu then grabs his opponent by the back of the head and he Irish Whips him toward a low, step barricade in front of them. RVD impacts against them knees first and he rolls over it going to the other side. On the other side there is an EXIT sign on top of a door, with a step ladder on its left and deck over it. Sabu waits for RVD to get back to his feet. Van Dam finally does so and Sabu immediately dashes toward him, leaps over the barricade and attempts a flying Lou Thesz Press, however Van Dam shows signals of life as he sidesteps getting out of the way, letting Sabu fly right into the concrete floor hurting himself. RVD gingerly remains on his feet. He looks up to the deck above the exit door, which causes blood to go into his eyes. Rob smiles as if he had gotten an idea. However, he wants to make sure that Sabu is out. Rob picks Sabu up, however Sabu reacts first leveling him with a low blow. Sabu then grabs RVD by the back of the head and throws him toward the metallic door. RVD crashes hard against it, staggers right back and collapses down to the floor. Sabu seems to know what RVD wanted to do as he goes to steal his idea. Sabu walks toward the ladder and he climbs it, reaching the deck over the door. The deck seems to be about 17-18ft above the floor. Sabu looks down to his opponent and then he makes his Magician of Arabia taunt. The crowd pops knowing Sabu is capable of that crazy stunt. Sabu finally lets himself go from the deck aiming to connect a splash, however RVD reveals to the playing possum and he rolls out of the way, letting Sabu miss a 17ft fly and landing hard against the concrete floor. RVD pulls himself back to his feet and he starts a slow jog back to the ring.

On the inside of the ring both AJ Styles and Mr. Kennedy are knocked out still. Kennedy is the first to get back to his feet. His face is covered in red blood, and thumbtacks are inserted in his cheeks and forehead. RVD finally reaches the guard rail. He leaps over it and stands at ringside. Kennedy notices him and he starts screaming at him waiting for him to get back to his feet. Behind Kennedy, AJ Styles also gets back to his senses, and he crawls toward the outside of the ring. AJ looks from under the ring and without anybody noticing it, he takes out a neon light bulb stick. Kennedy continues trading words with Van Dam, inviting him to return to the inside of the ring. However, RVD sees AJ Styles climbing to the inside of the ring on the other side. AJ stares at the Kennedy before finally blasting the light bulb on the back of Kennedy, breaking the bulb in two right on the back of his opponent. RVD immediately slides to the inside of the ring. He goes for a clothesline on AJ, however Styles ducks. RVD turns around performing a roundhouse kick, however AJ avoids the kick in matrix like fashion. AJ then lays flat on the canvas, kips up and on the flow of the movement he hits performs a Hurricanrana hurling RVD away. AJ looks around and realizes he’s alone, and so he has all the time in the world to set the scene. He grabs the lower part of the steel steps still laying on the inside of the ring and sets it close to the corner. AJ then picks up RVD and places it right on top of them. AJ then climbs to the top rope. The crowd boos as they predict that AJ might end the match right here and now. AJ comes down the top rope performing his Spiral Tap, and aiming to land on RVD. However, Van Dam is able to roll out of the way and down of the steps, letting AJ land on the steel steps hurting himself. Van Dam crawls toward the ring ropes and uses them to pull himself back to a standing position. Van Dam looks to his right and he notices that Mr. Kennedy has grabbed the steel chair and has it over him, as he tries to get back to his feet. RVD immediately goes to avoid this as he dashes to the ring ropes, comes right back and hits some Rolling Thunder over Mr. Kennedy, incrusting the steel chair into the humanity of Kennedy. Rob Van Dam finds himself in the ring left alone the last man standing. AJ is still on top of the steps knocked out after missing the Spiral Tap. Sabu is deep into the crowd inmobile, and Mr. Kennedy is right next him immobile after being hit with Rolling Thunder. Rob Van Dam decides on finishing up AJ Styles.

Van Dam grabs the ladder still inside the ring and sets it up. He rolls then to the outside of the ring and he takes out a lumber board, but it isn’t any regular lumber board. It is covered in barbwire. It is identical to the one RVD used in Rebellion PPV to take out Sabu. RVD slides back to the inside of the ring and puts the lumber on top of the steps. He grabs AJ, drags it close to the set “artifact” so to speak, and puts AJ Styles on top of the barbwire. Blood stops pouring already from the back of AJ Styles. Rob Van Dam climbs to the top of the ladder, and right on top he taunts to the fans, getting them to chant “Rob…Van…Dam!”, and after they are done, RVD comes from down the ladder flying 16ft through the air and landing right on top of AJ Styles, connecting a splash into AJ, squashing him right into the lumber barbwire. It takes a couple of seconds, but RVD is finally able to cover AJ Styles: 1…2…3.

Result: Rob Van Dam pins AJ Styles


Styles: He did it, RVD is the winner of this match.

JBL: My God, these men smell like smoke ‘cause they’ve been through fire, and now that this match is over, I’m afraid we’re going to have to carry them off all in stretchers.

Styles: No doubt about it. Like we said before, we were going to see a lot of violence in this one, a lot of blood, and in the end that’s what we got.

JBL: And this is what WrestleBowl is all about.


(When the spotlight fades and the glamour extinguishes, when the glory from WrestleBowl ends…the revengeful claim for retribution. The disappointed seek for revenge. Rippers search for their next victim. After WrestleBowl passes by, it’s time for men to be punished for their sins, carry their responsibilities and pay their dues. BTW presents…Busted Open)


JR: Busted Open indeed the next opportunity we join you in PPV, but there’s still a lot of he proverbial WrestleBowl glory to happen right in front of our eyes.


“Arabian” out of nowhere plays to boos from the fans that react first among the shocked audience. The rest of the fans finally fully react and boo as well when they see no other than Muhammed Hassan on the stage.

Styles: Is that…?

JBL: Muhammed Hassan! He’s back! My God, we are witnessing the return of Muhammed Hassan!

Styles: We had not seen Muhammed Hassan since he lost to former associate Mark Henry.


Muhammed Hassan ignores all the boos from the audience as he walks down the ramp. He reaches the ring, climbs up the steps (that have been set again on their position), and enters the ring. Hassan asks for a microphone.

Hassan: I can’t believe it. I have been gone for so long and you filthy people haven’t changed one bit.

Crowd heavily boos



Hassan: You’re sitting in your hands, or booing me, as like common, every day greedy Americans, you always want more. You are always wanting for more, and you never stop, look down here and realize the greatness right in front of your eyes.

Crowd boos even more.

Hassan: Tell me, for how long was I gone? Where did I go? What have I been doing? You don’t know, you don’t know simply because you chose not care about me. You chose to belittle me, ignore me and insult me by disrespecting me. And we could stand here and talk about all the many reasons there could be for that, but we all know why that is. You, in your minds, still haven’t forgotten about that single day, that September day, and thanks to that, me and my people pay for that.

Crowd boos again.

Hassan: I am an American citizen, just like you…and you…and you (Hassan points to people on the crowd). Yet, thanks to September 11h, and my Arabic lineage, and many times worst, just for my last name, America disrespects. I have to stand here and get boos from all of you, suffer your hate, just because I seek for equality. This is WrestleBowl, and yet, did I get an invitation from management themselves to be here? No, and again…

Crowd starts a “You suck” chant.

Hassan: And again, excuse me, we don’t have to be geniuses to know why that is.

Hassan paces around the ring hearing the boos from the crowd.

Hassan: But now, I am back, and I am back to get revenge. You think I will just stand and watch how BTW, how America spits on my face and disrespect me? Oh no, not now. Muhammed Hassan will…


“American Dream” plays to a huge ovation from the crowd expecting to see Dusty Rhodes. However, the person who comes out is not Dusty Rhodes. We see a young man, tanned and with dark hair. He walks down the ramp and he enters the ring.

JR: Thank God somebody put a stop to Muhammed Hassan’s rambling.

JBL: Be respectful JR, we have not seen Hassan in months and now he’s pouring his heart in that ring.

Styles: But who is that men walking down the ramp?

JR: I have an idea, but I don’t want to start a rumor, so let’s hear what the young man has to say.


The man walks toward the middle of the ring, with microphone in hand, and confronts Muhammed Hassan.

Hassan: You certainly aren’t Dusty Rhodes.

Man: No, I am not. But I’ll tell you who I am. I am his son, Cody Rhodes.

Crowd gives a little cheer.

Hassan: Well, how fitting. Just like every normal American, you are here sticking your nose in other people’s business. Or worse, you are here to play homage to your dad’s “American Dream” tagline and run the nasty, bad Arab away.

Rhodes: To be honest with you, no. I…

Crowd interrupts Cody Rhodes with an USA chant directed toward Muhammed Hassan.

Hassan: Yeah, that’s really smart. I am also American you know.

Rhodes: That’s the thing. You claim to be America, but you don’t prove it. You come here and ask America to respect you? How about you start by respecting America first!

Crowd pops. Muhammed Hassan steps toward Cody Rhodes and gets right on his face.

Hassan: You know, I don’t have to stand here and listen to what you, boy, have to say. When you stop coasting from your last name to being somebody in life, then maybe I’ll consider so.

Rhodes: And maybe when you stop using your lineage as to why nobody likes you, then I’ll…


Muhammed Hassan snaps and he slaps the taste right off the mouth of Cody Rhodes. Hassan then sets Rhodes up for his Modified STO, however Cody gets out of the maneuver with an elbow strike right to the side of the head of his opponent. Hassan staggers back, turns around walking right into Cody, who kicks him in the middle section and connects him with a DDT. Cody gets back to his feet and he lifts his arms up in the air taunting to the crowd.

JR: First time we see young Cody Rhodes here in BTW, and what a mark he left already here in WrestleBowl.

Styles: A dream debut by the son of Dusty Rhodes, shutting up the loudmouth Muhammed Hassan.

JBL: I can’t believe how Cody stole Hassan’s thunder.


We see Cody Rhodes walking up the ramp, smiling and taunting to the crowd.

Styles: But now, it’s time to switch gears and move on to something big, as big as the BTW Continental Championship match.

JBL: Christian Cage has already pinned Chris Jericho twice in the last couple of weeks, this is going to be the third.

JR: I am not too sure about that. This is a hell of a stage and we all know that Jericho has a heart of champion, and tonight he might just be that, a champion.


“Break Down the Walls” plays to a huge ovation from the crowd as Chris Jericho appears on the stage with his arms extended. Y2J turns around and walks down the ramp, already fired up and ready for the match. Jericho enters the ring in his unique, characteristic way. Inside the ring he climbs to the corners and taunts to the crowd.

JR: He’s the challenger. He has faced a lot of adversity just to get into this match.

Styles: He even had to defeat The Big Show to get in this match.

JBL: But guys, let’s not fool ourselves, he has lost twice already to Christian Cage, what makes you think he might pull it off here tonight.


“Just Close your Eyes” plays to a lot of boos from the crowd as Christian Cage appears on the stage with a black hood and the BTW Continental Championship wrapped around his waist. Cage ignores the fans as he walks down the ramp. He enters the ring, and watching at Jericho by the tail of his eye, he climbs to the corner taunting to the audience.

Styles: To answer your question John, that man right there, Chris Jericho, never backs down, and as JR said, he has a heart of champion.





Chris Jericho and Christian Cage stare at each other, Jericho standing in the middle of the ring while the champion, Christian Cage, laid against a corner looking at him back with an air of confidence and arrogance. Christian finally walks away from the corner and toward Chris Jericho. Both competitors get face to face, forehead to forehead in the middle of the ring. We can’t read the men’s lips and see what they are saying to one another, but they seem to be trading insults. Jericho and Christian separate from each other and walk backwards to different sides of the ring. Christian continues the taunting by moving his hands around his waist and yelling at Jericho “I’m the champion”. The crowd heavily boos at Christian, which prompts him to answers back, losing focus over Chris Jericho and screaming at the crowd the same thing, that he is the champion. Chris Jericho takes advantage of this and he storms toward the distracted Christian Cage, which qickly gets a pop from the audience. Jericho takes him to the corner with his attack, and he connects Christian with a series of body punches, straight right hands to the head and even clubs to the back. The referee finally steps and he forces a clean break between both opponents. Christian Cage however, when the referee turns his back on him as he takes Chris Jericho away, is able to hit a sucker punch right on Jericho’s face over the shoulder of the official. Christian shoves the referee away and makes the cover: 1…, Jericho gets quickly one shoulder up. The camera zooms on the face of Chris Jericho and we see a little string of blood coming from down the nose of Chris Jericho. Christian gets up to his knee and like a shark that smells blood in the water he starts punching Chris right on the face, aiming directly at the nose. The referee once again steps in and he takes Christian Cage away from Chris Jericho, giving Y2J the chance to get himself together. The official warns Christian to stay away. He then walks toward Chris Jericho, checks his bleeding nose and asks him if he’s ok. Jericho whips the blood from above his mouth and rolls toward the ring ropes. Chris uses them to pull himself back to a standing position. Christian mocks the bleeding nose of his title challenger as both competitors start circling each other, slowly waiting for the opening to attack each other.

They circle closer and closer each time to the middle of the ring and to each other. They finally meet in the middle of the ring and enter in a collar elbow tie up. Christian Cage gets the upperhand as he locks his opponent in a side headlock. While Christian has it locked in, he continues mocking Chris Jericho as he yells at him “Oh, you’re bleeding”. Christian then looks up the crowd and screams “Look, he’s bleeding”. Once again, all this excessive taunting costs Christian Cage as Chris Jericho is able to hoist him up in the air and drop him down to the canvas to connect a side suplex, effectively getting out from the lock of his opponent. Chris Jericho gets back to his feet first, quickly followed by Christian Cage. Jericho immediately goes for the lag as he takes him down to the canvas and starts trying to flip Christian over his belly and lock in the Walls of Jericho, however Christian has still a lot of energy to fight back and he manages to use his leg strength to shove Chris Jericho away. Y2J gets staggered toward the ring ropes behind him while Christian Cage gets back to his feet. Jericho bounces back from the ropes and comes right back toward Cage. Cage leapfrogs over him, letting Chris Jericho pass by running under him. Jericho however stops his dash. Christian turns around and finds Jericho right in front of him. Nonetheless, Christian Cage is still the first one to attack of the two, as Cage slaps the taste right off the mouth from the Number One Contender for his Continental Championship. This however backfires on Christian Cage, as instead of making Jericho flinch, it fires him up and Chris now truly opens it up on the champion, landing him with a flurry of punches. Christian grabs Cage by the arm and Irish Whips him toward the ring ropes. Cage bounces back and gets connected with his trademarked spinning heel kick. Jericho covers the champion: 1…2…, Christian gets one shoulder up. Chris Jericho gets back to his feet, without even arguing with the referee about the count. Jericho grabs his opponent by the hair and pulls Cage back to his feet. Jericho sets Christian Cage up, then he connects him with a vertical suplex, close to being a stalling suplex. Chris gets back to his feet and he walks toward the corner, climbing to the top rope. There he looks down at Christian Cage and measures him. Jericho finally flies through the airs looking to connect Cage down with a splash, however Christian is able to roll out of the way letting Chris Jericho miss the splash, crashing and burning hard against the canvas. Jericho hits face first against the canvas.

The crash causes Jericho’s nose to start pouring blood again. Christian crawls toward Jericho and makes the cover: 1…2…, Chris Jericho gets one shoulder up keeping the match going. Christian gets back to his feet and he brings his challenger up with him. He then weakens Jericho even more by connecting him with straight right hands to the face. Christian hits a toe kick to the middle section of Y2J, then grabs him and starts trying to set him up for the Unprettier. Christian goes as far as even rotating Jericho, being moments away from dropping Jericho over his face down to the canvas and effectively connect the Unprettier, however Chris Jericho is able to reverse the maneuver and gets Christian in a backslide pin: 1…2…, Christian Cage kicks out, then crawls away from Jericho. Both men get back to their feet and storm toward each other, but it is Christian the one who attacks first as he hits a low dropkick to the knee of Chris Jericho, violently knocking him down to the canvas. Christian Cage gets up and walks toward Jericho, then coldly puts his right foot on the face of the challenger, and finally stomps on the face of Chris Jericho, targeting the nose of his opponent once again. Y2J coughs as a result of him swallowing the blood coming from his nose. Christian Cage repeats the punishment, stomping Chris Jericho right on the face. He then makes the cover, putting his forearm right on the face of his opponent: 1…2…, Chris Jericho is able to kick out. Christian Cage looks up to the referee for a quick second, as if questioning the count he just made. He then gets back to his feet and pulling Chris Jericho by the hair brings him up with him. Cage grabs his opponent in a front facelock and then he advances toward the corner, putting Chris Jericho against it. Christian there starts to blatantly choke Jericho. The official, as he has been for the entire contest, quickly interrupts the aggression and asks for a clean break. Christian Cage pretends to be doing so, however out of a sudden Christian snaps right toward Chris Jericho and hits an elbow strike right to the face of his opponent. The referee has no other option but to step away and let Christian Cage continue his offense. Christian grabs Chris Jericho and he lifts him up, sitting him on the top rope on the corner. Christian slowly climbs to the second rope and then to the top, joining Chris Jericho. Christian starts setting his opponent up for a superplex. Cage pulls trying to connect the maneuver, however Chris blocks the attempt. Christian Cage goes for it again, however for the second time Chris Jericho refuses to be superplexed down to the mat and blocks it again.

Christian Cage makes one third attempt, however Chris Jericho had gotten motivation from all his previous blocking successes and blocks it yet again, and this time he answers back Christian’s attempts, as he pushes Christian Cage down from the corner all the way down to the canvas. Chris Jericho gingerly incorporates himself standing on the top rope. Christian Cage starts getting back to his senses and getting back to his feet on the canvas. Cage gets fully back to a standing position, and immediately Y2J flies through the airs and connects Christian Cage right on the head with a diving spinning elbow strike. Chris Jericho however isn’t able to fully capitalize, and he remains next to Christian Cage both knocked out. Slowly, after a couple of seconds, both Chris Jericho and Christian Cage start getting back to their feet. They recover their standing positions and stand right in front of one another. Christian Cage swings for a clothesline, but Chris Jericho is able to duck the attempt avoiding it, then when Christian Cage turns around, Chris nails him with a step up enziguiri. Christian Cage gets hit right on the face and staggers through the ropes to the outside of the ring. Chris Jericho crawls toward the middle of the ring where he collapses down once again. He runs his right hand over his face whipping down the remaining blood. It seems as if his bleeding has ceased for now. On the outside, Christian starts getting back to his feet. In an unusual display of sportsmanship by Christian Cage, instead of letting himself get counted out, Christian Cage starts getting back to the ring as he climbs to the apron. Chris Jericho sees this and he quickly gets back to his feet. Jericho dashes toward the corner located diagonal on his right and on the ring ropes close to that corner he springboards toward Christian Cage connecting him with a springboard dropkick, knocking the BTW Continental Champion off the apron. Chris Jericho pulls himself back uo using the ring ropes, and now more confident and getting his usual swagger back, he taunts to the crowd screaming “Come on, Baby!” Christian Cage contorts on the outside floor holding his chest in pain, in the exact spot where the dropkick connected. Chris Jericho attempts to leave the ring going behind Christian Cage, however the referee keeps him away to let Cage recover and get back to the ring by his own terms. Captain Charisma slowly pulls himself back to his feet, putting one knee first on the floor and then fully getting back to his feet. Christian Cage turns around and he looks to the inside of the ring where he watches Chris Jericho standing in the middle of the ring eagerly waiting for him.

Christian Cage lets out a nervous laugh, then he just turns around and starts walking away from the ring, leaving from the match and not caring if he gets counted out. Chris Jericho sees this and he rushes to the outside of the ring, circles the ring and goes up the ramp in pursuit of Cage. Christian looks back and watches his challenger coming for him. Cage tries to run away, however he slips and Chris Jericho gets to him. Jericho picks Christian up, and punishes him as he smashes his head on the guard rail. Jericho takes Cage closer to the ring and finally throws it to the inside. Jericho slides to the interior of the square circle and makes the cover: 1…2…, Cage kicks out keeping the match going. Chris Jericho gets back to his feet, his face showing that he is unmotivated by Christian Cage kicking out. Jericho picks Cage back to his feet, however before he attacks him, Christian counters with a sitting jawbreaker. Christian staggers back holding his jaw. Christian gets back to his feet and goes toward Chris Jericho. Cage grabs Jericho in an inverted facelock, then drops him onto his right knee connecting an Inverted Facelock backbreaker. Christian Cage reincorporates Chris Jericho, not realizing the inverted facelock, and then drops Jericho connecting a Falling Inverted DDT. Christian Cage makes the cover: 1…2…, Jericho kicks out, however Christian is able to take advantage of the momentum produced by the kick out to grab one the left leg of his title challenger. Christian Cage then sets the legs up of Chris Jericho in the Cloverleaf position and steps over him, turning Jericho over. Christian squats and lean backs, punishing Chris Jericho. Y2J screams in pain as Christian continues to apply the Cloverleaf, looking for the submission victory. Chris Jericho however starts dragging toward the ring ropes. The crowd gets behind him with a chant of his name. Jericho stretches his right hand and he manages to grab the bottom rope, forcing Christian Cage to release the submission maneuver. Christian holds on to it, and the referee starts the count that could end in DQ: 1…2…3…4…, Christian releases the hold avoiding a disqualification. Christian walks away and waits for Chris Jericho to get back to his feet. Chris Jericho slowly does so using the ring ropes. He then turns around and walks right into a lariat by Cage that knocks him down to the canvas. Christian waits for Jericho to get back to his feet. Y2J slowly pulls himself back up only to get almost decapitated by a second lariat by the Continental Champion.

Christian Cage walks toward the opposite side of the ring, where he, for the third time, waits for Chris Jericho to get back to his feet. Y2J slowly recovers his vertical standing, turns around, which prompts Christian Cage to storm toward him looking a running clothesline with a longer dash to add more momentum to the smash, however out of nowhere Chris Jericho is able to get back to his senses and receives the running Christian Cage with his characteristic Flashback. Chris Jericho gets back to his feet and he finds the opening he was looking for. Chris Jericho dashes toward the ring ropes, springboards and comes right back looking to connect his Lionsault, however Christian Cage is able to roll to his left avoiding the maneuver. Nonetheless, Jericho is able to land over his two feet. However, Christian Cage is able to show that he is in a better physical state that Chris Jericho as he out fastens him and takes him down by the legs. Christian Cage doesn’t release the leg, and he starts setting Jericho up for a submission maneuver. However, he isn’t going for the Cloverleaf. On this occasion, he goes to humiliate Chris Jericho as he tries to turn Y2J over his belly and lock in the submission maneuver. Jericho is quickly able to avoid the maneuver as he counters before he is flipped over his belly and school boy rolls the champion: 1….2…, Christian Cage is able to kick out. Chris Jericho wants to finally mount some momentum, and so when Cage gets back to his feet, he quickly connects him with a straight right hand. He nails a second punch and finalizes with a forearm strike. Jericho Irish Whips Christian Cage toward the opposite corner, and immediately he dashes toward the corner. Cage crashes spine first against the turnbuckle and staggers back. Chris Jericho instead was aiming for the ring ropes, and so he bounces back right toward the staggered Cage, probably looking for his one handed bulldog. Christian however is able to avoid the maneuver and kill Chris Jericho’s momentum as he turns around before Chris gets to him and clotheslines him down to the canvas. Christian Cage taunts to the crowd slapping himself on the chest three times. He then walks toward the corner and climbs to the top rope. Cage looks down to his opponent and comes down from the corner, perfectly executing and connecting a Frog Splash. He remains on top of Christian Cage and so the referee makes the count: 1…2…, Chris Jericho is somehow able to get one shoulder up keeping the match going. His nose has gotten busted open once again, and this time it seems worse than before. We see the repetition of the Frog Splash and we see that the forearm of Cage landed right on the face of Chris Jericho.

Christian gets back to his feet and walks toward the referee. He gets right on the referee’s face and argues with him about a slow count. Chris Jericho slowly crawls toward him, however he seems to have all the time in the world as a very distracted Christian Cage seems more interested in arguing with the referee than continuing the match. Jericho finally reaches Cage and he rolls him up. However, instead of going for the pinfall attempt, he gets back to his feet and locks in the Walls of Jericho. Christian screams in pain as he gets punished by Jericho’s submission maneuver. The crowd heavily cheers as they expect the moment in which they see Christian Cage tapping out. Cage however doesn’t give up and he starts crawling toward the ring ropes, but right before he grabs the bottom rope, Chris Jericho pulls him back to the purgatory, as he drags him right back to the middle of the ring. The referee gets in front of Christian Cage, trying to get a better view to see if Christian taps out. Cage stretches his hands looking in the distance for the ring ropes, however what he grabs is the leg of the referee, and pulls him toward Jericho and himself, breaking the submission maneuver. Chris Jericho and the official remain knocked out as Christian Cage, limping, gets back to his feet. Cage walks toward Chris Jericho, grabs his legs, open the compass and stomps right on the privates of Chris Jericho, then once again goes to humiliate his challenger as he starts looking for the Walls of Jericho, this time effectively turning Jericho over his belt successfully locking it in. The referee uses the ring ropes to get back to his feet. Christian Cage drags Chris Jericho to the middle of the ring, where he waits for his opponent to tap out. Cage sits on the lower back of Y2J to increase the pain of the maneuver. The crowd breaks with a “Go Jericho go” chant, looking for him to recover. Chris Jericho seems motivated by this and starts getting back to his senses after a couple of seconds. He elevates from the canvas using his hands and after a while of struggling with Christian Cage, he manages to roll through the Walls of Jericho as he goes over his own head, bringing Captain Charisma down to the canvas. Chris Jericho feeds from the moment and he sets Christian Cage up in the “original” Walls of Jericho. Cage screams in pain as now he’s the one suffering in the submission maneuver. Christian Cage, just as before, crawls toward the ropes looking to break the maneuver. He manages to get mere inches away from the ropes, however Jericho ruins his chances as he drags him back to the middle of the ring. Christian Cage seems desperate, pain and frustration reflecting on his face, as he was just inches away from escaping the Walls but now is back in the middle of the ring with nowhere to go. Christian Cage, after about twenty seconds in the hold, can’t take anymore of the pain and taps out.

Winner: Chris Jericho


JR: Jericho wins! Jericho wins!

Styles: There you go JBL, we have a new champion. Chris Jericho did it!

JR: Chris Jericho is the new BTW Continental Champion.


Chris Jericho gets back to his feet on the inside of the ring and gets his hand raised by the referee. The official then hands him the BTW Continental Championship. Jericho holds the championship up high celebrating his victory. Christian rolls to the outside of the ring still in pain.

JBL: I can’t believe this. I can’t

Styles: Third is the charm one, or at least it appears to be, as Chris Jericho just defeated Christian.


Chris Jericho climbs to the top rope and hoists his new championship up high, soaking in the crowd reaction.


(DSW: Deep South Wrestling. Check the stars of Born To Wrestle before they become stars. Every Wednesday, on FX)


We return and we see a divided screen. On the left we see Triple H taping his wrists, hanging behind him we can see the BTW World Heavyweight Championship. On the right we see Brock Lesnar jogging and warming up.

JR: Ladies and Gentlemen, this is our main event, Triple H defends the BTW World Heavyweight Championship against Brock Lesnar.

Styles: And we have to remember what Brock Lesnar said, at WrestleBowl, comes the pain.

JR: But to quote Triple H, and I really think that in his mind he beliefs it, Brock Lesnar is simply not in his league.


This Fire Burns” plays to a big amount of cheers from the audience as CM Punk steps out from the curtain. Punk looks at the big Ford Field filled up to the rafters. CM Punk walks down the ramp high fiving his fans. He finally slides to the inside of the ring where he climbs to the top rope taunting to the amazing amount of fans cheer for him.

Styles: And that will our main event, but as for now, we have an amazing contest which has the uniqueness, in which two friends will turn into enemies for the night.

JBL: Not enemies, they will be opponents Joey. There’s a big difference between the two.


“Killing Vibe” plays to cheers from the audience, although we are able to hear some scattered boos. Samoa Joe appears on the stage and putting his right hand as if it was a gun, and taunting CM Punk he “shots” him. Samoa Joe enters the ring and stares at CM Punk. The referee rings the bell.





CM Punk and Samoa Joe quickly step toward the middle of the ring and enter in a staredown. The crowd roars around them. CM Punk extends his right hand to his opponent. Joe looks down to it for a couple of seconds; however he quickly accepts it and they both shake hands. The crowd applauds both men as they step backwards, away from each other, and go to different sides of the ring. CM Punk and Samoa Joe start finally circling each other, first slow, but after about five seconds they pick up and move around the ring faster. Punk and Joe finally advance toward each other and enter in a collar elbow tie. CM Punk seems to get the upperhand overpowering his opponent by forcing his opponent back down stepping backwards. Samoa Joe answers back the aggression and after a couple of seconds turn the situation into his favor, as he now applies more strength to the brawling situation and forces CM Punk to step backward. CM Punk levels the collar elbow tie up and both Joe and himself return to the middle of the ring, still engaged in the collar elbow tie up. With nobody getting the clear upperhand, both competitors finally let each other go. To cheers from the audience, CM Punk and Samoa Joe step away from each other and go to the opposite sides of the ring. Punk grins while staring at Joe, and Samoa Joe answers back by pointing at himself and then at Punk, then telling CM “It’s just you and me.” CM Punk and Samoe Joe advance toward each other again and enter in another collar elbow tie up. This time, Samoa Joe gets the upperhand and he locks CM Punk in a side headlock. Joe keeps the headlock applied for a couple of seconds, and then he transitions it into a hammerlock. Joe torques the arm of his opponent, then he puts his right foot on the back of the knee of CM Punk. Samoa Joe stomps on the back of the knee of Punk while releasing the hammerlock lashing Punk away and down to the canvas. CM Punk crawls away from Samoa Joe toward his corner, and then uses the second turnbuckle pad to get back to his feet. CM Punk turns around and stares at Samoa Joe, who grins while looking at him back and tells Punk “come on boy.” CM Punk runs toward Joe and locks up with him in yet another collar elbow tie up. Samoa Joe starts getting the upperhand once again, however CM Punk turns the equation back to his favor with a knee strike right to the middle section of his opponent, making Samoa Joe bend in pain. CM Punk grabs the right hand of Samoa Joe with his left locking in a wristlock. CM Punk then, with his right hand, adds more pressure to the right hand and wrist of Samoa Joe.

CM Punk resists the clubs to the back of Samoa Joe, who tries to use his left arm to fight out of the predicament. Punk takes all the punishment, then with his left leg sweeps his opponent down to the canvas. CM Punk down with him without releasing his wristlock. CM Punk incorporates a little, moving his legs closer to the right arm of Joe, then floats in such a position that allows him to lock Samoa Joe in a crossed armbar with leg scissors. CM Punk pulls and pulls the arm of Joe, trying to pop the shoulder out it socket or hyperextend it. Samoa Joe however knows how to fight out of this predicament and he rolls to his left, then over CM Punk getting him into a pinning predicament taking advantage of the leverage: 1…2…, CM Punk kicks out releasing the armbar. CM Punk and Samoa Joe get back to their feet and this time without any taunting involved, storm toward each other entering another collar elbow tie up testing their strengths. CM Punk gets the quick upperhand and he locks Joe in a side healock. He drains Joe for a couple of seconds, then he takes him down to the canvas. CM Punk continues his punishment, however Samoa Joe is able to reverse the hold using his legs and turning the situation into leg scissors on his behalf. CM Punk is able to escape and rolls away from Samoa Joe. Both competitors get back to their feet and storm yet again toward each other. This time it is Samoa Joe who locks the side headlock, and follows up as well with a takeover. CM Punk however steals a page from the book of Samoa Joe and counters the same way, turning his side headlock into leg scissors. Samoa Joe escapes the maneuver and rolls away from CM Punk all the way to the outside of the ring and to the apron, there, and in his mind safe from CM Punk, gets back to his feet, however the straightedge superstar walks toward him, grabs the top rope as balance and then he hits a huge roundhouse kick to the side of the head of Samoa Joe, knocking him down to the concrete floor below him. CM Punk walks to the middle of the ring where he crosses his arms taunting to the crowd, getting cheers from his fans but boos by the ones who follow Samoa Joe. CM Punk however gets a little too carried away toying to the fans, as he doesn’t notice Samoa Joe recovering a little earlier than what he expected, sliding quickly to the inside of the ring and knocking him down to the canvas with a huge forearm strike to the back. Samoa Joe continues his aggression as he viciously stomps all over the back and spine area of CM Punk. Samoa Joe measures CM Punk and in a vicious attack, he nails a jumping leg drop right to the back of CM Punk’s neck.

But that isn’t all, as apparently Samoa Joe is aiming to make of CM Punk’s neck a bull’s-eye, and continues his flurry of targeting offense by hitting an even more cold blooded and vicious jumping knee drop, driving his knee to the back of the head of CM Punk. Samoa Joe rolls CM Punk over his back and makes the cover: 1…2…, CM Punk kicks out. However, it appears than the samoan Submission Machine was kind of waiting that to happen, as not even looking affected the kick out, Samoa Joe flips CM Punk again and locks in a grounded Full Nelson. The hands of Samoa Joe apply direct pressure to the neck of Punk. CM however has a ton of heart, and with most of energies still intact, CM Punk starts struggling and fighting back to get back to his feet. CM Punk slowly is able to do so, first putting his right knee on the canvas and using it for leverage to pull himself completely back to his feet. However it seems as if Samoa Joe wanted CM Punk to do so, as right when Punk gets over his two feet in a vertical standing, the Full Nelson seems to get more powerful, it seems as if Samoa Joe is applying even more pressure to the maneuver. CM Punk tries to use his upperbody strength to break the Full Nelson, but Samoa Joe has it correctly applied and he will just not give in. Punk nonetheless, now on his vertical standing has far more options to resource in his mission to get out of the maneuver, and he resorts for the easiest of them all: CM Punk dashes backwards toward the corner, causing Samoa Joe to clash spine first against the turnbuckle, the impact making Samoa Joe to release the hold. CM Punk staggers away from the corner. He quickly turns around and runs right back toward Samoa Joe, looking to connect his charging high knee, but Punk isn’t able to connect it as Samoa Joe escapes out of the predicament sidestepping to his right, letting the straightedge competitor clash knee first against the turnbuckle. CM Punk bounces back from this clash right into Samoa Joe, who nails him with a stiff, hard knife edge chop that hurls him right back to the corner. Samoa Joe connects CM Punk with an European Uppercut, spins and when he faces CM Punk again, without interrupting his flow, nails him with an jumping enziguiri right to the temple. Samoa Joe gets up and walks away from the corner. CM Punk groggily staggers from the corner walking right into Samoa Joe, who receives him by connecting his classic ST Joe, slamming CM Punk down to the canvas. Samoa Joe covers Punk hooking Punk’s left leg: 1…2…, CM Punk kicks out keeping the match going.

However, and even though at first it seems that way, this isn’t CM Punk’s break, and instead Samoa Joe remains right over him with his offense, as Samoa Joe, taking advantage of the momentum created by Punk’s kick out, holds on to CM’s left leg, flips Punk over his belly and locks him in an STF. Joe again targets the neck of CM Punk in this maneuver, as he pulls it back. CM Punk however, showing he will not give in, starts crawling toward the ring ropes. Joe notices this and he gets back to his feet, drags CM Punk back to the middle of the ring, and relocks the submission maneuver, this time instead of the STF, he lets the left leg free locking Punk in only a crossface. The crossface nonetheless applies the same amount of pressure to the back of the head of his opponent. CM Punk starts tripping, moving to his sides trying to roll. He finally manages to do so, rolling over his back to his right and reaching to the ring ropes. Joe refuses to let his opponent go, forcing the referee to start the count that would end in a DQ for Joe: 1…2…3…4…, Samoa Joe finally releases CM Punk, letting him go. The referee stands between the floored CM Punk and Samoa Joe, commanding Joe to remain away from Punk, finally letting him catch a break. CM Punk pulls himself back to a standing position. Immediately as he sees this, Samoa Joe shoves the referee away and storms toward CM Punk. Punk however is able to react first and he back body drops him over the top rope to the outside of the ring. The samoan Submission Machine lands hard to the concrete floor of the outside of the ring. The straightedge superstar, grabbing his neck in pain, walks toward the middle of the ring. The crowd cheers for Punk, motivating him. CM Punk lifts his arm in the air toying to the fans even more. CM Punk catches a glimpse of Samoa Joe getting back to his feet on the outside of the ring. Immediately, CM Punk dashes, crossing the ring, and launches himself through the ropes toward Samoa Joe, connecting him with a suicide dive, reminiscent of a Mexican tope. It takes a while, but finally CM Punk gets back to his feet and taunting to the crowd he screams “what’s my name!” CM Punk picks Samoa Joe and he throws him to the inside of the ring. CM follows him and back on the interior he makes the cover: 1…2…, Samoa Joe kicks out. CM Punk seems a little frustrated by this, but deep inside he knows it will take a lot more to put Samoa Joe out. Punk takes the hair out of his face and gets back to a standing position. Punk grabs Joe by the head and guides him back to his feet as well. CM Punk measures him before hitting him with a right open handed slap. He then hits the same but with his left hand, and Punk goes to finish the flurry by going for a Spinning open handed slap, however Joe is able to duck avoiding the maneuver, then, he invents out of nowhere a Dragon Kick with his right leg, but CM Punk sees it coming and he ducks making Joe miss.

When CM Punk ducks avoiding the kick however, he turns his back on Samoa Joe for a couple of seconds, which is enough for Joe to capitalize on with a waist lock, quickly turned into an Inverted Atomic Drop. Samoa Joe immediately dashes to the ring ropes behind him, bounces back and nails Punk with a single leg dropkick right to the chest knocking him down. Samoa Joe runs to the ropes in front of him and opposite to the ones he previously bounced to, comes right back and finishes off with a running senton. Samoa Joe makes the cover: 1…2…, CM Punk is able to kick out. Samoa Joe looks up to the referee for a fraction of second, then gets back to his feet going to continue his attack. Joe grabs CM by the hair and pulls him up to his feet. Joe grabs him by the arm and Irsh Whips Punk to the corner, where odds of getting connected with the Muscle Buster increase. Joe measures his opponent and crosses the ring storming toward him. However, CM Punk is able to out of nowhere reacts and pulls himself up to the second rope sitting on it, grabs the top rope with both hands and as Joe is right about to connect him with a shoulder thrust, CM Punk rolls over him making sure to set his feet under the armpits of his opponent. Punk as said before rolls over Joe and takes Joe with him in the movement, ending his demonstration of speed in a roll up: 1…2…, Samoa Joe is able to kick out. Both men get quickly back to their feet. Samoa Joe advances toward CM Punk trying to attack him, however CM remains one step ahead, out fastening Samoa Joe again and knocking him out cold with a Roundhouse Kick straight to the side of Joe’s head. CM Punk immediately walks toward the corner, where he climbs to the top rope. CM Punk turns his head looking back making sure that Samoa Joe is where he wants it to be. CM Punk gets ready to fly and he does just that, channeling older times and resorting to old moves as he connects Samoa Joe with his Crooked Moonsault. Punk hooks one leg making the cover: 1…2…, Samoa Joe is able to kick out. CM Punk looks a little frustrated at this, but after quickly looking up to the referee he gets back to his feet going to continue the match. Punk grabs Samoa Joe by the head and he guides him back to a standing position. Punk kicks Joe in the middle section weakening him, and making him bend in pain as a result. Punk then hooks both of arms of Samoa Joe in a Double Underhook. CM Punk goes to lift him and connect him with his classic Double Underhook back-breaker, however Samoa Joe counter by freeing his arms and back body dropping CM Punk down to the canvas.

Samoa Joe takes advantage of this time to shake off the cobwebs and recover some wasted energies. CM Punk gets back to his feet and quickly goes toward Samoa Joe looking to connect a clothesline, however Samoa Joe avoids the attack, hooks Punk’s arm, goes behind him and takes Punk with him down into a backslide pin: 1…2…, CM Punk counters by completely over his head, and by doing so turning the situation, and the double underhook, into his favor. CM Punk gets back to his feet, only to then drop Samoa Joe head first into the canvas by connecting a Double Underhook DDT. CM Punk gets back to his feet and lifts his right hand taunting to the crowd. He then leaves the ring going to the apron. Samoa Joe, holding his head slowly pulls himself back to his standing position. Joe stops turning his back on CM Punk and turns around to face him. CM Punk immediately springboards into the ring looking to connect his classic springboard clothesline, however out of nowhere, and showing his natural submitting and countering ability, Samoa Joe’s catches the arm of CM Punk in mid flight and turns the situation into his favor by trying to lock in a standing armbar. CM Punk however has the momentum of being on the driver’s seat for so long and has the energies to quickly start looking for the way out. CM Punk returns to a standing position, still with Joe grabbing his arm. CM Punk starts using his right elbow, as he smashes it right to the face of his opponent. Joe however as enough and on the third attack of the straightedge superstar blocks the elbow and hooks his arm again, then breaks the armbar to hook that arm again, turning it into an Inverted Double Underhook lock. Samoa Joe lifts CM Punk up in the hair, hoists him in there for a couple of seconds before finally slamming him face first down to the canvas. Samoa Joe walks away from his victim taunting to the crowd. CM Punk starts getting back to his senses, going as far as getting sit on the canvas. Samoa Joe quickly stops these attempts of recovery as he dashes to the ring ropes behind him, comes right back and lands a football kick right to the chest of CM Punk, bringing him down to the canvas. Samoa Joe makes the cover: 1…2…, CM Punk is able to kick out. Joe doesn’t even bother to argue with the referee. This time, he gets back to his feet, grabs the legs of CM Punk and starts walking toward the corner, dragging CM Punk along with him. Joe finally reaches to the corner and still grabbing that leg of CM Punk, he climbs first to the bottom rope, then to the second rope. Joe reaches and he grabs the other leg of CM Punk. Samoa with this now climbs to the top rope and hangs CM Punk upside down to the top rope, setting him in the proverbial tree of woe situation. Joe jumps down to the canvas and storms to the opposite side of the ring. Joe performs a perfect circle ending in a straight dash toward the hanged straightedge superstar.

Joe leaps looking to connect a flying knee lift, however CM Punk sits up so to speak, making Joe fail hitting the turnbuckle pad instead. As Joe staggers in pain grabbing his knee, CM Punk quickly climbs down from the corner and down to the apron, where he eagerly waits for Samoa Joe to get back to his feet. The samoan Submission Machine slowly pulls himself back to his feet. CM Punk immediately propels himself to the inside of the ring, this time effectively connecting his springboard clothesline. CM Punk gets back to his feet fired up and ready to end the match. He looks down at Samoa Joe waiting for him to get back up. Joe slowly does so, and when he does, he walks right into CM Punk, who gets him over his shoulders in a fireman’s carry. CM Punk takes one step going to the middle of the ring, and he goes to connect his GTS and end the match, however right when Samoa Joe gets elevated before finally getting dropped head first into Punk’s knee, Samoa Joe counters and turns the GTS into a DDT. Samoa Joe and CM Punk lay motionless next to each other for a while, before Samoa Joe is finally able to crawl toward his opponent and puts one arm across the chest of his opponent: 1…2…, CM Punk kicks out keeping the match going. The crowd cheers in excitement as they get to see this awesome match continuing. Samoa Joe looks up to the referee with a tired and frustrated expression on his face. He finally gets back to his feet, but this time instead of maintaining himself over CM Punk, Samoa Joe walks toward the corner and he climbs to the top rope. CM Punk gets slowly back to his feet and blindly walks toward the corner where Samoa Joe is. Joe leaps from the top rope and comes right down connecting CM Punk with a Tornado DDT, the same maneuver he used weeks ago to defeat Mark Henry on BTW Nitro. CM Punk gets covered: 1…2…, Punk is able to once again kick out keeping the match going. Samoa Joe this time doesn’t argue with the referee, doesn’t walk away from CM Punk. No. His face tells the story this time, and he looks angry, he seems as if he is just about to kick it into another gear. Joe grabs Punk by the hair and he viciously pulls him getting Joe back to his feet. Not releasing the hair, he drags him all the way toward the middle of the ring, place where more than likely he plans on ending the match. However, out of nowhere it is CM Punk the one who reacts, grabbing the right arm of his opponent, pulling Joe toward himself, then setting Joe up to connect him with a lifting sideslam, used as a step up to his submission maneuver, the Anaconda Vice.

CM Punk applies more and more pressure to the maneuver, punishing more and more Joe’s limb trapped in the maneuver, while he cuts Samoa Joe’s air supply at the same time. Punk’s face turns red as a demonstration of how much pressure his putting into the maneuver. The referee in charge of this challenge immediately goes to check the state of Samoa Joe, and he finds out that Joe is about to pass out. Immediately the referee lifts the only free arm of Joe, only to see it drop with no response. The referee lifts it again and for the second time it gets no reaction from Joe as his arm drops again. The referee announces this would be the last time as he picks up the arm of Samoa Joe and lets it fell, however as it is falling, Samoa Joe gets his arm back to life and places it right under CM Punk’s right bicep, and there he starts making pressure into the outside, trying to break out the hold. Apparently it is effective as it creates enough space for Samoa Joe to free his other arm, with which he nails big elbow strikes to the face of CM Punk, finally forcing him CM Punk to release the Anaconda Vice! CM Punk can’t believe it, however he might have drained enough enery out of Samoa Joe to win the match: 1…2…, Joe kicks out. CM Punk remains sitting on the canvas, breathing heavily and not able to believe that Joe is still going strong. CM Punk gets back to his feet and not wanting to let Samoa Joe catch a break, quickly brings him up with him. Punk stands in front of the groggy Samoa Joe, then starts wearing him down as he connects him with kicks right to the legs and calves of the samoan Submission Machine. Punk ends his flurry by a Reverse Yakuza kick to the gut. CM Punk grabs Samoa Joe, sets him up and connects him with a Spinning Release Suplex. Punk crawls toward Joe and makes the cover: 1…2…, Samoa Joe kicks out yet again. Punk again keeps his offense fast and gets back to his feet. He picks Samoa Joe up and sets him for another suplex. Only this time when he elevates Samoa Joe, he walks toward the ring ropes and slingshots him. However, before CM Punk drops him down to the canvas, Joe slides down of the grasp of his opponent landing on his vertical standing right behind his opponent, allowing him to set CM Punk and out of nowhere connect him with a neckbreaker. It takes a while but finally Samoa Joe gets himself together as he incorporates and crawls away from his opponent. Joe however is still a little affected to all the offense he has taken from CM Punk and when he gets back to his feet he does so right against the turnbuckles of the corner. CM Punk gets obviously faster than Joe to his senses and to his feet, and noticing the position Samoa Joe has walked right into, CM Punk storms toward him connecting his charging high knee strike, driving his knee right to the jaw of Samoa Joe.

Punk locks Joe in a headlock and runs toward the middle of the ring looking to connect his bulldog, only this time Samoa Joe is indeed able to counter as he pushes Punk away. CM gets carried away by the momentum, however he slides on the canvas and is able to stop himself. He gets back to his feet, turns around and runs right back toward Samoa Joe, only to get connected by a jumping knee lift almost decapitating CM Punk. Joe drops down to his knees following this maneuver, a few inches away from the knocked out straightedge superstar. Joe gets finally back to a standing position and he announces the end of the match. He picks CM Punk, who appears to be out, and throws him toward the corner. CM Punk gets set over the ropes, allowing Samoa Joe to get him on the correct position so that he can nail the Muscle Buster. Having Punk set already, Joe walks backwards to the middle of the ring, however, before he gets connected with the match ending Muscle Buster, Punk counters by overturning his weight and being able to free himself as Joe releases him so that he doesn’t get carried away by Punk going down. CM Punk lands on his feet, and as Samoa Joe turns around, Punk gets him over his shoulders setting him for GTS. Punk again walks toward the middle of the ring going to connect GTS, however when Joe gets hoisted up high with the intention of dropping him head first into Punk’s knee, Samoa Joe reverses the maneuver and turns it into a small package: 1…2…, CM Punk rolls over his own back turning the situation into a pinfall attempt in his favor: 1…2…3!

Result: CM Punk defeats Samoa Joe


JBL: What?

Styles: Is over!

JBL: What?

Styles: Is over!

JR: Punk wins! Punk wins! Punk wins!

Styles: And if JBL doesn’t say it, I will. This two men smell like some ‘cause they’ve been through fire, and what a match they just gave us.

JBL: Damn sure I wasn’t saying it.


CM Punk grabs Samoa Joe by the hand and he helps him incorporate. CM Punk and Samoa Joe stand face to face to each other, listening the crowd cheer both for the match they just put.

JR: This, this is what WrestleBowl is all about.


CM Punk and Samoa Joe embrace in the middle of the ring in a show of sportsmanship. Finally, both men leave the ring and walk down to the ramp going to the back. Together.


Styles: Let’s take it to our broadcast colleague, Jeremy Borash.


Borash: Ladies and Gentlemen, here to perform WrestleBowl’s Official Theme song please stand up and receive…MOTORHEAD!


We see Motorhead on a special, smaller stage next to the main one.

Motorhead: Get your motor runnin'
Head out on the highway
Lookin' for adventure
And whatever comes our way
Yeah Darlin' go make it happen
Take the world in a love embrace
Fire all of your guns at once
And explode into space

I like smoke and lightning
Heavy metal thunder
Racin' with the wind
And the feelin' that I'm under
Yeah Darlin' go make it happen
Take the world in a love embrace
Fire all of your guns at once
And explode into space

Like a true nature's child
We were born, born to be wild
We can climb so high
I never wanna die

Born to be wild
Born to be wild


Crowd applauds.

Lemmy: Thank you!



We go backstage and we see Leticia Cline.

Cline: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome…THE ROCK!

Crowd pops

Cline: Rock, tonight…

The Rock puts his left hand in front of the face of Leticia Cline making her to stop talking.

Rock: I am sorry baby but we can’t start without this…Finally the Rock has come back to Detroit!

Crowd gives Rocky a cheap pop

Rock: And not only that, but The Rock has finally returned to the big lights, the big stage, the champagne popping, pie for everyone, the granddaddy of them all, The Rock is here in WrestleBowl

Crowd pops.

Rock: And you know Leticia why The Rock is here, the people knows why The Rock is here, but maybe, and The Rock said maybe, they don’t know what I am going to do tonight. Excuse me…

The Rock grabs the microphone from Leticia Cline and takes it away from her hands.

Rock: You see, tonight, I go…no, let me change that. Tonight, Randy Orton goes one on one with the Great One.

Crowd cheers.

Rock: And Randy, all this time, all the past weeks you have ran your mouth, you have been telling the people how you’re the Legend Killer and how you will kill the Legend of the People’s Champion here tonight. But you see Randy, let's get something perfectly clear, what you are is one hundred percent, without a shadow of doubt, pile of St Louis's worst monkey crap.

Crowd cheers.

Rock: if Hollywood has taught me something, is that nobody cares about the buildup, nobody remembers that. What they remember is the final product, the final imprint, and tonight Randy, when we step into that ring and we make our final imprint, nobody will never, and the Rock means never, remember you. If you smeeeeeeellllllll, what the …

Out of a sudden, a hand takes the microphone away from The Rock hands. The person steps into the scene and we see that he is Rikishi. The crowd cheers. Leticia quickly hands another microphone to The Rock

Rock: Sweet cream on an ice cream sandwich what are you doing?

Rikishi and the crowd laughs.

Rock: Uhhh, how you doing cousin?

Rikishi and The Rock hug.

Rikishi: Fine, just fine.

Rock: Well, I am telling you right now, if you ever do that again, if you ever interrupt The Rock again, The Rock will grab his boot shine up real nicely and…

Rikishi: Whoa whoa whoa, Rock, calm down, calm down. I just passed by and wanted to tell you thank you, thank you for all what you have been doing for me this couple of weeks, and specially thank you for the ass whopping you are going to give Randy Orton here tonight.

Crowd pops

Rikishi: No seriously, on my behalf, and on behalf…of the millions!

Crowd: AND MILLIONS.

Rikishi: of the Rock’s fans, thank you.

Rock: What in the blue hell was that all about?

Rikishi: I’m…

Rock: Nah nah, save it. The Rock doesn’t want no apologies from you. All The Rock and the people want from you is to do your part and layeth the smackdown on Crushing C’s candy ass!

Crowd pops.

Rock: Because as for the Rock is concerned, after my match with Randy Orton, there will be a massive, huge pile of monkey legend killing crap, and one Brahma Bull standing tall and raising his hand up high. If you smeeeeeelllll what The Rock….

Rikishi: …And Rikishi…

The Rock stares at Rikishi surprised at what he did.

Rock: Is cooking!

The Rock looks at Rikishi a little longer, before finally walking away. We go back to the announcers.



Styles: Is The Rock fired up or what?

JR: Yeah, and how about Rikishi.

JBL: They better be, because if they don’t, Randy Orton and our boss will tear each other apart.



JR: But now ladies and gentlemen, it’s time for a longtime coming match, let’s take you back when business really picked up between Edge and Jeff Hardy.

(Video hyping their rivalry)

“Metalingus” plays to a lot of boos from the audience as smoke covers up the stage, and crossing the smoke no other than the Rated R Superstar appears, sporting red, black and grey camouflaged trunks and his characteristic black, long jacket. Edge stands on the stage, lifts his hands and a lot of pyro comes out. He then walks down the ramp and slides to the inside of the ring, climbs to the top rope and taunts to the crowd, getting a lot of boos from the audience.



“No More Words” plays to a rockstar reception from the crowd as Jeff Hardy highsteps his way into the stage. Jeff Hardy walks down the ramp saluting some fans before entering the ring and staring a hole at Edge in the opposite side of the ring.

Styles: A new theme song for Jeff Hardy, probably reflecting a new attitude starting tonight for the Charismatic Enigma.

JR: And after all what Edge has put him through…

JBL: Oh come on JR. Jeff Hardy is nothing more than a screw up and he will prove that here tonight.





As soon as the referee rings the bell, Jeff Hardy crosses the ring full speed toward Edge, obviously wanting a piece of him to get revenge. Hardy manages to knock Edge down to the canvas, and he proceeds to connect punch after punch right to the face of Edge. The referee has to step in into the action and take Jeff Hardy away from his opponent, and that way keep control of the match. He does just so, allowing Edge to get back to his feet. However, control doesn’t remain for a long time, as Hardy immediately dashes toward him and connects him with a clothesline, knocking Edge down to the canvas. Hardy waits for Edge to get back to his feet. The Rated R Superstar does so rather fast, only to get clotheslined again down to the mat. Hardy this time doesn’t let Edge catch a break and get back to his feet by his own terms. Instead, Jeff grabs Edge by the hair and pulls him back to his feet, then Jeff Irish Whops him toward the ring ropes. Edge bounces back but when the Charismatic Enigma tries to receive him with a clothesline, Edge is able to duck passing by. He crosses the ring and bounces to the opposite set of ring ropes. Edge comes right back toward Hady, who is standing in the middle of the ring waiting for him. Edge probably waited to get the offensive upperhand after he ducked the clothesline, however it is Hardy who gets so as he receives Edge with his Flashback. Jeff Hardy looks down to Edge and sees him already knocked out. Jeff screams and lifts his hands taunting to the crowd and immediately he walks toward the corner, then climbs to the top rope. It’s obvious Jeff Hardy is looking for an early Swanton Bomb, however Edge shows he has only playing possum so that he could get Jeff away from him and he rolls to the outside of the ring. Edge stands on the outside, with his hands on his waist and finally taking a breath. Jeff quickly climbs down from the top rope and goes out of the ring leaving on the opposite side that Edge did. Hardy sprints circling the ring, and when he gets closer to Edge, he leaps getting over the guard rail. Jeff Hardy dashes on the guard rail, and when he finally reaches the end of the rail, he dives right into the disconcerted Edge, connecting him with a Diving Clothesline. Hardy gets back to his feet and guides the Rated R Superstar up with him, then throws him back to the inside. Hardy slides following him and back on the inside of the squared circle, Jeff makes the cover: 1…2…, Edge is able to kick out hurling Hardy away. Jeff gets back to his feet and waits a little for Edge to do the same. The Rated R Superstar finally recovers his standing position, but turning his back on his awaiting executioner. Edge finally turns around and Jeff avalanches toward him raining a big amount of straight right hands on Edge.

Edge somehow is able to take every punch Jeff delivers, and staggers Jeff Hardy a few steps back when he drives his knee to the middle section of Hardy. Jeff shakes off the punishment and storms right back toward Edge, however this time the Rated R Superstar receives him with a Big Boot, planting it right on the jaw of his opponent, bringing him down to the canvas. Edge, now finding himself in control, stops and takes his time to taunt to the crowd, extending his arms as if asking the crowd to give him their hate. Edge finally goes back to work and he guides Jeff Hardy back to his feet. Having him again standing right in front of him, Edge starts picking Hardy down, connecting vicious haymakers right to the face of Jeff Hardy. Hardy however is able to answer back getting in a toe kick to the middle section. He then tries to continue his offense as Jeff attempts a clothesline, however the Rated R Superstar ducks the attempt letting Hardy pass by. Edge finds himself now with his back turned on the ring ropes. Edge however isn’t in any predicament so to speak and swings for a straight right hand, however Jeff Hardy blocks, then goes to connect another toe kick to the middle section. Edge however, having felt one of those kicks a few moments ago, is able to block the kick. That wasn’t enough though to keep Hardy down, as Jeff turns the situation into his favor as he connects his Reverse Mule Kick, hurling Edge away and literally kicking the Rated R Superstar to the outside of the ring rolling over the top rope. Edge lands hard against the concrete floor. Jeff Hardy immediately stares at him, waiting at him to do any movement so that he can do his next attack. Finally, after a couple of seconds, Edge starts getting back to his feet, putting one knee on the floor trying to use it as leverage. Hardy immediately crosses the ring going to the ring ropes behind him. Jeff bounces back crossing back the ring, then he grabs the top rope to propel himself into the outside aiming to connect a Somersault Plancha, however Edge steps out of the way letting Hardy crash and burn failing the maneuver, hitting his spine hard against the barely protected concrete floor. Hardy immediately takes his hand to his back, grinning in pain as Edge, standing right next to him, looks down on Hardy with a smile of satisfaction painted on his face. Edge doesn’t let Jeff recover and instead he guides him back to his feet. Edge drags him close to the guard rail, picks Jeff up and drops him spine first connecting a side suplex right into the guard rail. Edge looks up to the referee inside the ring and notices the count out the referee is making is already up to 7, and so he rolls to the inside of the ring, only to then roll back to the outside, breaking the count.

Edge, continuing the methodical pace he implemented into the match, slowly guides his opponent back to his feet. Edge measures Hardy and goes for a straight right hand, however Jeff is able to block it, then connects a punch of his own staggering Edge away. Edge slides back to the inside of the ring. Hardy climbs to the apron, however as he sees the Rated R Superstar crawling away from that side of the ring, Jeff quickly climbs down of the apron, runs circling the ring and climbs to another side of the ring, closer to where Edge is. The side of the ring is the one in front of the commentary tables. Hardy holds on to the top rope, waiting for Edge to get back to his feet. Edge finally climbs back to a standing position. Immediately Hardy propels up in the air trying to springboard, however Edge out of a sudden, in a display of speed, dashes toward Hardy and levels Jeff with a forearm strike right to the face, stopping his springboard attempts. Hardy remains groggy on the apron, now with his back turned to the inside of the ring and facing the announce tables. Edge quickly dashes to the ring ropes crossing the ring, then bounces back going through the ring again and finally hits Jeff Hardy with a tackle right to the spine, hurling Jeff Hardy all the way from the apron to the announcing table, where he lands right on the lap of Joey Styles, Jim Ross and JBL. Edge collapses down to his knees and crawls back to the middle of the ring as the referee starts counting Jeff Hardy out: 1…2…3…4…5…, Jeff starts showing signals of life, as he starts trying to incorporate, 6…7…, Hardy finally walks away from the announcing table, however he grabs his lower back in pain and falls down to the floor before reaching the ring: 8…9…, right on the nick of time to avoid getting counted out, Jeff Hardy jumps back to his feet and literally launches himself to the inside of the ring. However, Hardy throws himself directly into danger’s away, as right when he returns to the ring, Edge starts attacking him, putting the boots on Jeff stomping all over him. Edge flips Jeff over his belly and starts stomping the back of the Strange Enigma, continuing to focus his attacks on that body part. Edge then, to further the pain of Hardy, sits on his lower back, grabs Jeff’s head and effectively locks in a Camel Clutch. Edge’s eyes show his deranged mindset in this match, while Hardy’s eyes show the amazing amount of pain he’s being put through. The crowd starts getting more and more involved as they start a huge “Hardy” chant, trying to encourage their fan favorite into overcoming his backache and escape Edge’s Camel Clutch.

The chants seems to be doing their work, as Hardy indeed starts showing more signals of life and reliance , struggling to get out of the hold, however, right when Jeff Hardy is about to escape the maneuver by getting back to his feet, Edge lets his entire weight fell over the lower back of Jeff Hardy in a senton like attack, bringing Jeff down to the canvas and back to the Came Clutch predicament. However, this time Edge modifies it a little, as grabbing Jeff’s left arm, he also hoops up a Cobra Clutch. Hardy this time not only shows his pain with his eyes or the rest of his facial expressions. With this Cobra Clutch-Camel Clutch combination, Hardy finds himself screaming in pain, much to the delight of his aggressor, the Rated R Superstar Edge. The crowd doesn’t surrender with their cheers, and neither does Jeff Hardy, who starts crawling toward the ring ropes. Edge tries to stop it applying even more pressure to the maneuver, however it is to no avail as Jeff Hardy continues his way toward the ring ropes. Hardy manages to get a finger tip away from the ring ropes. Jeff tries to weaken Edge so that his mission of getting to the ropes becomes easier using his only free hand to hit Edge in the head, and finally he manages to hold on the bottom rope, forcing Edge to break the hold. Edge breaks the hold and steps back, letting Jeff Hardy get back to his feet while he awaits behind him. Hardy uses the ring ropes to slowly pull himself back up. Finally he fells ready enough to turn around and step back to the middle of the ring. However, his ring awareness is not exactly perfect thanks to all the attack he has gotten and he doesn’t realize Edge is waiting for him there. Edge sprints toward Hardy trying to connect a clothesline, however Jeff somehow snaps back to his senses and reverses the clothesline, first avoiding it, then trapping the arm of Edge, going behind him and connecting Edge with a Reverse Leg Sweep. Hardy rolls over his own head following the flow of the move and gets back to his feet. He then grabs both legs of Edge and performs his double leg roll up pin, putting Edge in a rather uncomfortable pinning situation: 1…2…, Edge manages to kick out. Jeff Hardy, still favoring his lower back, gets back to his feet, then pulls Edge up with him. Hardy quickly kicks Edge in the middle section getting him to bend in pain. Hardy then sets Edge up, looks behind to determine where exactly he is in the squared circle, and finally he connects a Snap Reverse Powerbomb. The crowd awes in astonishment, then the arena soaks into a mumble as the fans see Edge get planted face first right into the canvas.

Jeff Hardy, despite his backache, shows his reckless style as he walks toward the corner and climbs to the top rope, where he waits for Edge to get back to his feet. The Rated R Superstar, holding his jaw and a little shaky, finally recovers his standing position and slowly walks toward Jeff, who is waiting for him climbed on the top rope. Hardy finally launches himself from the top rope, however smartly Edge sprints toward the corner letting Jeff leap right into an empty pool, with nobody to connect. Hardy nonetheless shows his catlike abilities when he manages to land on his feet. Hardy turns around to face Edge, who before manages to lay a hand on Jeff, gets surprised by the Enigma who connects him with a Sitting Jawbreaker, staggering Edge back to the corner. Edge crashes spine first against the turnbuckle and falls to the canvas, ending up sitting against the turnbuckle. Hardy seizes the opportunity and he quickly dashes toward him looking to connect his dangerous rope aided corner dropkick. Edge however was playing possum as when Hardy is on the air just about to kick the chest of Edge, the Rated R Superstar rolls out of the ring letting Hardy crash and burn, failing the maneuver and falling flat on his back, almost turning on his head. Edge rushes back to the inside of the ring and makes the cover capitalizing on the again punished back of Jeff Hardy: 1…2…, Hardy somehow is able to kick out, keeping the match going. Edge seems frustrated about this. He gets back to his feet and staying on his opponent he brings hardy up with him, sets Hardy in an inverted facelock and finally drops Jeff neck first to the canvas connecting a Reverse DDT. Edge makes the cover: 1…2…, Hardy kicks out yet again, getting a big pop from the crowd and showing his resilience. The Rated R Superstar gets up to his knees, his face showing disbelief. Edge pulls his hair in anger, then he cannot control himself anymore and gets up and right on the face of the referee, arguing about how the match should be over already. After the official turns him down, Edge finally settles in on reality and refocuses on the match. Edge walks toward the corner, and taking a page out of Jeff Hardy’s book, he climbs to the top rope, where he waits for Hardy to get back to his feet. Edge is practically salivating, waiting like a predator on Jeff Hardy, the proverbial prey, to get caught. Jeff finally gets back to his feet, but he’s still turning his back on Edge. Hardy finally turns around, which prompts Edge from launch himself from the top rope into Jeff.

However, Jeff Hardy is able to react, and he receives the flying Edge with a kick to the gut. Jeff quickly sets Edge up and connects him with his sitout inverted suplex slam, ramming Edge into the canvas. Jeff turns Edge over his back and makes the cover: 1…2…, Edge kicks out. Hardy gets back to his feet and feeling he will be able to put the final nail on Edge’s coffin, he announces the end and starts taunting Edge, waiting for him to get back to his feet. Edge, disorientated and groggy, gets back to his feet turning his back on Jeff. However, for what Jeff is going to do, he needs Edge just like that. Jeff quickly grabs Edge and gets him in an inverted facelock and screams taunting to the crowd while extending his right arm, clearly announcing his uncharacteristic Reverse of Fate. Hardy swings Edge aiming to connect the maneuver; however Edge is able to block it by shoving Jeff away. Edge hurries, grabs Jeff by the neck and pulls him down, connecting his Edge-O-Matic. Edge gets back to his feet and almost by instinct he walks toward the corner, where he drops down and in characteristic fashion starts rabidly taunting Jeff for the Spear. Hardy, struggling to even remain on his feet, gets back up indeed. Edge immediately storms toward him looking to connect the Spear, however Hardy again shows his resourcefulness as he leapfrogs over Edge, letting him pass by under it right into the second turnbuckle, crashing and burning against it. Jeff Hardy rushes this time to avoid any last minute counter and in a cruel twist of irony he connects his rope aided corner dropkick right into the spine of Edge. The Rated R Superstar rolls in pain away from the corner, and ends up flat on his back. Jeff Hardy won’t let this opening pass and so he quickly climbs to the top rope. Jeff looks around the Ford Field taunting to the audience, then finally comes down into Edge, connecting his Swanton Bomb to an explosion of the arena. Hardy puts his arm across the chest of Edge: 1…2…, Edge puts his boot on the bottom rope. The referee realizes this right on time and breaks the pinfall. Jeff Hardy stares at the referee confused at what just happened, but it all becomes clear when the referee points at him Edge’s boot resting oln the rope. Hardy quickly gets back to his feet and grabbing Edge by the arm drags him further away from the ring ropes, deeper so to speak into the middle of the ring. Jeff rushes back into the corner and back to the top rope. Jeff looks down on Edge. He crowd is heavily cheering, knowing that the end for the Rated R Superstar is rather close. Hardy flies through the airs looking for his second Swanton Bomb on a row, however this time Edge reacts right on time and he rolls out of the way, letting Jeff crash and burn landing right on his back hurting it again.

Edge crawls back toward his opponent and makes the cover: 1…2…, Hardy kicks out yet again keeping the match going. Edge cannot believe it. His disbelief quickly turns into anger though, and he unleashes that anger on Hardy, as he starts blatantly choking him. The referee steps in and first he tries to physically take Edge away from Hardy, but when he fails, he starts counting Edge out: 1…2…3…4…, Edge breaks the hold. The Master Manipulator gets back to his feet and he walks right toward the referee. Edge, angrily, shoves the referee away. The official isn’t the least intimidated and he pushes Edge back, pushing him right into a barely conscious Jeff who taking advantage of the situation reaches in and rolls Edge up: 1…2…, Edge kicks out. Edge gets back to his feet angry. Jeff shows the roll up was indeed taking advantage of the situation and not signals of recovery as he doesn’t even move. Edge however makes sure of that with a vicious stomp right on the chest of Hardy. Edge gives the referee one last defiant look before picking Jeff Hardy up and bringing him up to his feet. Edge gets Jeff in a facelock and walks backwards toward the middle of the ring, dragging Hardy with him. Edge finally pulls Hardy attempting to hoist him up and connect a suplex, however Jeff reacts yet again and reverses the suplex into an inside cradle: 1…2…, Edge kicks out. Both men get back to their feet, Jeff gingerly does so, however his punished back doesn’t stop him from storming toward Edge, taking him down by the legs and performing a jackknife cover: 1…2…, Edge kicks out. Jeff crawls away, then both men get back to their feet. Immediately Jeff storms toward Edge and creates yet another pinfall situation, as he crucifix him and takes him down in a pinning position, shoulders against the canvas and legs in the air: 1…2…, Edge kicks out again. The crowd is getting hotter and hotter after each pinning predicament. Edge rolls over his head away from Jeff Hardy. Hardy gets back to his feet and steps back, taking impulse to probably run back toward Edge and either attack him or keep the trend of the last couple of minutes and perform yet another pinfall attempt. Edge finally gets back to his feet and immediately Hardy runs toward him. This time however, instead of Jeff going for another pinfall situation, Edge explodes toward the already running Charismatic Enigma and almost breaks in half as he connects an out of nowhere spear, immediately quieting the crowd. Edge gets up to his knees with a huge smile on his face, sinking in the hate of the fans with joy. The Ultimate Opportunist takes advantage of this opportunity and makes the cover hooking one leg: 1…2…, Jeff Hardy kicks out of the spear! Edge looks up to the official for a fraction of second, but quickly he remakes the cover, trying to end this by hooking both legs this time: 1...2…, Jeff Hardy kicks out for the second time. Jeff Hardy will simply not be put down in his attempt of getting revenge on the Rated R Superstar.

Edge gets back to his feet and brings Jeff up with him. Edge lets Hardy stand all by himself, and pokes fun in watching him struggle to remain standing. Edge finally dashes to the ring ropes behind him and bounces back looking for the second Spear on a row, but Jeff Hardy is able to avoid as he takes one little step to his right. Edge misses the move and passes flying close to Jeff, however thanks to the groggy state Jeff is in and because Hardy is not able to capitalize after that, Edge rather quickly gets back to his feet and continues running to the ring ropes in front of him, bounces back, crosses the ring and goes toward Jeff Hardy connecting him with a vicious spinning heel kick, almost decapitating the Charismatic Enigma. Edge gets back up and walks toward the corner, where once again he starts taunting for the Spear, waiting for Jeff Hardy to get back to his feet, eben though as of right now that seems to be a long shot. However, against all odds, Jeff Hardy starts getting back to his senses, indeed grabbing his back still in a huge amount of pain. Hardy turns around facing the corner Edge is, and the Rated R Superstar sprints toward him looking to Spear him for the second time, however Jeff keeps showing he is determined on not getting speared as he leapfrogs again over Edge, letting him pass under him missing the Spear. Hardy gets himself together and he runs toward the corner Edge originally came in. Meanwhile, Edge turns around and gets back to his feet, then he starts running behind Jeff. Jeff however has the upstart and he leaps to the second rope, then to the top and comes down on Edge connecting his Whisper in the Wind. Jeff effectively turned a Spear situation into connecting his Whisper on the Wind. Both men however remain knocked out next to each other, as Hardy hurts his back as well while connecting this maneuver. After a couple of seconds, both men start finally getting back to their senses and to their feet. Hardy is the first one to do so and immediately, trying to reinstate a fast pace in this match, runs toward the corner in front of him and comes down connecting a second Whisper in the Wind landing right into Edge, who unluckily had gotten back to his feet right on time to get blasted by this maneuver. Jeff Hardy makes the cover: 1…2…, Edge somehow manages to kick out of the two Whispers in the Wind, keeping the match going. Jeff Hardy pulls his hair back and his facial expressions depict his frustration, not being able to believe that Edge kicked out.

Hardy gets up to his feet and looks everywhere looking for an explanation, first to the fans and then to the referee, however he finally settles on the decision and goes to continue the match. Jeff Hardy finally picks his opponent back up and sets Edge in a facelock. He screams taunting to the crowd, and finally he goes to swing Jeff going for his Twist of Fate, however Edge shows in all the time that has passed he recovered, as he counters the Twist of Fate by shoving Hardy away, and he shoves it right into the referee, knocking him out cold. Jeff Hardy turns around in shock to what he did, walking right into Edge who kicks him in the middle section and connects him with his Impaler DDT. The Rated R Superstar makes the cover, but there’s no referee. Edge looks up looking for the official with a “sad puppy” expression on his face, not being able to believe that he had the match won but there was no referee. The Master Manipulator gets back to his feet and he walks toward the referee, picks him by the shirt and tries to shake him back into his senses, however it is to no avail as he’s out. Edge finally decides on taking advantage of the situation, as he walks to the outside leaving the ring. Edge yells at the timekeeper making him flinch. He then grabs the steel chair the timekeeper was sitting in and slides back to the inside of the ring, where he stares at Jeff Hardy with a demented look on his face while hoisting the steel chair up high. Slowly, looking pretty banged up, Jeff Hardy starts getting back to his feet, but when he fully does so, he turns his back on Edge. Jeff finally turns around, walking right into a chair shot to the ribs connect by the Rated R Superstar, making him first bend in pain, but then collapse down to his knees. Edge hoists the chair up high taunting to the crowd, then finally connects Jeff Hardy right in the spine, blasting him with the chair. Edge turns his head back checking if the referee has gotten back to his senses, but when he makes sure that’s not the case, Edge goes back to illegally attack Jeff Hardy with the steel chair, as he viciously blasts all over the humanity of the Rainbow Haired Warrior. Edge finally considers he has done enough damage and he throws the steel chair over the top rope to the outside of the ring. Edge then walks back toward the referee, picks his dead weight up and throws him close to Jeff Hardy. The referee recovers some senses thanks to the smash. Edge drops down to his knees and finally makes the cover on Jeff: 1…2…, somehow, despite all the punishment Jeff has suffered, he’s able to kick out! Edge cannot believe it; he gets literally beside himself, throwing a fit smacking his fist on the canvas, pulling his hair and screaming his lungs out in frustration.

Edge gets back to his feet and angrily walks toward the corner, where he drops down to a squat position, taunting Jeff Hardy and waiting him to get back to his feet. It takes a while, but finally the Rainbow Haired Warrior starts getting back to his senses and struggles to get back to his feet. His backache has kicked in one more time, mostly due to the steel chair attack. Jeff incorporates at last, first putting one knee on the canvas and using it as leverage gets back to his feet. The Rated R Superstar jumps on his spot, anxiously waiting for Jeff to turn around. Hardy finally does so, which prompts Edge to cross the ring full speed going toward Jeff, however, Hardy, one could guess thanks to the instincts activating, manages to stop Edge as he kicks him in mid run right in the sternum. Jeff Hardy then grabs Edge and finally connects him with the very much attempted Twist of Fate. The crowd explodes thanks to this massive tide shift; Hardy remains floored on the canvas next to the knocked out Edge. Slowly, but surely, Jeff crawls toward the corner. After about four seconds, he reaches here, pulls himself up using the ring ropes and climbs to the top rope. Up high, Jeff announces the end by doing his classic Gunz taunt, and finally launches himself from the top flying through the airs and connecting the second Swanton Bomb in the match. Jeff makes the cover: 1…2…3.

Result: Jeff Hardy defeats Edge


JR: He did it! Bah Gawd, after weeks of mental punishment, finally Jeff Hardy gets revenge on Edge and beats him here at WrestleBowl.

JBL: And you’re happy? We just had a former World Champion, one of our top guys, beaten by a screw up.

JR: Well, after tonight’s victory, one could argue how much of a screw up Jeff Hardy truly is.

Styles: I bet Edge won’t be the one doing the arguing.


Jeff Hardy taunts to the audience in the middle of the ring, celebrating his victory and enjoying the pop from the crowd.



We go backstage, into Triple H’s locker room. Triple H gets greeted with a big amount of heat from the Detroit fans. The boos become even louder when no other than former BTW Continental Champion Christian Cage walks into the room. Cage is still sweaty.

HHH: Hey Chris, I’m sorry but, this is not the right time for whatever you want to say, please, just please, make it quick.

Cage: I just wanted to come in here and, for old times’ sake, you know, Domination tag team, alliance, BTW Tag Champions, and the huge amount of respect we two have for each other…

HHH: Yeah, what?

Cage: I wanted to warn you. I just lose my, my (Cage seems to get watery eyes), my precious BTW Continental Championship, and I just wanted to tell you to not held anything back tonight, not even if you’re facing Brock Lesnar because, you never know when something like this can happen to you.

HHH: So let me get this straight, uhmm, you’re telling me, me, to not held anything back tonight?

Cage: Yes.

HHH: And you are warning me about how maybe, maybe I might lose my World Championship to Brock Lesnar?

Cage: I’m glad you understood.

HHH: Well Christian, I might go on and give you a thousand reasons why all you said was wrong but, I have a main event to get ready for, so I’ll just tell you the main reason why you lost your championship and I won’t. I’m the Game, nights like this, nights like tonight, I am made for them, I live for nights like this.

Crowd boos.

HHH: And unlike Brock Lesnar, and apparently you, I know what needs to be done to walk out the winner in nights like this, and I’m willing to do so.

A small “Brock” chant breaks from the crowd.

HHH: So Christian, how about you save those tips for somebody who needs them uh?

Triple H gets up and pads Christian in the back.

HHH: Feel yourself at home.

Triple H walks out of his locker room leaving Christian Cage behind.



Styles: It sure seems as if Triple H is ready for his title match.

JBL: Didn’t you hear him Joey? He lives for nights like tonight. Real champions do.

Styles: But that is our main event, later on tonight. Next, we have a match that, well, JR might call it Old School vs New School.

JR: Damn right I would call it like that, it’s The Undertaker, the Demon of Death Valley, facing the brash, arrogant, but extremely talented, MVP.




“I’m Coming” breaks through the PA system, welcoming two rows of people coming out the stage. On the right, a group of street dancers, dressed with basketball jerseys and jeans, and the left row is of cheerleaders. They walk down the ramp, leaving the stage open for one man. Montel Vontavious Porter finally comes out, with a brand new black and gold attire. MVP walks down the ramp fired up, then he makes his classic taunt squatting and slapping the floor, then getting back to his feet, letting out a big amount of pyro. MVP finally enters the ring, where he continues taunting to the crowd.

JBL: What an entrance! I’m telling you, we better start putting the franchise tag on this kid.

Styles: It was great alright, but he will need more than a flashy entrance to defeat The Undertaker.

JR: No doubt about it.


“The Darkest Side” plays after a gong that gets the crowd going. Another gong sounds getting the crowd even more fired up. Smoke starts covering the stage and the ramp, while fire starts blasting on the stage, reaching maybe 5 or 6 feet high. The Undertaker finally appears on the stage, and starts his slow walk down the ramp. Taker doesn’t remove his eyes out of MVP, who tries his best to hide his intimidation. The Undertaker reaches the steel steps and with a movement in his hand he brings the Ford Field’s lights back on. The Undertaker enters the ring, which finally makes MVP crumble down and slide to the outside of the ring. Taker takes out his jacket and hat and then gives them to the referee. After this, The Undertaker stares a hole at MVP, who looks at him back from the outside of the ring.





As soon as the referee rings the bell, The Undertaker turns into attack mode, fists in front os facr and stepping towards MVP. Porter slowly backs down, looking for a place to defend himself, but instead he slowly walks toward a corner, trapping himself. Porter’s back finally enters in contact with the turnbuckle, and seeing The Deadman in front of him reading to swing, Porter realizes he’s in a huge amount of problems. The Undertaker finally swings going for a straight right hand, but MVP manages to duck the attempt letting Taker miss. MVP escapes his predicament by going under the arm of Taker, getting away from the corner. The Undertaker turns around and continues advancing towards MVP. Porter again starts backing down, not wanting to get Taker close to him. It doesn’t take long before he closes the ring and MVP finds himself against the opposite corner. The Undertaker swings for a punch on his cornered opponent, only to get blocked by Montel Vontavious Porter. MVP then answers back and connects a big straight right. Porter gets motivated by this attack and continues it, repeatedly rambling the brains of the Deadman, straight right hand after straight right hand. MVP goes to continue his found offense as he crosses the ring dashing toward the ring ropes behind him. MVP comes right back going after Taker, however it is indeed Taker the one who reacts first as he receives MVP with a clothesline, knocking Montel down to the canvas. The crowd cheers as The Undertaker picks MVP back to his feet and throws him toward the corner. There, Taker starts unloading his classic and well known soup bones, knocking the taste right off the mouth of MVP with direct punches to the jaw. Taker then mixes them up with body shots, taking also the air out of the body of Taker, and he ends the flurry with a knife like uppercut. The Undertaker steps backwards, away from the corner creating some space between Porter and himself. MVP dazedly staggers from the corner right into Taker, who receives him with a Big Boot right to the face, knocking him down to the canvas. The Undertaker makes the cover: 1…2…, MVP kicks out. The Undertaker gets back to his feet, and grabbing MVP by the head he guides MVP up with him. Taker weakens Porter first with a big punch to the head, then Taker Irish Whips MVP to the corner. MVP crashes against the turnbuckles spine first, letting out a growl when his body impacts the pads covering the steel of the turnbuckles. The Undertaker walks toward the opposite corner in which MVP is laid against, taking impulse.

Taker finally storms toward MVP, dashing through the ring in attempts of squashing the cornered MVP and drain the few air Montel’s body could have left. However, MVP, in a last minute reaction for his self preservation, sticks his boot on the way of the Deadman, letting Taker run head first into the foot. The Undertaker hurls back holding his jaw in pain. MVP immediately fully incorporates out of the corner into his vertical standing, getting back his arrogant and confident swagger. MVP runs towards Taker looking to attack him now that he’s weak, however The Undertaker reacts first as he picks MVP up in mid run and then just drops him down to the canvas in a scoop slam. Immediately, Undertaker runs to the ring ropes on his right, bounces back and connects MVP with a leg drop across his throat. For good measures, Undertaker gets back to his feet and repeats the punishment, as he dashes to the ring ropes, bounces back and connects a second leg drop. The Undertaker makes the cover: 1…2…, MVP kicks out again. The Undertaker gives one intimidating look to the referee, making him flinch, before continuing his offense. Taker gets back to his feet and grabbing MVP by the head he brings him up with him. Taker grabs the right arm of Porter and spins it over his own head performing an arm twist, and testing the resilience of MVP’s clavicle in the process. Taker floats his hold into a hammerlock, then back again into the original position. The Undertaker finally tries to Irish Whip Porter, however MVP is able to block the attempt putting on the breaks. Taker pulls MVP again trying to Irish Whip him, but one more time Montel blocks. MVP finally is able to turn the situation into his favor as using his other arm, the left arm, pulls Taker toward him and right into his knee, blowing the air out of the body of the Deadman. MVP, now in control, doesn’t let The Undertaker go, and instead he pulls Taker toward himself one more time, punishing his ribs yet again as MVP punishes them with his right knee. Porter lets the arm of The Undertaker go letting him free, bended in pain holding his gut. MVP goes to continue his offense as he dashes to the ring ropes behind him, then bounces connecting a hard, violent kick right to the sternum of the bended Undertaker. However, and in an unexpected twist of events, Taker just stands up, apparently not feeling the kick. MVP’s expression reflects his fear as he sees The Undertaker staring back at him, seemingly recovered. MVP waves his hands at The Undertaker, trying to show that he doesn’t want any confrontation; however he then tries to outsmart Taker and throw a sucker punch at the Deadman.

The Undertaker however blocks the punch, the answers back by grabbing MVP by the throat. The Undertaker rotates while choking Taker so that he faces the middle of the ring, in a clear sign that he will be looking to Chokeslam his opponent, however MVP manages to get out of the predicament with a toe kick to the middle section. The kick hits in a region very, very near to the beltline. MVP then lashes out connecting a clothesline, rolling The Undertaker over the top rope sending him to the outside of the ring. However, Taker is able to land right on top of his feet, then looks up to Porter to the inside of the ring. MVP tries to run away from Taker, however he isn’t fast enough and instead Undertaker grabs his legs from the outside of the ring. The Deadman pulls MVP, bringing MVP with him to the outside of the ring. Taker weakens MVP with straight right hands, then Taker mixes them up with headbutts. Taker then grabs MVP by the arm and he Irish Whips MVP toward the steel steps, against the which Montel crashes shoulder first. Taker then, slowly, enjoying the slow rhythm he has been able to impose in the match, a rhythm in which he can pick MVP apart, brings Porter back to a standing position. The Undertaker nails a huge knife like uppercut, hurling MVP away. MVP staggers away and landing right over the apron. The Undertaker spins MVP around, in such a way that Porter’s head sticks out on the apron while his legs are inside the ring. The Undertaker walks away from MVP creating some distance between the two. Taker finally storms toward MVP and then nails him with a huge elbow right to the face. Taker stops his run, turns around, and returns to the spot in which he started his dash. The Undertaker climbs to the apron using the steel steps. Taker then runs on the apron and connects MVP with a huge leg drop across the throat, in vintage Undertaker fashion. MVP slims down to the outside of the ring. Taker jumps down from the apron, picks up Montel Vontavious Porter and throws him to the inside of the ring. The Undertaker follows him sliding to the interior of the squared circle. There, The Undertaker makes the cover: 1…2…, MVP is able to kick out. Taker takes his hair out of his face before looking up to the referee. He then gets back to his feet and picking MVP by the head guides him back to a standing position. He then grabs Montel by the arm and he Irish Whips MVP to the corner. The Undertaker jogs to the opposite corner, runs in a full circle ending in a straight dash toward the cornered Montel Vontavious Porter. This time MVP isn’t able to fight out of this predicament, as Undertaker connects him with a Running Body Splash.

The Undertaker jogs away and repeats the procedure, turning around in a full circle and storming right back toward MVP, squashing him with a second consecutive Running Corner Body Splash. Taker creates some distance stepping away, this time turning his back on MVP. Porter, groggy and dazed, staggers back going right into the Demon of Death Valley, who picks him up in classic position to connect him with a Sidewalk slam, however, and in a huge feat of strength, he rotates MVP while in his hold getting him now instead over his right shoulder. The Undertaker immediately turns around and explodes toward the corner, letting MVP fell flat on his face in the turnbuckle connecting Snake’s Eyes. In classic fashion, The Undertaker explodes to the ring ropes behind him, bounces back coming toward MVP, however, Porter shows he did his homework and breaks the classic Snake’s Eyes-Big Boot routine as he drives his right elbow right to the face of the Deadman. The Undertaker staggers back from this collision, holding his jaw and turning around. MVP shakes off the cobwebs, gets himself back together and storms toward Taker, connecting him with his Single Knee Facebuster, knocking The Lord of Darkness down to the canvas. MVP makes the cover: 1…2…, The Undertaker kicks out. MVP immediately, not easily going to let Taker recover the driver’s seat cools down the match as he locks him in a Reverse Chinlock, in an attempt to drain the energy and momentum out of The Deadman. Undertaker’s facial expressions immediately change, as he gets his energy supply cut out. The crowd gets behind the Deadman with cheers, and they event start a chant on their name, however what they get is MVP wrapping his legs around the body of Undertaker to even apply more pressure to the entire body of The Undertaker. MVP is heard saying at The Undertaker “come on boy, come on deadman, get out of this, get out of this you son of a bitch”, while he continues applying the Chinlock. This, combined with the chant of the crowd trying to motivate him, get Taker to take apart the legs of MVP from his body, at least freeing himself from half of the punishment. Then The Undertaker, slowly but surely, starts getting back to a standing position, not mattering that MVP has still his arms wrapped around his neck. Finally, The Undertaker recovers his standing position, MVP behind him still applying punishment with his Reverse Chinlock, although not to much effect now. The Undertaker storms going backwards to the corner behind him. With this, Taker shows how much of a ring general he is and the incredible amount of ring awareness he possesses as he can’t actually see the corner he’s running to. Taker finally crashes against the corner, although in fact it is MVP who does the crashing, fulfilling Taker’s strategy as it forces the Half Man, Half Amazing performer to break the hold.

The Undertaker waits for MVP to stagger back from the corner. Porter finally does so and he gets hooked and set by the Deadman, who then takes him down connecting an STO. The Undertaker makes the cover: 1…2…, MVP is able to kick out keeping the match going. The Undertaker, using his right arm, picks MVP and brings him back to his feet, however out of a sudden MVP snaps and attacks Taker kicking The Deadman to the back of the knee bringing him down. MVP doesn’t release the arm of Taker and instead he locks him in a Keylock. MVP again uses this opportunity to badmouth The Undertaker, this time insulting him, mad for being STOed down to the canvas. The Undertaker however, being in control just a few seconds away is still fresh, and so with rather ease gets back to his feet and using his left arm – the free arm-, snapmares MVP over his shoulder down to the canvas, after dropping down to his own knees. Both men get back to their feet, but it’s MVP the first to react as he connects a low dropkick right to the knee, making The Undertaker collapse back down to the canvas. Immediately, MVP continues attacking his newfound target as he locks in Armbar with Leg Scissors. The Undertaker searches for a way out, however this it’s harder as MVP has this maneuver better synched in. Finally, Taker is not able to create any opposition and has no other option but to take the punishment. After about ten seconds of applying the maneuver, finally MVP lets the hold go, floats over Taker and makes the cover, hooking one leg with his left arm and putting his right forearm right on the face of Taker: 1…2…, The Undertaker kicks out. MVP cannot believe it. He gets back to his feet and stares at the referee, then gets right on the face of him. MVP finally gets back to work on his opponent as he pulls Taker by the hair and lifts him back to a standing position. MVP however doesn’t keep Taker like that much longer as he quickly snapmares The Undertaker down to the mat. Taker ends up sitting on the canvas, which allows Montel Vontavious Porter to hit a hard soccer like kick to the spine of The Undertaker. Taker breaks down, falling to the canvas growling in pain while taking his right hand back to his spine. MVP rushes and he makes the cover: 1…2…, Taker kicks out. MVP remakes the cover, putting his weight over the entire body of Taker as MVP lays over him: 1…2…, The Undertaker again kicks out keeping the match going. MVP gets quickly back to his feet and taking advantage of the position The Undertaker is still in, he nails a jumping knee drop to the extended right arm of Taker, punishing it again. MVP tests waters and makes another cover: 1…2…, Taker kicks out yet again.

The crowd suddenly explodes with a huge “Taker” chant, railing behind their favorite and trying to get The Deadman motivated and back into the match. MVP acknowledges the chants and he gets back to his feet, looking around the Ford Field visibly pissed at the chants. MVP stands in the middle of the ring badmouthing at the fans. He ends his mouth diarrhea by saying “look at this”. MVP picks up The Undertaker and he sets him up for the Playmaker. MVP however doesn’t go immediately for it, instead he talks trash for a little bit longer. MVP finally goes for the Playmaker, but when he does the rotation part of the maneuver, The Undertaker counters by digging under and creating an arm twist, which then transitions into grabbing MVP by the throat, getting him ready for the Chokeslam. MVP’s facial expressions show his fear and desperation, but he manages to slither out with a kick to the middle section. MVP then quickly slides to the outside of the ring, turning his back to the ring and The Undertaker, taking a break while asking for a time out. The crowd heavily boos MVP’s actions, but what The Undertaker does is measure him. Taker finally crosses the ring dashing to the ring ropes behind, bounces from the ropes crossing back the ring and finally leaps over the top rope in spectacular fashion. MVP turns around on the worst time possible, right to get connected with a suicide dive over the top rope. Air Deadman connects perfectly. The Undertaker gets back to his feet and picks MVP back to his own, then throws Porter back to the inside of the ring. The Undertaker follows him, and back on the inside of the squared circle he makes the cover: 1….2…, MVP kicks out. The Undertaker gets back to his feet and grabs MVP by his right arm. By that arm, Taker pulls MVP and lifts him back to a vertical standing. Taker twists the arm of MVP, then to a big pop from the crowd walks backwards to the corner. Taker slowly climbs to the second rope, where then, a little gingerly, but surely, steps upwards to the top rope, walks over the top rope and comes down looking to impact MVP and complete Old School, however MVP interrupts the maneuver as he pulls The Undertaker out of the top rope. Taker gets pulled down from the top rope, but in mid air he manages to counter the counter of MVP, turning the situation into an arm drag of his own. The Undertaker gets up to his feet and lifts his right hand, announcing MVP’s Last Ride is about to come. Taker stares at MVP menacingly, waiting for Porter to get back to his feet. MVP slowly gets back to his feet, turning his back on The Undertaker. MVP finally turns around, walking right into the awaiting Demon of Death Valley.

Taker immediately kicks MVP in the gut and sets him up for The Last Ride. He then hoists MVP up, getting him just moments away from being dropped from the Penthouse all the way down to the basement, if not worst, hell. But Montel right on the nick of time is able to counter, as he jumps right out from the grasp of Taker, landing over his two feet behind Taker. MVP grabs the neck of the Deadman attempting for a neckbreaker, however Taker blocks it, and then counters rotating his standing base. Taker then grabs MVP and taking advantage of the newly created position, Undertaker locks him in the Dragon’s Sleeper. Taker’s face shows nothing more than pure evil. MVP struggles to fight out of the maneuver, but the Undertaker has it to well applied, and there doesn’t seem to be a way out. The referee, when he realizes Porter is apparently out, picks his arm, lifts it up in the air and lets it fell, not getting a reaction. The referee announces one and repeats the procedure, picking the arm of Montel and letting it fell. For the second time he doesn’t get a reaction. The referee lets everyone know this would be the last time he does this, as if MVP doesn’t react to this, the match ends and the winner of this match is The Undertaker, getting a big ovation from the Motor City rabid fans. The official lifts the arm of MVP shows he was just playing possum as when the referee lifts his am MVP takes his hand to the face of The Undertaker and sticks his fingers right on the eyes of the Deadman, forcing Taker to let him go. MVP crawls away and gets back to his feet. The Undertaker, mad at what Porter just did, storms toward MVP trying to attack him, only to get Over the head Belly-to-Belly suplexed. On the landing, Taker’s legs hit the ring ropes, hurting Taker’s calves. MVP drags Taker to the middle of the ring, then, before he makes the cover, in a completely unnecessary and malicious attack, MVP stomps the right arm of The Deadman, reactivating the pain on that body limb. Montel Vontavious Porter finally makes the cover: 1…2…, Taker somehow kicks out, keeping the match going. MVP gets back to his feet and loudly screams “WHAT!”, shocked at Undertaker still kicking out after all the punishment he has taken during the match. MVP gets back to his feet and immediately leaps, landing over Taker’s face connecting a jumping knee drop. MVP gets back to his standing position badmouthing Taker. We get a zoom on his face and we see that he’s saying “there you go you dead son of a bitch, I’m MVP damn it, half man half amazing”. Immediately MVP looks around the arena, and an arrogant smile flashes on his face, depicting his intentions on what to do next. Montel Vontavious Porter dashes to the ring ropes behind him and comes right back toward the floored Taker.

MVP out of a sudden, right when he reaches where Taker is, stops his dash, looks up to the fans and does his “Ballin’ ” taunt, while yelling likewise. MVP goes to complete the maneuver by dropping his elbow right into the heart of The Deadman, however right when he’s about to do so, The Undertaker sits up, much to the fear of MVP. Porter however gets himself together and quickly ends, as he walks and gets right in front of The Undertaker and kicks him right in the face, knicking him down to the canvas. After that, MVP is able to complete his maneuver by connecting the elbow drop. MVP makes the cover: 1…2…, Taker once again kicks out! MVP cannot believe it. This time he gets beyond himself, blatantly yelling at the referee, conCrushing Cd at how he should have won the match already. Porter finally settles with the decision of the referee and goes back to attack his opponent. MVP picks his opponent and guides him back to his feet. Porter grabs the arm of The Undertaker and hits clubs on it, hurting it again. Montel then Irish Whips The Undertaker to the corner, against the which Taker crashes spine first. Montel Vontavious Porter walks toward the opposite corner, then there he starts taunting The Undertaker, taunting The Deadman in classic fashion, announcing the Player’s Boot. Taker crosses the ring at full speed looking to imprint his boot on the face of The Undertaker. However, out of nowhere, Taker steps forward and outfastening MVP before Porter himself is able to connect his Player’s Boot, The Deadman grabs Montel by the throat. The Undertaker doesn’t waste any time and he quickly picks MVP up in the air and drops him to the canvas connecting his Chokeslam. Taker drops down to his knees, then fells on top of Montel making the cover: 1…2…, MVP manages to kick out. The Undertaker gets slowly back to his feet and when he finally does so, Taker announces the end as he passes his thumb across his throat, in clear signal that the Tombstone Piledriver is coming. MVP slowly gets back to his feet, visibly feeling the effects of the received Chokeslam. Groggily, Porter walks right into The Deadman, who hoists him up and goes to set him in position. However, before Taker gets him fully ready for the Tomstone Piledriver, Porter slides down of the grasp of the Deadman, landing behind Taker over his two own feet. MVP grabs The Undertaker by the back of the head, then MVP storms toward the corner on his right, driving The Deadman head first right in the turnbuckle. MVP jogs away from the corner with a cocky grin on his face, while Taker grabbing his face in pain spins on the corner putting his back against the turnbuckles.

MVP stops on the opposite corner in which Taker is, and for the second time in the match, he taunts announcing the Player’s Boot. Montel finally storms crossing the ring, this time Taker isn’t able to counter, and gets his face kicked almost inwards by MVP. Porter viciously leaves his boot on the face of Taker after the kick, not removing it immediately as usual. After a couple of seconds of adding insult to injury, MVP finally retrieves his foot, punishing the face of Taker as he does so. MVP walks away letting The Undertaker crumble down to the canvas, first to his knees and then completely flat down. Porter stares at the floored Deadman with a huge smile on his face, and again he starts taunting The Undertaker, waiting for him to get back to his feet so that MVP gives Taker the final blow. Taker slowly shows signals of life, as he tries to get back to his feet putting his left knee on the canvas. Not knowing so, Taker just gave MVP his cue. Montel Vontavious Porter crosses the ring at full speed and nails The Undertaker with his Drive By Kick, kicking Taker right on the jaw. MVP gets up to his knees and taunts to the crowd celebrating what indeed seems as is victory, lifting his arms up in the air. Finally, Porter crawls toward Taker and makes a rather confident cover: 1…2…, Taker somehow kicks out! Montel Vontavious Porter turns his head and looks at t Phenom right to the eyes, shocked at the resilience of The Undertaker. MVP then remakes the cover, hooking both Taker’s legs this time: 1…2…, The Undertaker again kicks out, keeping the match going. Montel gets back to his feet and attempts to walk toward the referee and argue him about the count, however quickly the referee shoves him away turning him down. Montel looks down to the Undertaker. His facial expressions show that he doesn’t know what to do next. And that isn’t really strange, as MVP has already connected Taker with the Player’s Boot, his Facebuster and his Drive By Kick and The Undertaker still manages to keep coming back, kicking out of each pinning predicament. MVP takes his hands to his face in clear signals of frustrations, but it all gets interrupted by one single action: The Undertaker somehow manages to sit up! MVP and The Undertaker hook eyes, entering in a very intense staredown, filled from uncertainty coming from MVP, and anger on behalf of the Demon of Death Valley. MVP has no other choice but to continue his offense on the now conscious Undertaker. Porter first kicks the sitting Taker straight on the right shoulder, punishing it yet again. MVP picks up The Undertaker and guides him back to his feet. Montel then, looking a little hesitant, grabs Taker by the right arm and goes to Irish Whip, aiming to send him against the corner.

However, The Undertaker is able to block, and then counter this attempt, and instead he’s the one who sends MVP toward the corner. Montel crashes against the turnbuckles chest first, then staggers back hurt grabbing his chest. MVP turns around right when reaching the spot where Taker is standing waiting for him, which allows Taker to hoist him up, set him, and then to a big pop from the crowd, drop him straight over his head connecting Tombstone Piledriver. The Undertaker crosses MVP’s hands over his chest while Taker sticks out his tongue: 1…2…3.

Result: The Undertaker defeats MVP


Styles: And this one will go to The Undertaker.

JBL: I hate it. Undertaker is on top of his game, he’s never been better than right now, but by god, I hate it, and he might just have ended the career of MVP.

JR: I doubt that. MVP certainly has a bright future and he brought the fight to the Deadman.

JBL: But one thing is granted, MVP will never, ever be the same.



The Undertaker paces around the ring looking around the arena, which allows the referee to roll MVP out of the ring. Taker then has the entire squared circle at his disposal. The Demon of Death Valley drops down to his left knee. Simultaneously, all lights except a neon blue one turn off. Taker sticks out his tongue celebrating to the crowd.

JBL: What are we going to do now? Nobody can beat that man, and The Undertaker damn sure knows it.


The Undertaker gets up and leaves the ring. He then slowly walks up the ramp until he reaches the stage, where he turns his head and gives one final look to the ring. Taker then lifts his right hand, as a last taunt before finally walking to the back.


Styles: JBL said MVP’s career might have gotten killed, but next, what might get killed, is a legend, the legend of The Rock.

JR: There has never been a greater superstar than The Rock, but the question is, after four years, will he be up to the challenge presented by young Randy Orton?



“Voices” plays to a big amount of boos from the Detroit Fans as Randy Orton makes his slow, confident way out from the back. Orton ignores the audience as he walks down the ramp. He finally reaches and enters the ring. There, Randy climbs to the top rope and oozing arrogance, he makes his characteristic Destiny taunt. Thousands of flashes illuminate the arena as he does so.

JBL: Look at him; he seems to be chiseled out of stone. That, that is the future of BTW.

Styles: Future and present. Former BTW World Champion, he could engrave his name in the annals of history if he defeats The Rock here tonight.

JBL: Not if, when.



“If you Smell” breaks through the PA system causing the crowd to explode in cheers. After a couple of seconds building the expectation, The Rock appears on the stage, looking fired up and ready to go. The Rock looks at Orton from the stage, points at him and badmouths him. Finally, The Great One begins making his way down the ramp. The Rock slides to the inside of the ring, causing Orton to roll out of the ring avoiding The Rock. With the ring all for himself, The Rock climbs to the corner taunting to the crowd. He does the same with the remaining 3 corners.

JR: Listen to this crowd, listen to this place. They tell a better story than we could.

JBL: This place just came unglued.

Styles: For the first time in over 4 years The Rock is back in Detroit, and he’s back to fight.





Randy Orton and The Rock start circling each other, not removing their eyes from one another. Suddenly, it is The Rock who stops and stands in the middle of the ring. The Rock looks around the arena and soaks into the reaction from the crowd, who engulfs him with a huge “Rocky” chant. The Rock redirects his attention to Randy Orton. Staring at him, The Rock points at the crowd, then tells at Orton “this is what all is about”. Immediately The Rock and Randy Orton explode toward each other. The Rock swings for a clothesline, however Orton shows his speed and ducks the attempt. He then quickly hooks The Rock, wrapping his right arm around the neck of The Great One. Orton transitions this into his Inverted Backbreaker, almost breaking The Rock in half as Orton drops The Rock over his own back. Randy Orton gets back to his feet, and with a cold look on his face, although also reflecting arrogance and confident, walks away from The Rock, letting him recover. The Rock slowly starts getting back to his feet, holding his lower back with his right hand. Orton has effectively sent the message to The Rock, easily connecting him with one of his trademarked moves so early in the match. The Rock completely gets back to his feet and he stares at Randy Orton, showing anger and frustration. Both men start circling each other. After a couple of seconds of doing this, they advance toward each other and in the middle of the ring they meet in a collar elbow tie up. Both men compare their strengths. The Rock seems to be getting the best of the exchange, as he starts compromising Orton’s standing base and forcing him to step backwards due to the superior strength of The Rock, however Orton solves his problem as he drives his knee right to the middle section of his opponent. Randy follows up this with a big straight right hand to the face, making sure that his knuckles are the one that make the most punishment. Randy doesn’t let The Rock breath and he quickly locks him in a very intense Reverse Chinlock. Randy applies with a lot of power, torch and viciousness, dropping at moments to one knee thanks to all the strength he applies to the maneuver. The Rock couldn’t have had a worst beginning of the match, as his ring rust and lack of in ring competition have been exposed by the Legend Killer. The crowd however start railing behind The Great One, shaking the cements of the Ford Field as they start a huge “Rocky” chant. The people seem to give the People’s Champion a dose of energy, as he starts fighting Randy Orton out of the chinlock. The Rock grabs Randy’s right arm with both his arms and starts trying to lift it, and that way break the hold.

Finally, Rock’s efforts pay off, as he elevates the arm of Randy Orton, breaking the hold and therefore ending the leverage position Orton had with the Reverse Chinlock. The Rock, now free, starts punching the hell out of Randy Orton, landing straight right hand after straight right hand. The Rock then nails a toe kick that makes Orton double in pain. The Rock weakens him further with a club to the back, and then he goes to continue his offense as he dashes to the ring ropes behind him. The Rock comes right back toward Orton, however once again Randy out fastens The Rock and he receives The Brahma Bull with an elbow strike right to the face. Randy then avalanches toward the dazed Rock and locks him in a Three quarter facelock, again cutting down the oxygen supply of the Great One. Rock once again starts looking and searching for a way out, however Orton seems to have the maneuver synched in to perfection. Rock resources then to brute strength, as he picks Randy Orton in an attempt of connect a side suplex. Orton however counters in mid air and he turns his attempt from The Rock into a headlock takeover, putting The Rock into an ever worse situation as now he finds himself grounded on the canvas with Randy Orton applying all of his strength to the Rock’s throat. Orton starts then moving legs close to the torso of The Rock, in a clear attempt of grapevine them around the body of the Great One. This one however plays against Randy Orton, as it allows The Rock to turn his weight to his right, allowing The Rock to get his right boot closer to the ring ropes, which in the end allows The Rock to put his boot on the bottom rope. The referee pads Randy Orton on the shoulder letting him know that he has to break the headlock. Randy puts his luck to test as he maintains the headlock for an extra four seconds. The referee indeed counts until four, but right before five Randy Orton breaks the hold letting The Rock free. Randy crawls backwards getting away from The Rock, then gets back to his feet. Orton attempts to walk right toward the fallen Rock, however the referee steps in the way stopping Randy Orton, telling him to let The Rock get back up. The Rock turns to the ring ropes and uses them to get back to his feet. The Rock turns his attention to the Legend Killer and his expression speaks by itself. The Rock seems to be thinking “what I am doing here”. The Rock shakes his doubts off and walks toward Randy Orton. Both competitors meet in the middle of the ring and enter once again in a collar elbow tie up. This time, it’s The Rock who gets the upperhand, getting a big pop from the crowd. Rock however, without any explanation, breaks the headlock letting Randy Orton free.

Randy looks confused, but that doesn’t stop him from stepping backwards, getting away from the People’s Champion. Randy’s confused face expressions turn into confidence as he deduces the reason The Rock let him go was because he’s afraid of him. Orton steps toward him but when he does we all find out why The Rock let the headlock go, as he starts imprinting his own style to the match by receiving The Legend Killer with a flurry of haymakers, punching the hell out of Randy Orton. Rocky continues his punching spree. He finally stops, only to spit on the palm of his right hand and nail the finalizing straight hand, with such strength that hurls Randy Orton away. Randy staggers backwards going toward the ring ropes behind him. Orton bounces back from them right into The Rock, who knocks him down to the canvas with a hard clothesline. Randy gets back to his feet and runs right back into The Rock, only to get clotheslined again down to the mat. Pace continues to pick up as Randy gets quickly back to his feet and again, this time a little more groggy, walks toward The Rock, who receives him with a toe kick to the middle section. Rock grabs Orton by the trunks with his left arm and the head, mostly Orton’s hair, with his right hand, then The Rock throws Randy through the top and middle rope all the way to the outside of the ring. The Rock doesn’t waste any time and as soon as Orton lands on the outside floor, he follows Orton by also going to the outside of the ring. The Rock grabs Orton by the head and pulls him back to his feet, only to again start a punching spree. The Rock then grabs Orton by the back of the head and throws him against the guard rail in front of them, against the which The Legend Killer collides hard chest first. The Rock picks Randy Orton and hoists him in the air, only to then let him fell gut first into the edge of the barricade, The Rock breaks down to his knees and then to the floor, holding his middle section in pain. The Rock walks toward the ring post, and announcing what his intentions are through taunting, he shines up the ring post real nicely. The Rock then walks toward the floored Randy, weakens up a little more by kicking Randy right in the head knocking him down. The Rock then grabs both legs of Randy and sets Randy’s feet under his armpits. The Rock looks back for a moment making sure where the ring post is and how far he is from it. The Rock finally drops backwards, propelling Randy Orton frontward acting as a catapult, hurling Randy Orton through the air all the way until he collides face first against the steel of the ring post. The crowd erupts after this, and their cheers get even louder when The Rock taunts to them. One cameraman gets close to the knocked out Randy Orton and lets the world see that The Legend Killer has a cut above his right eye, from the which blood is already starting to pour down. The Rock picks up Randy Orton and throws him back to the inside of the ring. The Rock makes the cover: 1…2…, Orton kicks out. The Rock gets back to his feet, then gives the referee and intimidating look, keeping him from coming to close from the action.

The Rock then picks Randy Orton and brings him back to a standing position. The Rock grabs Orton by the back of the head and throws him toward the corner, sending him all the way to the ring post shoulder first between the top and middle rope. Randy remains in that spot, growling in pain and trying to reach to his aching right shoulder. The Rock walks toward him, grabs him by the tights and pulls him backwards and rolls him up: 1…2…, Randy Orton kicks out. The Rock gets back to his feet and looks up for a second to the referee, quietly reproaching him about an inexistent slow count. The Rock grabs Randy by the arm and guides him back to his feet. Not releasing the arm, he then goes to Irish Whip Randy toward the ring ropes, however Orton sidesteps and instead he’s the one that sends The Rock toward the ring ropes. Randy expects The Rock to bounce back and so he jumps looking to connect his picture perfect dropkick, however The Rock sees it coming from a mile away and holds on to the top rope, that way not bouncing back and letting Randy Orton crash and burn landing over his back failing the dropkick. The Rock walks toward the floored Randy and in his characteristic and unique fashion he starts putting the boots on the Legend Killer, stomping Orton all over his humanity. The crowd remains hot during all of this, rabidly chanting and supporting the Most Electrifying Man in Sports Entertainment. The Rock grabs Randy and starts guiding him back to his feet, however Randy gets back into the match as he connects a body shot. Randy follows up with an European Uppercut, then follows up with a punch, rotates over his bases and when he finishes the spin lands a second European Uppercut finalizing the flurry of offense. Orton leaves The Rock groggy. Randy sees this and he dashes to the ring ropes on his right looking to capitalize on it. The Legend Killer bounces back, however The Rock snaps back to his senses and out of nowhere picks Orton up and connects him with a Samoan Drop. The Rock however remains knocked out next to Randy Orton, not being able to capitalize right away on his maneuver. In a weird twist of events, it is Randy the one who starts getting back to his senses, rolling to his left, coming up to his forearms and knees and then completely back to a standing position. Orton turns around looking to attack The Rock, however he gets surprised as The Rock shows that he hasn’t lost his ability as he kips up, getting back to his feet and getting an amazing pop from the audience. Orton stares at The Rock surprised at what The Great One just did, however he soon gets his face expressions erased as The Rock starts unloading a series of straight right hands.

Randy Orton tries to answer back as he swings big straight right hands, however they are wilder than anything and Rocky easily avoids them. The Rock grabs Orton by the arm and throws him toward the ring ropes. Orton comes right back and The Rock receives with a back body drop. Orton lands over his back, however he quickly shakes of the pain and gets back to his feet. Nonetheless, when he does so, his back still sends waves of pain keeping Orton from walking 100%, which doesn’t allow The Legend Killer from defend himself when The Rock kicks Orton in the middle section and connects him with a DDT. The Rock makes the cover: 1…2…, Orton kicks out. The Rock gets back to his feet and creates a little distance between himself and his opponent stepping backwards. Randy takes advantage of this and he rolls away going to the apron. The Rock notices this and he steps toward him, however the referee shows a little equality and just as he did with The Rock earlier in the match, he steps in the middle stopping The Rock, giving Randy Orton time to catch a break and recover. Randy however, even though he seems to be a little more conscious and up to his senses, prefers to remain lying on the apron than get back to his feet. He’s so confident that the referee is still protecting that he doesn’t even look at The Rock. Therefore, he doesn’t look at The Rock bouncing back to the ring ropes, coming back crossing the ring and connecting Orton on the side of the ribs with a sliding kick, knocking him off the apron again to the outside of the ring. The Rock leaves Orton lying on the outside floor, he then rolls to the outside but doing so by another side of the ring. The Rock immediately walks toward the announcing tables and starts removing the unnecessary indumenta, throwing the lumber made protector and the monitors. He then walks around the ring and picks Randy Orton. The Rock practically drags Randy Orton toward the announcing table, then with a straight right hand knocks Randy over the announcing table. By now, the referee has also gone to the outside of the ring is right next to The Rock trying to conCrushing C him from not doing whatever he could have in mind. The referee shows little to no intention on starting a count out that would affect both men. The Rock climbs to the announce table and grabbing Randy by the head he guides him back to his feet, then to a big roar from the Detroit fans, he sets Orton up for a Rock Bottom. The Rock is just moments away from performing the Rock Bottom and sending The Legend Killer through the announcing table, when Randy gets back to his senses and fights his way out of this predicament by driving his elbow straight to the jaw of the Brahma Bull. The Rock turns around for a moment holding his jaw. The Rock turns around into Randy Orton, who immediately goes for an RKO.

However, this dangerous maneuver also gets blocked, as The Rock pushes Randy Orton away and off from the table. Randy however lands over his two feet on the concrete floor and with speed starts connecting straight right hands to the knees of The Rock weakening them, until The Rock finally collapses down on top of the announcing table, with his head sticking out from the end of the announcing table right next to Orton. Randy methodically grabs and sets The Rock in a front facelock. He walks backwards pulling The Rock until The Rock’s legs are right on the edge of the announcing table. The entire crowd holds their breath waiting for the next Orton maneuver. Randy finally drops The Rock over his head in a vicious and merciless DDT, all the way from the announcing table to the concrete floor below. Thanks to this amazing maneuver, a contingent of fans start chanting out loud “Randy, Randy, Randy”, however, they get quickly lost in the audience who engulfs their chant with a louder “Let’s Go Rock, Let’s Go Rock chant”. Orton slides back to the inside of the ring along with the referee leaving a seemingly knocked out Rock behind on the outside. Randy yells at the referee telling him to start the count out. He then walks to the middle of the ring and taunts to the crowd extending his arms while screaming “what’s your boy doing now? What’s your boy doing now? Nothing, absolutely nothing!” The referee immediately starts to count The Rock out: 1…2…3…4…5…6…, The Rock starts showing signs of life slowly crawling toward the ring, 7…8…, The Rock grabs the edge of the apron and uses it to pull himself up, 9…, The Rock uses his last amount of strength and climbs to the apron, where groggily he lays against the ring ropes. Randy Orton, seemingly angry, walks toward The Rock, however Rocky receives him with a shoulder thrust through the ropes to the middle section of Randy staggering him backwards. Randy recovers and walks again toward The Rock, who from the apron goes to repeat the punishment with a second shoulder thrust, however this time Randy sees it coming and he sticks his knee on the way, letting The Rock punish his own shoulder as he collides against the kneecap of Randy Orton. Randy, much to the fear to the millions…and millions of The Rock’s fans, set The Rock in a front facelock , then slowly pulls him so that his feet are the only body part over the middle rope. Randy looks around the arena with a deranged expression on his face, before repeating the maneuver he performed previously on the outside of the ring from the announcing table as Randy hits his rope hung spike DDT, punishing again the head of The Rock. Now on the inside of the ring, Randy is able to capitalize on this maneuver and makes the cover: 1…2…, somehow, someway, The Rock is no, not able to kick out, but indeed get one shoulder up keeping the match going.

Orton gets back to his feet and he walks toward the referee, giving him a menacing look making sure he stays away from his one. Randy turns around and again focuses on The Rock, who remains floored on the canvas. Randy starts circling him, like a deadly scorpion, stomping every exposed body part, every limb. Randy stomps The Rock’s right and left wrist, then the left and right ankle, and viciously then delivers a hard, merciless stomp right on the head of the Great One, showing that is his target and he might very well be aiming for a concussion. Randy kicks The Rock’s right arm so that it remains next to the torso, measures The Rock and connects him with a jumping knee drop right to the temple. Randy makes the cover: 1…2…, The Rock kicks out. Randy gets back to his feet. This time, his face doesn’t reflect anything, more than ice-like expressions. Randy stomps The Rock again on the head, measures him and leaps going for a second knee drop, however this time The Rock shows there’s still life in him and rolls to his left making Randy Orton miss, hurting his own knee. Orton remains over his knee grimacing in pain. The Rock tries to take advantage of this and get back to his feet. He crawls toward the ring ropes and when he finally reaches them he uses them to pull himself back to his feet. The Rock, dazedly, waits for Orton to get back to his feet. Randy recovers his standing position, and even though The Rock was the one waiting for Randy, his condition doesn’t allow him to defend himself from the running clothesline Randy Orton connects. Back in control, Orton recovers his characteristic swagger, and with tremendous confidence he stares at The Rock and waits for him to get back to his feet. The Rock slowly starts doing so, and when he finally does so, Randy Orton explodes toward him looking to repeat the punishment with another running clothesline, however this time The Rock is able to counter the maneuver, floating over Randy and connecting him with a Snap DDT, vintage Rock. The Rock slowly crawls toward Randy and hooks one leg making the cover: 1…2…, Randy Orton kicks out. The Rock looks tired, but he slowly gets back to his feet. He grabs Randy Orton by the legs and drags him toward the middle of the ring. The crowd cheers in excitement as they know what The Rock is attempting to do. The Rock looks up to the arena and starts setting Randy Orton up for the Sharpshooter. Orton however manages to use his leg strength to get out of the maneuver. Rock gets hurled through the air out of the maneuver. Both men get back to their feet. Randy Orton storms toward The Rock, however this time it’s The Great One who reacts first and connects Orton with his version of a Spinebuster.

The Rock grabs the legs of Randy Orton, however this time the Legend Killer isn’t able to get out of the maneuver and The Rock effectively flips Orton over his belly locking perfectly the Sharpshooter. Randy Orton screams in pain, while The Rock applies all what he has left to the maneuver. The crowd gets very hot for this, as they know Orton might tap out. Randy however starts crawling toward the ring ropes. Randy manages to get one finger tip away from the ring ropes. He stretches looking to grab the salvation rope, however The Rock drags him back to the middle of the ring, ending his hopes. The referee walks and gets right in front of Randy Orton, so that he can get a better angle and see if Randy Orton indeed taps out. Randy extends his right arm as if he is going to tap, however what he does is grab the referee by the leg and pulls him toward himself, however since he is laid on the canvas the one who collides against the referee is The Rock, letting the hold go as a result of this. All three men, the referee, Randy Orton and The Rock remain flat on the canvas, however the one who starts getting back to his feet is the opportunistic Randy Orton. Randy finally gets back to his feet; he looks to his left and sees the referee still knocked out. The Legend Killer walks toward The Rock and picks him back to his feet. He gives one more look to the official to make sure that he still is knocked out. The referee however is getting back to his senses, so whatever Randy Orton is going to do –obviously illegal-, has to do it fast. Randy Orton knows that and he delivers a swift low blow to The Rock. Rocky bends in pain taking his hands to his privates. Randy Orton stands behind the weakened Rock and connects him with a picture perfect dropkick right to the back of the skull, targeting that body part again and knocking The Rock violently down to the canvas. Randy walks toward the referee and grabbing him by the neck of the t-shirt and literally picking him back to his feet. Orton then turns his attention again to The Rock, drops to the canvas and starts taunting The Rock, snake like expression on his face, salivating for The Rock to get up and suffer his three letter destiny: RKO. The Rock slowly starts showing signals of life again, putting one knee on the canvas and using it as leverage to get back to his feet. The Rock remains gingerly over his two feet, then he turns around into the slithery Orton, who leaps toward him looking to connect the RKO, however The Rock is able to react in the last second and avoid the RKO, pushing Randy Orton away. Orton gets hurled away, but then he turns around and storms right back toward the Great One. Rocky receives him, hooks him up and looks to connect the Rock Bottom.

But Orton is able to block The Rock’s finisher as well, just as he did earlier in the match when The Rock wanted to Rock Bottom him through the announcing table, Randy Orton drives his elbow to the jaw of The Rock, forcing his way out of the maneuver. Randy gets released, and for a fraction of second turns his back on The Rock. He finally turns around, and out of nowhere The Rock, stealing a page out of Randy Orton’s book, connects him with an RKO. The crowd explodes when they see this. The Rock gets back to his feet and seems to be revitalized, looking fired up and ready to go. The Rock mocks Randy Orton even more doing the Destiny taunt. Orton is laid right in the middle of the ring. The Rock walks toward him and stands over his head. Immediately, all the fans in attendance rise to their feet, knowing what’s next. The Rock kicks Orton’s arm close to his body. The Rock then looks to the standing crowd and slowly removes his elbow pad and throws it to the audience. The Rock starts swinging his arms back and forth. Finally, he storms to the ring ropes on his right, bounces back, leaps over Randy Orton crossing the ring and goes to the opposite set of ring ropes, bouncing back, however, out of nowhere Randy Orton snaps back to his feet and receives the bouncing back Rock with a scoop powerslam. Randy Orton, slowly and breathing heavily gets back to his feet. He realizes what he just did and he recovers his confidence. Orton grabs the floored Rock, picks him by the head and guides him back to his feet. The Legend Killer grabs Orton in a gutwrench hold, then elevates him and performing a move he hasn’t done since 2006, Randy Orton connects a Gutwrench Elevated Neckbreaker. Randy gets back to his feet and emphatically taunts to the crowd announcing the end. Randy Orton drops to the canvas and anxiously starts slithering, taunting The Rock and waiting for him to get back to his feet. With all the punishment The Rock’s head have suffered, it takes a while before he starts getting back to his senses. The Rock finally does and Randy leaps toward him, for the second time in the match attempting to connect the RKO, however The Rock, in the same fashion Rikishi did at the premiere of BTW Nitro when he was one facing the Legend Killer, The Rock reverses the RKO turning it into a backslide pin: 1…2…, Orton kicks out. Both men get back to their feet. Randy Orton dashes toward The Rock looking to attack him, however Rocky receives him by hooking him up, then to a big pop from the crowd The Rock effectively connects the Rock Bottom. The Rock makes the cover: 1…2…, Orton gets one shoulder up! The Rock, in disbelief, looks up to the referee trying to find there an explanation. Rocky finally settles with the idea that Randy Orton indeed kicked out of the Rock Bottom, and their match is still going.

The Rock gets back to his feet and in an uncharacteristic maneuver of his, The Rock walks toward the corner and he climbs to the top rope. The Great One stands on the top rope, waiting for Randy Orton to get back to his feet. It lasts a while, as Orton still suffers the effects of the Rock Bottom, but slowly he gets up. Orton turns around facing the corner in which The Rock waits for him. Immediately, The Rock comes flying from the top rope, however Randy Orton leaps as well and he catches The Rock with a picture perfect dropkick in mid air. The Rock violently comes down to the canvas. Orton gets back to his feet and taunting to the crowd he makes his “Destiny” taunt. Randy then walks towards The Rock. Orton however notices that The Rock has gotten in a perfect position –over his knees and forearms-, to be punted in the head. Orton rapidly takes impulse walking backwards. Randy stares at The Rock, measuring him. He then finally crosses the ring at full speed looking to kick The Rock into concussion street, however The Rock reveals the was just playing possum as he gets out of the way avoiding the kick and making Orton miss the kick. Rocky gets back to his feet. Randy Orton turns around and storms back toward The Rock, who receives him with an Over the Head Belly to Belly suplex. Orton lands deep in the middle of the ring. The Rock walks toward him, announcing again the People’s Elbow. He rapidly dashes to the ring ropes, bounces back crossing the ring, comes back bouncing from the opposite set of ropes and this time he perfectly connects the People’s Elbow right on the heart of the Legend Killer. The Rock makes the cover: 1…2…, Orton kicks out! Nor the crowd or The Rock can’t believe it. Rock tries to plead again with the referee, however he understands it’s no good doing so, and so he turns his attention back to Orton, taunting him in his unique fashion, waiting for Randy to get back to his feet. Randy slowly, very slowly, starts indeed getting back to his feet. Randy recovers his standing position and groggily walks right into The Rock, who sets him up for another Rock Bottom. The Rock goes for it, however Randy manages to counter digging under and inventing an arm twist, leaving The Rock in position to get connected with a huge RKO! Randy collapse on top of The Rock: 1…2…, The Rock kicks out! Orton, summoning his last strengths, look up to the referee, not believing what The Rock just did, kick out of his RKO. Randy slowly gets back to his feet, with anger appearing on his face as he does so. Orton grabs The Rock by the head pulling him up to a standing position. Randy starts setting The Rock up, getting him ready for another RKO.

Orton goes for it, however The Rock reacts in the last moment possible and he shoves Orton away pushing him down to the canvas. The Rock gingerly remains on his standing position. Randy Orton does the same and he storms right back toward the Great One. The Rock tries to receive him with a back body drop, however he doesn’t have enough strength to hoist Orton up. Randy gets back down to the canvas right in front of Rocky, and taking advantage of this impasse and moment of confusion, he connects The Rock with another RKO. Randy Orton makes the cover: 1…2…3

Result: Randy Orton defeats The Rock


JBL: Since you two are speechless, I’ll be the one who says it: Orton wins. Orton did it; Randy just killed the legend of The Rock.


Randy Orton gets back to his feet and stands over The Rock, The referee raises his hand. The crowd however is busier chanting for The Rock.

JR: Killed? Are you listening to these fans?


Orton gets out of the ring and he starts walking up the ramp, leaving. Inside the ring, The Rock starts recovering. This prompts the crowd to cheer The Rock even louder.

Styles: Stand up ovation for The Rock in an amazing effort from his part.


Randy listens to the cheers and he seemingly starts getting mad. Randy turns around and he stares at The Rock, who inside the ring tries to get up. Randy then starts walking back toward the ring. The crowd stops their Rocky chant and instead they now start booing Orton. Orton enters the ring and he measures The Rock, who is in the wrong place at the wrong time –in the wrong position.

JR: Come on Randy! Don’t do it! God damn it, don’t do it!

Styles: Randy Orton couldn’t take the crowd cheering The Rock and now he’ll do this.


Randy finally explodes going toward The Rock, connecting him with a vicious kick right to the head. The Rock immediately remains knocked out on the canvas, with his eyes glazed over. Orton, with a psycho look on his face, stares at the floored Rock with sick satisfaction.

JR: Oh no, no damn it no!


The referee finally gets to Randy Orton and tells him to leave he ring. Randy, damage done, heeds the referee’s orders and he leaves the ring. As Randy walks up the ramp, a group of EMTs and officials rush to the ring to help The Rock.

JBL: I guess this goes to show, you just don’t mess with the Age of Orton.

JR: Don’t mess with the Age of Orton?! That was a cold blooded attack, an unfunded attack.

Styles: First it was Rikishi, now The Rock, how many more people will be sent to the hospital until someone punishes that man, Randy Orton.



We cut backstage and we see Goldberg and Randy Couture walking backstage.

Goldberg: Are you ready?

Couture: Let’s do this bro.

Both men continue walking, however they come to a sudden halt as they seem to have run into somebody. Goldberg’s face completely transforms into a more serious expression. The camera reveals no other than Number One Contender Brock Lesnar is in front of them.

Goldberg: Brock.

Lesnar: Bill.

Both men continue staring at each other, nobody saying a word.

Lesnar: Good luck out there.

Goldberg: You too, bring that title home.

Brock and Goldberg continue staring at each other, and although they don’t completely smile at each other, their faces show a warmer reception toward one another.

Goldberg: Let’s go Randy.

Randy Couture and Bill Goldberg continue walking, leaving Brock Lesnar behind. Lesnar eventually leaves as well.


We then cut to Big Show’s locker room, where we see Big Show and Tito Ortiz laughing, oozing confidence. We return to the announcing table.


JR: Well, Big Show and Mr. Ortiz might know something we don’t, because I know I wouldn’t be laughing if my match against Bill Goldberg and Randy Couture is next.

Styles: That’s just the MO of both men JR.

JBL: Are you kidding me? Team Show has the World Largest Athlete. Of course they are confident.

Styles: This match has been the hot topic in Sports Illustrated Magazine, ESPN, Fox Sports. Let’s see what all the hype is about.




“Mosh” plays to a huge amount of boos from the fans as Tito Ortiz steps from the back. He arrogantly jogs on the stage, then starts walking down the ramp, ignoring the fans being surrounded with an air of arrogance. Ortiz finally enters the ring where he waits for his tag team partner.

“Big” breaks through the PA system as after a huge pyro explosion, The Big Show makes his imposing way out. On the stage, Big Show lifts his right hand, letting even more pyro out. The giant walks down the ramp, intimidating and impressing the fans that see him. Big Show enters the ring and he high fives Tito Ortiz, then again he lifts his right hand, letting pyro blast from the turnbuckles.

JBL: That’s what you call making an entrance.

Styles: Let’s see how they do in the actual match.


We see Goldberg and Randy Couture walking backstage in the gorilla position. “Goldberg’s March” plays to a huge ovation from the Detroit fans as both Goldberg and Randy Couture step out into the stage. The usual pyro and smoke from Goldberg’s entrance come, sort of welcoming Couture and Goldberg. Both men walk down the ramp and slide to the inside of the ring. Show and Ortiz get out of the ring, leaving it all for Goldberg and Couture, who taunt to the crowd.

JR: And there’s only piece of the puzzle missing.


“What you Got” plays to cheers from the Detroit fans as Ken Shamrock, rocking his referee shirt, makes his way down the ramp. Shamrock salutes some fans at ringside before sliding into the ring. Shamrock yells at Big Show and Tito Ortiz to get back to the ring.





Big Show and Tito Ortiz indeed get back to the ring. Ortiz stays on the apron and lets The Big Show enter the ring, leaving it clear that he will be the one starting the match. Randy Couture steps forward, obviously wanting a piece of the giant. Goldberg however pulls him back and he steps into the ring, telling Randy that he should be the one starting the match. Goldberg and Big Show step toward the middle of the ring, where they meet each other and stand face to face –well, face to almost neck. Goldberg and Big Show begin trading words, badmouthing each other. The Detroit fans know what they want to see and they start chanting for Couture and Tito Ortiz, wanting to see them two wrestle. Ortiz rabidly wants to get in the match, feeding that way his ego after hearing the fans want to see him wrestle. Big Show grins at Goldberg, then walks toward his corner and makes the tag, letting Tito Ortiz in. The crowd explodes to this, receiving him with a big amount of cheers. The fans start chanting “Tag him in, tag him in” to Goldberg, indicating that they want to see Randy Couture in. Goldberg smiles, surprised at the crowd reaction and he walks toward his corner and tags Randy Couture, tagging him into the match. Randy Couture and Tito Ortiz stare at each other from different sides of the ring. Now that the both men they wanted are in the match, the fans take sides and they start chanting for Randy Couture, recriminating Tito Ortiz for all the bad he has done in the last few weeks in company of The Big Show. Couture and Ortiz step closer to each other and start circling each other, hands up in guard position, looking for a spot to attack, waiting for an opening. Ortiz throws a right hand, however it misses by far. Couture continues measuring Tito, not rushing in into anything. Ortiz throws a kick, however Couture steps backwards avoiding it. Randy grins at Tito, taunting at him after missing two offensive maneuvers. Tito and Randy continue jogging circling each other. Tito once again breaks his guard and tries to connect a punch combination, however the savvy Randy Couture was expecting that and he ducks the punches, then taking advantage that for a fraction of second Ortiz let himself unprotected, Couture goes after his legs and takes him down to the canvas. Couture sits over the floored Tito Ortiz and starts merciless punching him right on the face. The referee steps in and grabbing Randy Couture he takes him away from the floored Ortiz, reminding him that closed fist punches are punished here in the BTW world. Ortiz, grabbing his jaw, gets back to his feet. Couture ignores the referee, who is still talking to him, and starts talking trash at him, taunting him about how easy Randy took Ortiz down to the mat.

Ortiz and Couture start circle each other again. Ortiz seems a little affected after being taken down to the canvas and Couture knows that, as quickly he explodes toward Tito, going again after the legs trying to knock Tito down to the canvas. Tito however manages to fight back, not allowing Couture from knocking him off his feet. Ortiz starts fighting back, nailing Couture with clubs to the back, finally creating some separation. Couture incorporates, only to get poked right on the eyes by Tito Ortiz, who then clotheslines Randy down to the canvas. Tito gets down to one knee and right on the face of Randy Couture, then tells him “It’s wrestling dude”. Ortiz picks up Randy by the head and Irish Whips him toward his corner. Tito follows him, then on the corner, he hits a hard knife edge chop. Randy contorts in pain grabbing his chest. Tito repeats the punishment, punishing Couture even more. Tito then gives a look at his partner, The Big Show, and both grin at each other in a rather maniacal way. Tito gives the tag to The Big Show, letting him in. The fans in the crowd mumble, talking to each other, mostly of fear and shock at what the World Largest Athlete could do to Randy Couture. Big Show looks around the Ford Field and putting his finger over his lips, he shuts the crowd up, forecasting his attack. Big Show hits a huge chop to the chest of Randy Couture, a chop that could be heard all the way up in the nosebleeders. Couture collapses down to the canvas, holding his now reddish chest in pain. Big Show grabs him by the arm and drags him to the middle of the ring. Big Show stares at Goldberg and taunts him, yelling him “look at your boy, uh, what’s he doing, what’s he doing?” Goldberg passes angrily on the apron, important and not being able to enter the ring and defend Couture. Big Show meanwhile seems up to end the career of Randy Couture. Big Show puts his right foot on the chest of Couture. The crowd awes, not sure if they are really going to see what they know The Big Show is aiming to do. They do see it, as mercilessly The Big Show steps over the chest of Couture. Randy coughs and holds his chest in pain, as a seven foot monster just walked right over him. Big Show turns around and he covers Randy Couture: 1…2…, Randy kicks out. Big Show seems a bit surprised, however he flashes a smile and goes back to his offense. The Big Show gets back to his feet and he grabs Couture by the arm, and pulling him by it Big Show gets Randy back to his feet. Big Show doesn’t release Randy, and instead, mocking him and showing his own physical power, Big Show starts rag dolling Couture, shaking him back and forth, still not letting his arm go.

However, it all gets stopped by special referee Ken Shamrock, who confronts the Big Show and forces –physically forces, The Big Show to let Randy Couture go. Big Show gets right on the face of Shamrock, however, the ref shows no intimidation and tells him “this is a wrestling a match, so freaking wrestle”. Big Show distances himself from Shamrock, then redirects his attention to Randy Couture, who groggily balances from one side to another. Big Show says “wrestle. Ok Randy, let’s tango.” Big Show measures Randy Couture, and showing his boxing background he goes for a straight right hand, however Randy gets right back to his senses and showing his own abilities he blocks the punch of Show, then turns the situation into his favor as he locks in a Standing Armbar, even overcoming the difficulty of handling the huge frame of the Big Show. Big Show’s face shows the pain he’s in, however he utilizes his amazing strength to shake his right arm and just hurl away Randy Couture away. Big Show remains on his knees, moving his arm trying to get back the feeling on it. Randy wastes no time and he goes right toward The Big Show, and starts trying to take The Big Show down to the canvas in an attempt to lock in a guillotine, however Big Show again brings his size and power into play and blocks this attempts, snapping right back to his feet staggering his opponent away. Couture staggers all the way back to his corner, where Goldberg, not doing a lot of thinking about it or second guessing it much, he tags himself into the match. Goldberg is welcome mostly with cheers, however a contingent of fans boo him, as they wanted to keep seeing Randy Couture in the match. Goldberg steps into the ring and he stands behind The Big Show, waiting for him to turn around. Big Show turns his head and he sees Randy Couture standing in the ring, so he deduces he’s not in the ring anymore. However, he turns around, provoking Goldberg to start unfolding straight right hands directly to Big Show’s face. Goldberg then nails a kick to the middle section, getting the giant doubled in pain. Goldberg continues mounting momentum, and so he dashes to the ring ropes behind him. Goldberg is about to bounce back from the ring ropes, however Tito Ortiz, from the apron, manages to connect him with a club to the back. Goldberg turns around and confronts Tito Ortiz getting right in his face. Ken Shamrock quickly comes close to Ortiz and Goldberg and he pushes Goldberg away. Ken gets right on the face of Tito Ortiz, then recriminates him for getting illegally involved in the match. This shows that Shamrock isn’t taking shit from anyone in the match, however, while doing so, he turns his back to the inside of the ring of what’s happening there, so he misses when The Big Show wraps his giant hand around the throat of Bill Goldberg and he starts to blatantly choke him. Couture yells at Shamrock from the opposite corner, alerting him at what’s happening in the match. Ken listens to him and immediately turns around, however when he does so Big Show lets Goldberg go, getting rid of the evidence so to speak.

Shamrock continues walking toward Randy, and showing he has no favorites, he gets right on the face of Couture, yelling at him. Big Show takes advantage of Ken getting distracted again, and for the second time he starts choking the now floored Goldberg. Randy tells Shamrock to turn around. Ken does so and he sees Big Show breaking the rules. Shamrock walks toward Big Show and he pushes him down to the canvas, stopping his choking attempts. Big Show gets back to his feet and he gets right on the face of Ken Shamrock, not happy about what the referee did. Shamrock and Big Show continue trading words, until the giant finally snaps and he pushes Ken Shamrock away, knocking him right over his ass. Big Show then grabs the kneeled Goldberg by the throat and gets him back to his feet, obviously going for his Showstopper. Ken finally gets back to his feet and angrily he storms right toward the giant, connecting him with a huge roundhouse kick, hitting The Big Show right on the side of the head. Big Show gingerly walks in circles, losing slowly his self awareness. Goldberg gets back to his feet, shakes off the cobwebs and dashes to the ring ropes behind him. Goldberg bounces back and he connects a huge Spear. Goldberg makes the cover: 1…2…, Big Show somehow kicks out! And not only does he kick out, but he hurls Goldberg away with all the strength he applied into the kick out. Big Show gets back to his feet right on time to receive Goldberg, who turned around and dashes right back toward him, with a huge big boot right to the face. Big Show stumbles toward his corner and he makes the tag to Tito Ortiz, who again gets welcomed with some cheers from the fans, who are obviously happy to see him wrestle. Big Show tells at Tito “show them what you know Tito”. Ortiz following this climbs to the top rope, where he waits Goldberg to get back to his feet. Bill slowly starts making his way back up. He finally fully does so and turns around facing that way the corner in which Tito is in, and Ortiz, showing he did some sports entertainment wrestling for this match, flies through the airs connecting Goldberg with a cross body plancha from the top rope. Tito hooks the leg making the cover: 1…2…, Randy Couture, who had entered the ring, stomps Tito on the back breaking the pinfall cover. Shamrock incorporates and stares at Randy, who doesn’t pay much attention to him this time. Tito gets back to his feet and rejoices on the fact that he’s in control, putting the boots on Goldberg stomping all over him. Tito Ortiz then get on top of Bill and starts hitting a series of straight right hands while mounting him. He then mixes then up with forearm strikes to the face.

Goldberg tries to cover himself however obviously Tito Ortiz has more experience in this type of situations. He finally stops and walks toward his corner, where he tags Big Show into the match. Big Show, as soon as he enters the ring, explodes toward the floored Goldberg and hits a huge elbow drop across Bill’s chest. Show gets back to his feet only to repeat the punishment, elbow dropping Bill Goldberg right on the chest. Big Show gets back to his feet and this time he stares at Randy Couture, he looks at him right in the eyes before he completes the trifecta of elbow drops. Big Show makes the cover: 1…2…, Goldberg kicks out keeping the match going. Big Show gets back to his feet and he gives Ken Shamrock an angry look, not happy about the count. Show continues getting distracted as now he walks toward the corner and he starts talking trash to Randy Couture. Big Show finally turns around and refocuses on the match, as he walks toward Goldberg. The giant grabs Bill by the head and starts lifting him, however before he gets him back to his feet, Goldberg snaps back to his senses and he starts nailing hard clubs to the legs of The Big Show, finally making him lose his balance and collapse down to his knees. Goldberg gets back to his feet and he quickly dashes to the ring ropes behind, bounces back and hits a direct kick to the face of Big Show, knocking him down to the canvas. Goldberg starts showing signs of pain and he grabs his chest in pain. Goldberg stumbles toward his corner and makes the tag to Randy Couture, who was just dying to enter the match. Couture remains on his corner and he stares at Big Show, apparently taunting him and waiting for the giant to get back to his feet. The Giant eventually does so, and Couture showing his own acquired ability in sports entertainment, as soon as Big Show turns around, Randy storms toward him and taking a page out of his partner’s book, delivers Big Show his second Spear of the match. Randy makes the cover, Ken Shamrock gives one menacing look to Tito Ortiz before dropping to the canvas and make the count: 1…2…, Big Show turns around with such strength that he hurls Randy Couture away. Couture gets back to his feet and stares a little surprised to the Big Show, who as if nothing had happened he begins getting back to his feet. Big Show stares at Randy Couture and flashes at him a confident grin. Big Show goes even further taunting Randy, as he starts inviting Randy to step towards him and bring it. Couture walks toward him, however Big Show tells him to stop, then going even further mocking the former UFC Champion, Big Show drops down to his knees and taunts Randy, offering him a free shot.

Randy won’t turn the offer down and he quickly walks toward the kneeled Showster, and showing no hesitation he delivers to him a fast one-two to the face. Big Show immediately crawls away from Randy. The camera zooms on Big Show’s face and we see tons of blood pouring down from his nose, which could very well be broken. Randy Couture steps toward Big Show but Big Show continues crawling backwards. Ken Shamrock steps into the action and he gives the giant a moment to recover as he keeps Couture away. Big Show doesn’t waste it and he makes his way to this corner and gives the tag to Tito Ortiz, who enters the match. Ortiz walks confidently to the middle of the ring and right to the face of Couture, then starts taunting at him telling him to go ahead and punch him as well. Randy laughs and both men start circling each other, almost pretending as if they were inside an octagon and battling for UFC pride. Both men step toward one another and start brawling, each one trying to knock the other one down to the canvas. Eventually, both men let each other go. Couture measures Tito throwing a toe kick, which obviously misses. Tito and Randy pace a little more, but finally Ortiz goes for it all and avalanche toward Randy throwing right hands, looking to hit that haymaker that turns the match in its favor. Ortiz gives Couture a straight right hand, however even though it lands hard, Randy manages to take it in and then answer back with a straight right hand of his own. Randy and Tito continue trading fists, each time harder and each time making the other staggering backwards. Tito nails a strong right hand that staggers Randy enough for him to get into the arm reach of the giant Big Show, who gives Randy a cheap shot connecting a massive club to the back. Couture staggers hurt right into Tito Ortiz, who performs a go behind and locks Randy in a Rear Naked Choke. Big Show seems satisfied by this, as he starts clapping on the apron. Goldberg starts clapping as well, but for a different reason. He tries to get the crowd behind Randy Couture so that the motivation gave by the fans help him get out of the predicament. Tito adds more and more torch, putting more and more pressure to the choke, trying to make Randy Couture either pass out or tap out. The referee Ken Shamrock doesn’t seem to bothered about the fact that chokeholds are normally against the rules, as what he does is check on Couture to see if he’s close to passing out. Couture seems indeed to be losing his energies, however out of a sudden he seems to get his energies revitalized, as he starts struggling with Tito, trying to get out of the maneuver. We can see however that Tito adds even more strength to the lock, tensing his arm around the throat of Couture harder and harder. It seems as if it’s doomsday for Randy, as he’s in the middle of the ring trapped in a chokehold applied by MMA star Tito Ortiz. Goldberg is climbed on the second rope from the apron trying to pump Randy Couture up into getting out of this potential losing situation. Ken gives Bill a look making sure his intervention remains like that, and doesn’t get any physical.

But Randy doesn’t need any interference, as using his last saving of energy he remembers Tito that they are in BTW and in a wrestling match, as instead of continuing trying to get out of the Rear Naked Choke, Randy turns his weight over his own head, forcing Tito over his shoulders on the canvas. Ken considers this as a pinfall situation: 1…2…, Tito kicks out breaking the chokehold in the way. Both men slowly get back to their feet. Tito however isn’t able to do so very well and he starts collapsing down to the canvas. He manages to land near to his corner, allowing Big Show to tag himself into the match slapping Tito in the back. Big Show enters and he starts taunting Randy Couture, waiting for him to turn around. Couture indeed turns around, but only to smile at The Big Show in a mockery way, as Big Show forgot Couture team’s corner is right behind Randy, and since the giant was on the other corner taunting him, there’s nothing stopping Randy from tagging Goldberg in. Couture does that, tagging Goldberg to a huge pop from the crowd. Goldberg storms into the ring and right into Big Show. The giant tries to swing a killer punch to Goldberg, however Goldberg ducks, passing by under the arm of Show. The giant turns around and Bill starts lashing out huge straight right hands to the head. Goldberg connects a kick to the middle section and continuing his offense he dashes to the ring ropes behind him. Ortiz doesn’t miss his chance and just as he did earlier in the match he cheap shots Goldberg. Goldberg turns around and on this occasion not wasting time with staredowns, he just nails Tito Ortiz with a straight right hand knocking him down of the apron. Goldberg turns around, but he walks right into Big Show, who catches him by the throat. Big Show hoists Goldberg up looking for a Chokeslam, however Bill jumps out of the grasp of Show and lands behind the giant. Big Show turns around and eats a huge sidekick to the jaw from Bill Goldberg. Big Show somehow remains standing, although he does so gingerly. Big Show dashes to the ring ropes behind him, bounces back and he breaks the giant in half with the third Spear in the match. Goldberg explodes back to his standing position and he stares at Big Show’s corner, right on time to see Tito Ortiz climbing back to it and immediately attempting to return to the inside of the ring. Goldberg advances toward him, but the referee Ken Shamrock stops him, telling Goldberg he’ll do it. Shamrock advances toward Ortiz and nails a killer straight right hand, for the second time knocking Tito Ortiz down from the apron. This done, Goldberg can refocus on his gigantic opponent, who is now getting back to his senses again. Goldberg measures Big Show waiting for him to get back to his feet. Groggily, Big Show does so, only to get Speared by Goldberg for the third time in the row. Goldberg taunts saying it’s over, and goes to make the cover.

However, suddenly he stops, and instead he walks toward his corner and tags Randy Couture in. Couture enters and he walks toward the floored Big Show. Couture performs a straddle pinfall. Ken Shamrock makes the count: 1…2…3.

Result: Randy Couture pins The Big Show


JBL: Please tell me Randy Couture didn’t just pin The Big Show.

Styles: Ok, I won’t tell you, but it happened alright.

JBL: Oh come on, all he did was cover an already beaten Big Show. Randy can’t be proud of that.

JR: A win is a win, and if you talk about not being proud, how about Tito Ortiz?

JBL: Oh come on, he even got attacked by the special referee. This match was biased from the very beginning.


Big Show rolls out of the ring and tries to get himself together on the outside of the ring. Bill Goldberg and Randy Couture celebrate in the middle of the ring lifting their hands up high. Ken Shamrock sees Tito Ortiz trying to enter the ring and he starts measuring him looking to punch him down of the apron again, however Randy tells him not to. Couture steps forward and he’s the one measuring Tito now. Randy finally storms toward Tito and tackles Ortiz down of the apron. Tito flies through the airs and he lands on top of The Big Show. Both Tito and Big Show remain knocked out on the floor of the outside.

JBL: Oh come on, this is plain embarrassing.


Couture, Shamrock and Goldberg all lift their hands in the air taunting to the Detroit fans, standing tall, here in WrestleBowl.



(When the spotlight fades and the glamour extinguishes, when the glory from WrestleBowl ends…the revengeful claim for retribution. The disappointed seek for revenge. Rippers search for their next victim. After WrestleBowl passes by, it’s time for men to be punished for their sins, carry their responsibilities and pay their dues. BTW presents…Busted Open)


We see a shot from the outside of the Ford Field.

Styles: Over 80 000 fans gather tonight in the Ford Field, thousands of fans watching at home, and most of it are thanks to this next match.

JBL: Joey, you and I have seen this rivalry born and evolve…

Styles: Rivalry? This has been the story of Crushing C using his position to unfairly punish Rikishi. But let’s take a look at this video that will recap it all for us.




“Samoan Coolness” plays to a huge ovation from the crowd as Rikishi makes his way out. Rikishi taunts to the stage to the fans, then makes his way down to the ramp. Rikishi isn’t smiling, he looks angry, all business, and ready to go. He enters the ring and raises his right hand taunting to the crowd, but again there isn’t a a smile on his face.

JR: You can see in that man’s face the anger, the anger he has felt inside for over a year.

Styles: But now JR, now he gets the boss in a No Holds Barred match, and somehow I think this is going to end up rather ugly.


“I’m in Charge” breaks through the PA system to a massive amount of boos from the Detroit fans as BTW’s GM, Crushing C, appears on the stage. Crushing C, unlike Rikishi, has a grin on his face, satisfied and obviously happy knowing that Rikishi has been destroyed in the last couple of weeks and is not 100% for tonight. Crushing C enters the ring and he stares at Rikishi. The referee rings the bell.





Rikishi and Crushing C stare at each other from opposite sides of the ring, with the intensity being obvious between the two. The samoan finally snaps and he storms toward Crushing C, clotheslining him down to the canvas. He then starts nailing the GM with a series of big straight right hands directed to the head of Crushing C. Rikishi doesn’t stop punching the head of his rival even when the referee tries to break in. Rikishi finally stops out of free will and gets back to his feet, then grabbing Crushing C by the hair Rikishi pulls him up to a vertical standing. Rikishi immediately walks toward the corner and he smashes the head of Crushing C against the turnbuckle. The samoan repeats the attack and smashes it once again. Rikishi smashes the head of his boss and nemesis once gain against the turnbuckle, shaking the brains of the evil Crushing C. Rikishi then grabs Crushing C by the back of the head and throws him over the top rope and to the outside of the ring, landing hard. The samoan remains on the inside of the ring taunting to the crowd. Crushing C pulls himself back to his feet laying his weight against the apron. Crushing C might have gotten back to his feet, but he hasn’t gotten far enough from Rikishi. Rikishi walks toward him and from the inside of the ring he grabs Crushing C by the hair, then mercilessly he pulls him up to the apron. Rikishi sets Crushing C, then he connects him with a Reverse Suplex from the apron down to the mat inside the ring. Rikishi looks down at his opponent, giving him a cold, dark look. Rikishi finally steps toward him and picks Crushing C up to his feet. Rikishi grabs Crushing C by the hair on the back of the head with his right hand, then starts connecting straight right hand after straight right hand, directly to the unprotected face of Crushing C. Crushing starts moving his hands in despair trying to grasp on to anything that could serve him as defense. What he finds is the referee’s shirt. Crushing C immediately pulls the referee right toward Rikishi, making Rikishi get away from Crushing C due to the coalition. Crushing C then takes advantage of this hole created by himself and he starts planting straight right hands to the head of the samoan. The punches are not very strong, but are delivered with such speed and in such a craze way that it forces Rikishi to back down toward a corner. Crushing C now connects him with a strong jab right to the jaw of his samoan opponent. Crushing C then humiliates Rikishi, as he slaps him. Crushing C steps back taking impulse, then turns around and storms in full speed toward the cornered samoan, however this time Rikishi is able to attack first as he puts his boot up and connects the running Crushing C right on the face knocking him down. Rikishi runs toward him and connects Crushing C with a powerful club right on the back of the neck, knocking Crushing C down to the canvas.

Rikishi taunts to the crowd and then grabs Crushing C by the neck of his shirt and pulls him up to a standing position. Rikishi then throws him hard toward the corner. The crowd roars as Rikishi has Crushing C cornered and opened to be attacked. The crowd continues cheering now even louder as he starts unloading straight right hands to the face and then he mixes up his punches with blows to the middle section. Rikishi runs doing a full circle ending in a clean run toward the cornered GM and then squashes him between the turnbuckle and the massive humanity of the Samoan himself. Rikishi then separates from the corner and grabs the staggering Crushing C and plants him with a sideslam. Rikishi gets back to his feet, and even though you would think he’s happy for punishing Crushing C, his face doesn’t show that. Rikishi rolls to the outside of the ring and starts searching from something under the weapon. He takes out a kendo stick. Rikishi slides back to the inside of the ring and starts taunting the floor GM, smacking the ring ropes with the kendo stick. Crushing C gingerly pulls himself up to a standing position, then unluckily turns around right into Rikishi, who receives him with a direct shot to the head, knocking Crushing C back to the canvas. The referee tries to control Rikishi, however there is really nothing he can do in a No Holds Barred match and to a big pop from the crowd Rikishi starts assaulting the floored Crushing C with the kendo stick. Rikishi finally stops his mauling and throws the kendo stick away. The camera zooms on the right arm of Crushing C, which along the back, was the body part that suffered the most punishment. The arm is already red and might turn into a darker bruise. Rikishi walks toward he threw the kendo stick and picks it back up, then walks back toward Crushing C. Rikishi, with his left hand occupied by holding the kendo stick, guides Crushing C back to his feet with the right hand. Rikishi places the kendo stick right over the throat of Crushing C, then sets him up and to the awe of the crowd Rikishi connects Crushing C with a kendo stick assisted Pump handle Slam. Rikishi stands in the middle of the ring and taunts to the crowd lifting his right hand. He then turns around, going to continue his long coming attack over Crushing C. Rikishi stares at Crushing C, who starts using the ring ropes as leverage to return to a standing position. Crushing C finally does so, however he isn’t able to remain over his two feet and he collapses backwards, ending laid against the ring ropes behind him. If it weren’t for the ropes, Crushing C might have fallen right back to the floor.

Rikishi measures the General Manager and he then storms toward Crushing C looking to connect him and ram him over the top rope, however Crushing C is somehow able to avoid it, and instead he lowers the top rope, letting Rikishi run all the way over the top rope and to the outside of the ring. Crushing C comes down to his knees losing his composure, but he shakes off the cobwebs and he rolls to the outside of the ring, following his opponent. Rikishi tries to get back to his feet, getting up to his knees, however Crushing C grabs his head and smashes right over the apron. Like an accordion, Rikishi bounces from the crash right back to his feet, but still groggy affected by the hit. Crushing C grabs Rikishi again by the back of the head and he throws him head first right into the ring post. Rikishi collides against it face first. Crushing C cockily smiles seeing Rikishi on the floor, with a newly opened cut on his face thanks to the ring post crashing. Rikishi crawls away from Crushing C, looking for something he can use to pull himself up. Crushing C walks toward Rikishi following him. Crushing C grabs Rikishi by the hair and pulls him up to his feet. Crushing C puts both his hands behind the back of the Samoan’s head, that way using all his strength to throw Rikishi over the announce table. JBL, Joey Styles and Jim Ross have to rapidly escape and that way not being squashed by Rikishi. That wasn’t truly necessary as Rikishi remains on top of the announcing table. Crushing C walks toward the table and from under Rikishi he pulls out the black lumber that serves as protection for the table and throws it away. He then grabs one of the monitors, rips out of its hole and throws it away. Crushing C grabs one of the cables remaining from the ripped monitor and he wraps it around the throat of Rikishi. Crushing C looks at the samoan right on the eyes before he starts choking him. Rikishi tries to defend himself, but quickly his air supply gets cut off, as Crushing C has the cable wrapped tight around the throat of Rikishi. Eventually, Rikishi stops fighting back, simply because he stops moving. It seems as if he passed out. Crushing C looks at this scene with a smile on his face. He steps away from the table. Crushing C’s face morphs from satisfaction and happiness, to hate. Hate towards Rikishi. Choking him out is not enough. Crushing C walks around the table and he gets behind it. Crushing C yells at Joey Styles telling him to get out of the way, as the commentator was trying to get back to his seat. Crushing C screams at the fans at ringside, telling them to get away. Crushing C climbs up to the guard rail, then taunts to the crowd lifting his arms up high. Crushing C looks down to Rikishi, who is still laid over the announcing table.

Crushing C finally leaps off from the guard rail, connecting Rikishi with a leg drop, breaking the table in the process. The crowd starts a holy shit chant, shocked at what they saw. However, the chant morphs into boos, once they realize the maneuver they are so shocked about was performed by Crushing C. Rikishi and Crushing C remain knocked out, laid to one another between what left of the announcing table. Slowly, both men start getting back to his feet. It is Crushing C the first one that recovers his standing position. He gingerly walks toward the apron. Rikishi goes toward the apron as well, only that he does so crawling. Crushing C, summoning strengths God knows from where, picks up Rikishi and rolls him to the inside of the ring. Crushing C slides to the interior of the squared circle following him. Apparently, Crushing C has fed his revenge hunger as he makes the cover, aiming to end the match: 1…2…, provoking a big pop from the crowd, Rikishi kicks out. Crushing C gets back to his feet and he stares angrily at the referee, then at the floored Rikishi. The crowd starts chanting for Rikishi, trying to motivate him into getting back into the match. Crushing C, not taking his eyes off from Rikishi, slowly removes his belt. Crushing C hoists his belt up high before he lashes Rikishi like an animal with it. Crushing does the same for a second time, then for a third, for a fourth, for a fifth, each time harder and faster. Crushing C finally stops this assault, but not ceases completely his attack as Crushing C extends the belt and uses it to again choke Rikishi. After about twenty seconds choking the Samoan, Crushing C throws the belt to his left, rolls Rikishi and makes the cover: 1…2…, Rikishi kicks out. Crushing C seems angry about it, but he quickly overcomes it and goes to continue his offense, as he rolls to the outside of the ring. Crushing C looks for his next weapon from under the ring, and he takes out a wooden baseball bat. Crushing C stares at Rikishi for a while from the outside of the ring, enjoying looking at how he struggles to get back to his feet. Finally, the GM returns to the inside of the ring and taunts to Rikishi and the crowd swinging the baseball bat back and forth. Rikishi is already up to one knee, continuing his efforts to get fully up to his feet. Crushing C hits the canvas with the bat announcing what’s next for his opponent. He finally storms toward the samoan looking to knock his head off with the baseball bat, but Rikishi, who is now fully back to his feet, is able to attack first as he connects the General Manager with a hard Sidekick, which impact sends Crushing rolling to the outside of the ring. Rikishi smiles and he follows his opponent to the outside, where he continues his assault planting Crushing C with big straight right hands. Rikishi then grabs Crushing C by the back of the head and throws him toward the ring post. Crushing C crashes with it head first. Rikishi whips out some of his blood covering his forehead and he rubs it over the face of Crushing C.

Rikishi grabs Crushing C by the back of the head again and then he begins crashing the head of his opponent repeatedly against the ring post and then to the apron, until he finally throws Crushing C back to the inside of the ring. Rikishi follows him and he puts the boots on the General Manager, stomping repeatedly the face of Crushing C. The samoan steps back and after looking around the Ford Field, Rikishi starts taunting Crushing C, waiting for him to get back to his feet. Crushing C slowly, not in a good shape thanks to all the punishment delivered by the revengeful Rikishi, starts getting up. The GM finally gets back to his feet and he turns around facing the Samoan. Rikishi immediately advances toward him and goes for the Savate Kick, which connects perfectly right on the face of Crushing C knocking him down to the mat. Rikishi measures him and connects a big leg drop across the throat and chest. Rikishi then, with a maniacal smile on his face, drags the general manager by one arm close to the corner. The crowd roars knowing what’s next. Rikishi climbs to the second rope turning his back to the inside of the ring and after a few seconds of expectation, Rikishi finally connects Crushing C with a chest and sternum crushing Banzai Drop. Rikishi gets up to his feet and stares at Crushing C. He doesn’t capitalize on the maneuver of makes the cove, he just stares at Crushing C, who isn’t even moving. However, and out of nowhere, a man slides to the inside of the ring. The camera first can’t see who he is as his back is the one on camera shot, but when the camera angle changes, we see that it is AJ Styles, who has a chair on his hands. He waits for Rikishi to turn around. The samoan finally does so and gets immediately planted by a powerful shot to the head with the steel chair shot that knocks him out. The crowd heavily boos at all of this. Styles has a big bandage covering his head, still feeling the effects of the Monster’s Ball match from earlier in the evening. AJ then drags Crushing C and puts him on top of Rikishi: 1…2…, Rikishi kicks out! AJ cannot believe it. He drags Crushing C away from Rikishi then grabbing the Samoan by the head starts guiding him up to his feet. AJ measures the groggy Rikishi, turns around and connects him with the Pele Kick. Styles walks back toward Crushing C and again he drags him and puts him on top of Rikishi. The referee looks disgusted but he has to make the cover: 1…2…, Rikishi kicks out yet again! AJ Styles seems totally infuriated about this, not knowing how the hell Rikishi still manages to keep kicking out. AJ grabs Rikishi by the hair and pulls him up back to a standing position.


AJ turns around giving his back to Rikishi probably going for yet another Pele Kick, however the Samoan snaps back to his senses and he pushes AJ away toward the ring ropes. Styles goes against the ropes, however he jumps to the second rope and springboards, moonsaulting over Rikishi and perfectly executing Phenomenon, as he lands behind the Samoan hooking him in an Inverted Facelock. AJ goes to drop him connecting his Reverse DDT, however Rikishi reverses with an arm twist turning it into a Samoan Drop. Rikishi explodes back to his feet, screaming out loud venting his frustrations. Rikishi walks toward Crushing C and he drags him before putting it on top of AJ Styles. Rikishi walks toward the corner and he climbs to the second rope. He turns his head measuring Crushing C and AJ Styles below, before finally letting himself fell performing another Banzai Drop. Crushing C however somehow manages to roll out of the way avoiding the crash, and letting AJ Styles take all the damage. AJ Styles contorts in pain holding his chest, then slowly he rolls out of the ring. Rikishi gets up and turns around looking for Crushing C, however he gets connected by a shot to the knee by the GM, who recovered and grabbed the baseball bat. Crushing C slowly gathers himself together and gets back to his feet. Crushing C throws the baseball bat at Rikishi, crashing it right on the head. Crushing C rolls to the outside of the ring and from under the ring he takes out a table. Crushing C slides to the inside of the ring, then again starts looking from something else. The GM finally takes out a pair of handcuffs. The crowd heavily boos as Crushing C slides back to the inside of the ring with the handcuffs in hand. Crushing C walks toward Rikishi and grabs the right hand of the Samoan, looking to lock it inside the handcuffs, however Rikishi out powers Crushing C and forces his hand right against the throat of Crushing C. Rikishi gets back to his feet without releasing the GM, then Rikishi hoists his opponent over his head, Military Pressing him. Rikishi walks toward the ring ropes, then mercilessly he throws Crushing C from over his head all the way down to the guard rail. Crushing C hurts his throat against the steel of the barricade. Rikishi stares at Crushing C still from the inside of the ring, and when the GM starts recovering, he gets out from the ring to the apron. Rikishi measures his opponent and waits for him to turn around. Finally Crushing C does so, and Rikishi flies through the airs coming from the apron and right into Crushing C connecting him with a Double Axe Handle right to the neck, doubling Crushing C in pain. Rikishi grabs the plastic like protector of the concrete floor of the outside and he removes it, leaving the cement exposed.

Rikishi grabs Crushing C by the hair and guides him up to his feet. He locks Crushing C in a front waistlock, used as a set up to connect Crushing C with a side belly to belly suplex right into the exposed concrete floor. Rikishi slowly gets back to his feet, and when he does so, he walks toward the announcing table. He reaches it and he asks the time keeper to give him the steel chair he was sitting in. Rikishi grabs it and he slides it to the inside of the ring. Rikishi grabs Crushing C and just as he threw the chair to the inside, he throws Crushing C into the ring. Rikishi follows him and back in the ring, Rikishi grabs the steel chair and unfolds it in the middle of the ring, then he picks up Crushing C guiding him up to his feet, however he gets stopped as AJ Styles starts crawling up to the apron. Rikishi sees him. He releases Crushing C, then storms toward AJ Styles, tackling him off from the apron, propelling AJ Styles from the apron all the way to the guard rail, crashing against it head first. The referee calls for officials and EMTs to come from the back. They answer to the referee’s calling and they rush down the ramp to help AJ Styles. They pick the Phenomenal up and finally take him away and to the back. Rikishi stares at all of this, getting distracted from Crushing C. Rikishi finally turns around going to continue his attack, however he gets received by a baseball bat aided low blow. The Samoan immediately collapses down to his knees holding his nuts in pain. Crushing C measures the kneeled Rikishi, then mercilessly swings the baseball bat connecting his opponent right on the face. Rikishi starts bleeding even more profusely, getting his wound reopened. Crushing C makes the cover: 1…2…, Rikishi kicks out! Crushing C wipes out the sweet from his forehead then goes to continue the attack on his opponent. He grabs the steel chair and sets it closer to Rikishi. Crushing C then picks his opponent up and grabbing Rikishi by the back of the head starts trying to throw Rikishi face flat against the steel of the chair, however Rikishi shows his resilience blocking the attempts, but even though Rikishi is blocking and fighting back, his face remains expressionless, his brain still affected by the huge baseball bat shot. Rikishi starts nailing body shots right to the ribs of Crushing C, finally accomplishing to hurl the GM away. Rikishi dashes to the ring ropes behind and comes right back toward Crushing C, however Crushing C reacts first and he drop toe holds the running Rikishi dropping him right into the set steel chair. Rikishi hits his throat on the chair, horribly hurting it. Rikishi immediately starts coughing blood. The crowd buzzes, everyone worried about the well being of the Samoan.

Crushing C walks toward the table, still laid on the canvas. Crushing C picks it up and sets it close to the corner. Crushing C turns around and stares at the floored Samoan. He then drops down to the canvas and gets right in the face of Rikishi, and to a lot of boos from the Detroit fans, he continues his yearlong humiliation tactics on Rikishi, as he badmouths him, telling “this is what you deserve you son of a bitch. Did you enjoy it? Uh, did you enjoy it you fat son of a bitch.” Crushing C slaps Rikishi. He continues staring at the Samoan before he slaps him for the second time. Rikishi seems to have gotten fired up by this and he starts trying to get up, he starts fighting his way back to his feet, just like he has done for all this year. Crushing C however puts a stop to this attempts connecting a vicious kick to the face of Rikishi, knocking his opponent down to the canvas. Crushing C finally picks Rikishi by the hair and as always when handling Rikishi, Crushing C summons all his strengths and guides the Samoan back to his feet. Crushing C gets Rikishi in a front facelock and starts walking backwards, taking Rikishi closer and closer to the already set table. But before Crushing C is able to do anything, the bleeding Rikishi gets a rush of adrenaline and he turns the situation in his favor as out of nowhere he back body drops Crushing C. Rikishi quickly unfolds and grabs the steel chair. Crushing C turns around and storms right back toward the Samoan, only to receive a hard shot to the face by Rikishi who uses the steel chair. Rikishi’s body gets filled with anger and he unleashes it all over Crushing C, blasting the steel chair all over the humanity of his boss. Rikishi bends and gets face to face to the knocked out Crushing C and tells him “Yes, and I am enjoying this”, before smashing the chair right on the temple of Crushing C. Rikishi drops the steel chair to his right, then grabs Crushing C by the hair with both his hands and slowly guides him up to his feet. Once he gets up to a standing position, Rkishi shoves him backwards and closer to a corner. Crushing C has a gash on the side of the head, product of the last chair shot Rikishi gave him. Rikishi picks up again his weapon of choice, the steel chair, and blasts Crushing C yet again with it right on the face. Crushing C collapses backwards, ending motionless sitting on the canvas laid against the corner. The Detroit crowd explodes knowing what Rikishi does to his opponents when they end up in that same position. Rikishi stares at the floored Crushing C, and not removing his eyes from him, he lifts his arms up high and he announces what’s next, confirming to the crowd what they already know he was going to do. The taunt is rare as even though Rikishi is “raising the roof”, his face shows no happiness, and all it shows is anger and hunger for revenge.

Rikishi walks toward Crushing, and incrementing the cheers from the audience he turns around, putting his ass closer to the face of his boss. Finally, Rikishi forces his ass into the face of Crushing C, performing his Stink Face as he rubs his ass all over the face of Crushing C. Rikishi stops it and walks away from Crushing C. The stink face finally drew a smile on his face. Rikishi grabs Crushing C by the arm, pulls him back to his feet and then towards him, connecting a Samoan Drop. Rikishi gets back to his feet and screams “YEAHHH” out loud, staring then at the knocked out, bloodied Crushing C knowing he is getting his payback. Rikishi turns around and he sees the table already set close to a corner. Rikishi immediately rolls to the outside of the ring and he starst looking from something under the ring. He takes out yet another table. Rikishi slides to the inside of the ring, then he does the same returning to the interior of the squared circle. Rikishi picks up the table and walks toward the already set table. Rikishi puts the recently brought table over the already set table, and he then sets his table over it, completing the two table tower. Rikishi walks toward Crushing C and picks him back to his feet. He grabs him by the hair on the back of the head and gets forehead to forehead with him. Rikishi then says to him “I want you to see me break you, in two!” Rikishi then picks up Crushing C and hoists him over his head in a Military Press. Rikishi walks toward the table tower and sets Crushing right on top. Rikishi then leaves the ring to the apron and walks toward the corner, climbing to the top rope. Rikishi looks down measuring the distance between the corner and the tower table. Everyone in attendance are on their feet, getting their cameras ready for the big moment. Crushing C remains immobile on top of the two tables, stacked one over the other. Rikishi slowly gets ready in the perfect position, with his back turned to the inside of the ring. The crowd rallies behind him and starts a huge “Rikishi” chant, which prompts a smile on Rikishi’s face that he cannot hide. Finally, Rikishi leaps off from the top rope connecting a huge Banzai Drop that squashes Crushing C and puts him through the two stacked tables. Rikishi also suffers a little in the maneuver, and he remains floored on the canvas next to immobile Crushing C, who after this might very well be dead. Rikishi gets himself back to his feet and raises his right hand up high taunting to the crowd. He then looks down to the carcass of Crushing C, bloodied and not moving. Rikishi drops down to his knees and makes the cover, the crowd counts along with the referee: 1…2…3.

Result: Rikishi defeats Crushing C.


Styles: He has done it! Rikishi exorcised his demons and just defeated Crushing C!

JBL: How can you be happy about that? Crushing C is badly hurt, and he needs help NOW!

Styles: Oh, it couldn’t have happened to a nicer man.


Rikishi’s face reflects what indeed happened: he got a huge weight off from his back. He finally gave Crushing C what he had coming. The referee walks toward him and raises his hand announcing him as the winner, then quickly calls back the EMTs and officials.

JBL: Yeah, bring them out. My God, our boss might very well be dead.


EMTs come from the back with a stretcher. They rush down the ramp and leave the stretcher at ringside. Two officials go to the inside of the ring and they pick Crushing C up, then carefully they take him out of the ring and place him on top of the stretcher. Rikishi watches all of this with a smile on his face.

JR: You never want to see a man severely hurt, but in this case…


Officials and EMTs finally take up the ramp the stretcher, carrying Crushing C to the back to receive medical help. Rikishi looks at him leave, and mockingly he waves at him. Crushing C apparently has something inside of him as he lifts his head a little so that he can watch Rikishi and then he shows Rikishi his middle finger. Rikishi does nothing but laugh at this.

JR: As long as the devil is breathing.


Rikishi stands alone in the middle of the ring and he soaks in the huge ovation from the Detroit fans. Suddenly, lights go out. Fans buzz not knowing what is happening, but a few seconds after they start cheering as neon blue and pink lights flash all over the arena and music starts playing, revealing Rikishi dancing in the middle of the ring celebrating his victory!

Styles: Haha, it is Rikishi’s first ever BTW dance, and it happens right here, in WrestleBowl!

JR: But moving on ladies and gentlemen, folks all around the home, this has been a hell of a night, but it’s time for the cherry on top of it, the BTW World Heavyweight Championship Match.

JBL: We have seen a lot of things here tonight, but nothing, nothing is more important than this.

JR: Brock Lesnar, Triple H, collide here, and now.



We see Motorhead ready to perform.

Lemmy: Two…

It's time to play the game...
Time to play the game! Ha ha

It's all about the game and how you play it.
All about control and if you can take it.
All about your debt and if you can pay it.
It's all about pain and who's gonna make it.

I am the game, you don't wanna play me.
I am control, no way you can change me.
I am heavy debt, no way you can pay me.
I am the pain and I know you can't take me.

Look over your shoulder, ready to run.
Like a good little bitch, from a smoking gun.
I am the game and I make the rules.
So move on out here and die like a fool.
Try to figure out what my moods gonna be.
Come on over sucker, why don't you ask me?
Don't you forget that the price you can pay
Cause I am the game and I want to play....


Pyro
Pyro
Pyro


A hole opens in the stage in between Motorhead and slowly the BTW World Heavyweight Champion gets elevated. HHH reaches the stage and he paces in between Motorhead taunting to the crowd. The World Championship shimmers around his waist. HHH drinks from his bottle and spits the water making his classic taunt. HHH gets down of the stage and starts walking down the ramp towards the ring.


I am the game, you don't wanna play me.
I am control, no way you can change me.
I am heavy debt, no way you can pay me.
I am the pain and I know you can't take me.

Look over your shoulder, ready to run.
Like a good little bitch, from a smoking gun.
I am the game and I make the rules.
So move on out here and die like a fool.
Try to figure out what my moods gonna be.
Come on over sucker, why don't you ask me?
Don't you forget that the price you can pay
Cause I am the game and I want to play....


HHH, now on the apron, again drinks water and spits it, doing the Game fountain. Triple H steps to the inside of the ring and climbs to every corner taunting to the crowd showing off the gold around his waist.


It's all about the game and how you play it.
It's all about control and if you can take it.
It's all about your debt and if you can pay it.
It's all about pain and who's gonna make it.

I am the game, you don't wanna play me.
I am control, there's no way you can change me.
I am your debt, and you know you can't pay me.
I am your pain and I know you can't take me.

Play the game
Your gonna be the same
Your gonna change your name
Your gonna die in flames

Ha ha

Time to play the game!
It's time to play the game...
It's time to play the game...
It's time to play the game...
Time to play the game! Ha ha


Triple H paces on the inside of the ring and when Motorhead ends his song he points at Lemmy prompting the crowd to applaud him. Motorhead gets a standing ovation.


JBL: JR, there’s only one man good enough to have worldwide famous band Motorhead perform your theme song, and that, is The Game.

Styles: Let’s see if he can wrestle tonight as good as his entrance was.

JBL: Are you kidding me? He is the Game, he lives for nights like this. He is built for championship matches.

JR: There I agree. I won’t be trading Christmas cards with Triple H, but I won’t be the one to deny the god given ability of the Cerebral Assassin.



“Here Comes the Pain” plays to a massive ovation from the crowd as Brock Lesnar makes his way out from the back. Brock stands on the stage and there he makes his classic jogging, getting more and more fired up. Lesnar starts making his way down the ramp, not removing his eyes from the champion, who waits for him on the inside of the ring. Brock stops at ringside and again he starts jogging. Triple H starts badmouthing him. Brock finally leaps up to the apron. The moment his feet touch the apron a ton of pyro trigger coming off from the ring posts. Brock enters the ring and he stands in the middle of the ring.





Triple H and Brock Lesnar stare at each other. HHH has a confident grin on his face, while Brock Lesnar uses the top rope to stretch. The referee finally rings the bell and immediately both men step to the middle of the ring and they start circling each other. Triple H out of a sudden stops and takes a step towards Lesnar. Triple H then starts pointing at the crowd, taunting Brock Lesnar. The Game then passes his hands over his waist and tells at Brock: “I’m the champion.” Lesnar flashes a smile at this and both men continue circling each other. They finally meet in the middle of the ring in a collar elbow tie up. Both men try to overpower the other one. Triple H starts getting the advantage as he makes Brock Lesnar back down. Lesnar however lashes out and he hurls Triple H down to the canvas over his back all the way to the corner. Triple H, down from the corner, looks up to Brock Lesnar, a little surprised at being overpowered this easily by the challenger. Brock taunts at Triple H as he does his characteristic jogging. Triple H snaps at this and gets right back to his feet and avalanches toward his challenger, both entering another collar elbow tie up. Nobody gets the clear advantage at first, but Brock finally overpowers The Game again and hurls him backwards sending Triple H down to the canvas. Brock realizes Triple H is staring at him infuriated at how the match is starting and trying to get on his mind, Brock performs again his jogging. Triple H gets back up and for the third time he goes toward Brock Lesnar meeting another tie up. But this time, instead of letting it as a power comparison, Triple H uses his brains to get the advantage, driving his knee to the middle section of the Next Big Thing doubling him in pain. Triple H follows up with a hard punch right to the forehead, imprinting his knuckles on the face of Brock. Triple H connects a second right hand weakening Brock Lesnar and then he locks in a side headlock. Triple H applies with strength trying to drain all the energy he can out of his challenger. Before Brock finds his way out of the maneuver, Triple H morphs the hold floating over Lesnar and going behind him locking him in a hammerlock. Triple H keeps it locked in, then slowly he puts his right boot behind the left knee of Brock Lesnar, finally staggering Brock away in a very humiliating way. Brock gets back to his feet and turns around staring at Triple H, who answers with a really cocky attitude, asking Brock Lesnar to bring it. Brock dashes toward The Game looking to knock him down with a clothesline, however Triple H ducks the attempt letting Brock pass by. Lesnar turns around and Triple H locks him in another side headlock. He keeps it locked in for a couple of seconds, then Triple H takes down Brock to the canvas. The Game keeps the lock, however Brock Lesnar counters with leg scissors, wrapping his tree like legs around the head of Triple H.

Triple manages to slither out of the hold and both men get back to their feet. The crowd gets even hotter as both men stare at one another. Brock and Triple H walk away from each other backwards to different ends of the ring, then they start circling each other once again. The Cerebral Assassin starts doing what he does best, messing with the head of his opponent; playing mind games. Triple H runs his mouth telling at Lesnar “you don’t belong here. You know that don’t you?” Brock finally has enough of it and he storms toward Triple H looking for a clothesline, but yet again Triple H ducks avoiding the decapitating blow letting Brock pass by. Lesnar turns around and Triple H starts unloading haymakers, connecting straight right hand after straight right hand. Lesnar tries to lash out with a punch, but Triple H ducks again and continues unfolding punches to the face of the Next Big Thing. The crowd doesn’t like how the match is going and they start chanting Brock’s name out loud. Triple H continues his slug fest over Brock, but the crowd support seems to motivate Brock as he, again, bringing his power game into play, just pushes Triple H away. Triple H gets hurled all the way across the ring toward the ring ropes. The Game bounces back and goes toward Brock, however Lesnar, probably still a little dizzy from all the punches he endured, bends a little too early which allows the champion to connect with his facebreaker knee smash. Brock takes the hit and collapses down to one knee. Triple H goes to follow up this attack and he dashes to the ring ropes on his right. The Game comes right back looking to attack Brock, but Lesnar reacts first and connects a brutal kneeled clothesline, bringing The Game down to the canvas. Brock makes the first cover of the match: 1…2…, Triple H kicks out. Brock will have to do much more to end The King of King’s title reign. Apparently Brock knows that as without even arguing with the referee he gets back to his feet going to continue the match. Lesnar grabs The Game by the hair and pulls him back to his feet. He locks in a reverse waistlock, lifts Triple H up and then explodes toward the corner, squashing Triple H against the turnbuckles. Brock focuses his attack on the middle section of the champion, as he starts to repeatedly connect his characteristic turnbuckle thrusts, practically breaking the champion in half. The referee steps in and he tells Brock to step away, creating some separation and letting Triple H catch a short break. It is indeed rather short as Brock shoves the referee away and again goes toward Triple H going to hit another shoulder thrust, however this time Triple H has the attack telegraphed and he moves out of the way letting Brock go all the way through the ropes until his shoulder meets the steel of the ring post hurting himself.

Triple H walks and gets behind the hurt Brock Lesnar. Lesnar slowly pulls himself away from the ring post. He gets back to his feet and turns around, only to get clotheslined by Triple H. The clothesline rolls him over the top rope to the outside of the ring. Triple H doesn’t follow Brock to the outside of the ring, and instead he walks to the middle of the ring where he taunts at the crowd, taking pride at how he has gotten the best of Brock Lesnar so long in the match. The crowd responds mostly with boos toward the champion, although there is a contingent cheering and applauding the actions of The King of Kings. Brock Lesnar however recovers really fast on the outside and quickly he slides back to the inside of the ring. Triple H has his back turned on him, too busy taunting to the crowd. He finally turns around and walks right into Brock, who connects a big straight right hand that makes Triple H staggers backwards and then drops to one knee. Triple H bounces up like an accordion and throws a punch of his own trying to answer back, however the challenger blocks and lands a second punch. Triple H takes it the same way and then tries to once again answer back, only to get blocked and punch for the second time. Triple H gets staggered backwards and when he goes back to Brock, he throws an even harder, angrier shot, however Lesnar easily avoids it stepping backwards. Triple H threw the punch with such strength that he spins not being able to control his own strength. Brock rushes toward The Game and locks him, now that he has his back turned on him thanks to the spin, in a waistlock, used as a set up for a huge German Suplex. Brock Lesnar explodes back to his feet and taunts to the crowd flexing his pectorals and screaming out loud. Triple H gets slowly back to his feet, but Brock quickens his rising by grabbing him by the head and pulling The Game up. Brock then picks Triple H up and slams him down to the mat. Having the champion grounded, Brock retakes the middle section he previously punished with his turnbuckle thrusts and locks in a grounded Bearhug. Triple H’s face gets face rather fast, quickly losing his breath while being inside this variation of a Bearhug. However, Triple H digs deep in and resourcefully The Game digs his fingers into the eyeballs of Brock, forcing him to let him go. The referee verbally grounds Triple H for his actions as soon as he gets back to his feet. Brock, blinded as he has his right hand over his eyes, starts getting back to his feet getting up to one forearm and his knee. Triple H walks toward him and kicks him right on the left calf, collapsing him back down to the mat.

Triple H puts the boots over Brock Lesnar, stomping all over the left leg of Brock, focusing all his attack over that body part. The Game grabs the leg of Brock Lesnar, puts it under his armpit not releasing it with his arms, and then Triple H snaps backwards, pulling the leg of Lesnar down with him, in an attempt of punishing more Brock’s leg by hyper extending the knee. Triple H makes the cover hooking exactly the left leg of Brock and crossing it over Brock’s own humanity: 1…2…. Lesnar kicks out. Triple H doesn’t seem too affected by this as he is clearly looking forward to inflict more pain to the leg of Brock. The Game gets back to his feet and he grabs again Brock’s left leg and drags him closer to the middle of the ring. There, Triple H drops his right elbow across the leg of Lesnar, punishing it more. Triple H stays on top of the leg and using his arm as leverage point, he pulls and bends the leg of Brock into awkward angles. Triple H finally breaks this hold and gets back to his feet. He grabs Brock by the head and brings him slowly back to his feet. Triple H sets Brock and then drops him over his right leg connecting an inverted atomic drop. With this, The Game now has attacked both Triple H’s legs, severely weakening the vertical standing of the Next Big Thing. Triple H doesn’t release the leg of Brock and when Lesnar collapses down to the canvas, Triple H spins over the right leg of Lesnar aiming to lock in the Figure Four Leg Lock. The crowd undeniably “Wooos”, remembering Triple H’s long time mentor, the Nature Boy Ric Flair. However, when Triple H spins over the leg, Brock counters using his other leg to kick Triple H on the lower back hurling him away. Triple H gets staggered toward the ring ropes in front of him. His chest hits the ropes and bounces back right toward Brock, who favoring his more punished left leg gets back to his feet, hooks the champion up and connects him with the second German Suplex of the match. Triple H crawls away from Brock Lesnar, trying to escape out of the ring. The Game reaches the apron before he gets grabbed by Brock Lesnar. From inside the ring, the challenger picks Triple H by the hair and brings him up to his feet in the apron. Brock sets Triple H and connects a suplex bringing him the hard way back to the inside of the ring. Brock makes the cover: 1…2…, Triple H kicks out. Brock remembers of his strategy earlier in the match and stays over Triple H, not letting him breath, locking in the Bearhug again. Triple H starts searching for a way out with despair, moving his arms all over the place looking for a way out. Finally, Triple H starts getting up to his knees trying to recover his vertical standing, however Brock tightens up his lock over the ribs of Triple H bringing him back down to the canvas.

Brock Lesnar floats over the floored Triple H and showing his mat wrestling abilities thanks to his amateur background, changes his bearhug into a front facelock, wrapping his huge arms around the neck of Triple H cutting down his air supply. Brock then drops down from his knees to his ass sitting on the canvas, keeping the facelock synched in. Brock then starts trying to pull backwards to successfully lock in a guillotine. Triple H however manages to turn that situation into his favor as he lets himself go over Brock Lesnar, forcing his weight over him making Brock indeed go backwards all the way over his shoulders getting put in a pinfall situation: 1…2…, Brock kicks out breaking up the lock and letting Triple H free. Both men get back to their feet. Triple H seems slower, as he holds his middle section in pain, even breathing heavier. Brock walks toward him looking to attack him, but even though The Game’s physique is hurt, his brains aren’t. and he receives Brock with direct kick to the left leg doubling Brock in pain. Triple H gathers himself and he dashes to the ring ropes behind him, then bounces back looking to mount some offense, however Brock reacts first snapping back to his feet and connecting a huge over the head belly-to-belly suplex. Brock crawls toward Triple H and makes the cover, putting all his weight over Triple H not only making it harder to kick out, but punishing more the ribs of The Game: 1…2…, Triple H still kicks out keeping the match going. Brock gets back to his feet and he grabs Triple H by the arm and pulls him up with him. Brock tries to Irish Whip The Game to the corner, however the BTW World Champion shows signals of life and he blocks this attempt, finally looking to counter them, sidestepping and instead he tries to Irish Whip Lesnar. But Brock counters Triple H’s counters throwing the King of Kings to the corner he originally intended to. The Game gets irish whipped so hard that he rolls over the corner, falling to the outside of the ring. Brock remains on the inside of the ring for a couple of seconds, hitting his own left calf trying to bring back some feeling into it. Brock Lesnar finally walks to the outside of the ring. There, he picks Triple H up and Irish Whips him hard toward the guard rail. Triple H collides against it hitting his chest against the steel of the barricade, however, that isn’t all, as Triple H gets thrown with such strength that he rolls over the guard rail landing over his back. The fans at ringside barely have time to get out of the way. Fans there are pumped to have the World Heavyweight Champion so close to them –between them, and so they cheer for him to get back to his feet and into the fight. Triple H starts doing so and he crawls toward the barricade. Triple H grabs the edge of the guard rail and uses it to get back to his feet. Brock gives him more assistance pulling him completely back to his feet by the hair.

Brock Lesnar sets him up and then brings him back to the ringside area with a hard suplex. Triple H lands hard over his spine. Brock notices that the count out of the referee is about to reach eight and knowing that he cannot win the championship via count out, he quickly rolls back to the inside of the ring, and despite the referee tells him to keep it inside the ring, Brock rolls back to the outside. Brock picks Triple H and guides him back to his feet, then, he sets the champion over his right shoulder and storms toward the ring ropes, finally driving The Game shoulder first against the ring post. Brock grabs The Game before he falls down to the canvas and throws him back to the inside of the ring. Brock slides to the interior as well and there he makes the cover: 1…2…, Triple H kicks out again. The close pinfalls seem to start getting to Brock Lesnar, as his face show a shadow of frustration. Brock however gets back to his feet and he starts bringing The Game up with him, however Triple H, in a clear veteran like maneuver, hits a series of fast clubs to the left leg of Brock Lesnar, forcing him to let him go. Triple H shakes off the cobwebs, crawls away and then gets back to his feet. The Game grabs the hurt Lesnar and throws him toward the ring ropes. Triple H dashes behind him and as soon as Brock Lesnar bounces back, Triple H receives him with his high knee strike right to the jaw, knocking him down to the canvas. Triple H gets his hair out of his face and walks toward the corner. Triple H lays against it and after a couple of seconds in which he takes deep breaths gathering all the energies he can, The Game dashes toward the floored Brock Lesnar and channeling Harley Race he connects a huge knee drop to the forehead of Brock Lesnar. Triple H gets back to his feet and he gets in an awaiting position, where he, well awaits Brock Lesnar to get back to his feet. Triple H has his hands held up high in expectation, clearly going for the Pedigree, knowing that if Brock Lesnar keeps attacking his ribs he won’t last much longer in this match. Lesnar slowly starts putting his left knee over the canvas trying to get up, however Lesnar’s leg gives up on him collapsing and bringing Lesnar back down to the canvas. Triple H can’t wait anymore and he walks toward him. Triple H sets the head of the Next Big Thing between his thighs, and then hooks both arms of Brock Lesnar, setting him for the Pedigree. However, before Triple H can connect it, Brock Lesnar dugs under countering with arm twist. Brock then wraps both his arms around the humanity of Triple H and connecs him with a side belly to belly suplex. Lesnar is still in a lot of pain though and he immediately takes his hands to the left leg. Lesnar however takes in t pain and slowly starts getting back to his feet. Brock walks toward Triple H and picks him up grabbing him by the head, only to then snapmare him back down to the canvas. There, Brock wraps his arms around Triple H, refocusing his attack over him exploiting his amateur wrestling knowledge.

Triple H’s face is completely red and he is already coughing, having a hard time breathing, however, he shows his own resilience as he starts getting back to his feet. The Game slowly recovers his standing position, however he still has Brock Lesnar behind him, with his huge arms wrapped around him. Triple H starts fighting back connecting a series of elbow strikes right to the jaw of Brock, until he finally releases him. Both men storm toward one another. Brock Lesnar reacts first and he tries to hoist Triple H over his head with either a back body drop over or an over the head Belly to Belly suplex, we never get to know as Triple H counters, well, not exactly counters, but more as Brock Lesnar not being able to hoist The Game up as his leg gives on him again. Triple H lands behind Brock Lesnar, and manages to turn the situation in his favor with a chop block. Triple H gets back to his feet and he drags Brock Lesnar back to the middle of the ring, where this time he indeed manages to lock him in the Figure Four Leglock. The crowd answers with Woos, but soon they turn back into Brock Lesnar’s favor, cheering him into getting out of this predicament. Brock Lesnar screams in pain, suffering a big amount of pain on his already hurt left leg and feeling how his right leg gets hurt as well. Brock tries to fight out and break the maneuver with his own hands, however he loses most of his strengths and collapses down to the canvas. The referee makes the count: 1…2…, Brock gets up, only to continue suffering in the Figure Four Leg Lock. Brock again tries to break the hold with his own hands, only to then again get exhausted and end flat on his back: 1…2…, Brock kicks out getting back in the painful predicament. Finally, Brock Lesnar changes strategy, and instead of trying to break the maneuver, know he tries to shift his weight, ending over his belly turning the leverage into his favor. Triple H tries to block this attempts, however Brock is determined in doing so and using all his power he finally does so, ending over his stomach and making Triple H be the one in pain. Quickly, Triple H breaks the hold ending his own pain. However, it is Brock Lesnar who is in more pain, and he doesn’t get back to his feet. Instead, he remains on the canvas grabbing his left leg with a pain grin painted on his face. Triple H slowly gets back to his feet and he, like a merciless shark, grabs the left leg of his opponent and drags him toward the ring ropes. Triple H puts the foot of Lesnar over the bottom rope, then grabbing the top rope Triple H pulls himself up, finally then landing all his weight on top of the leg of Lesnar making him scream in pain. Triple H doesn’t release the top rope and again he pulls himself up and again lands right in top of the boot of Brock Lesnar. Triple H grins knowing he is punishing big time the leg of his challenger.

Triple H screams at the crowd taunting the audience before repeating the punishment. The Game grabs the top rope again and pulls himself up, however, Brock Lesnar gets back to his senses and as Triple H hoists himself up Brock Lesnar kicks him in the behind propelling him upwards and sending Triple H over the top rope. Triple H ends up on the apron and being in a better condition than Brock Lesnar he gets faster back to a standing position. Triple H stares at Brock and then he walks to the corner and from the apron he uncharacteristically climbs to the top rope. The crowd gets involved and they heavily cheer for Brock Lesnar. The Next Big Thing finally gets back to his feet, although turning his back on the champion. Lesnar turns around and Triple H tries something new in his moveset as he flies through the airs right into Brock. However, Lesnar shows why Triple H doesn’t go to the top rope very often as he catches him in mid air getting him right over his shoulders in a sitting position. Lesnar turns to the middle of the ring and there he Powerbombs Triple H. However, Brock doesn’t release Triple H and instead, he picks him right back to his feet going for a second consecutive Powerbomb. However, the legs of Lesnar start crumbling. Brock tries to Powerbomb him anyways, however he just can’t with his hurt base and Triple H manages to jump out of the maneuver landing behind Brock Lesnar. Triple H turns around and he quickly grabs the legs of Lesnar, pulling him and knocking him down to the canvas. The Game flips Brock Lesnar over his back, not releasing the legs of Lesnar, and then, he locks in another leg punishing submission maneuver as he gets Brock Lesnar in his version of an Indian Deathlock. Brock screams in pain as Triple H pulls and pulls the legs of his opponent, punishing Brock and making him scream. It doesn’t take long before Brock extends his right hand showing he might tap soon. The crowd cheers and chants for Brock Lesnar, trying to motivate him out of tapping out. Brock screams in pain, and all his body disposure shows he might be seconds away from tapping out. Brock starts crawling toward the ring ropes, looking for a way out, but before Brock gets even close to the ropes, Triple H breaks the lock, grabs Lesnar by the right leg and pulls him back to the middle of the ring –purgatory. There, Triple H modifies his hold and he locks in a leglace, wrapping both his legs around Brock’s own left leg. Brock growls in pain. His face is now red showing all the effort he’s doing trying to get out of this painful submission hold. Brock however, realizing he has his right leg free, uses it and starts kicking Triple H directly in the face, until finally The Game can’t take it anymore and he has to break the submission hold. Triple H gets right back to his feet and taking advantage Brock can’t do so and remains laid on the canvas, he grabs his legs trying to lock in another submission maneuver, but Brock refuses to get locked in another of Triple H’s submission holds and he kicks Triple H hurling him away.

Triple H crosses the ring, then he bounces back to the ring ropes. Triple H comes right back to Brock Lesnar, who snaps back to his feet and receives Triple H with a huge Spinebuster. Triple H contorts like a worm in hurting his middle section again. Brock limps away from Triple H and he gets in awaiting, taunting position, waiting for Triple H to get back to his feet. Slowly, the World Champion does so, walking right into Brock who gets him over his shoulders in a fireman’s carry. The crowd pops as they know what’s coming: The F-5. Brock swings for it but Triple H slithers out of the maneuver, sliding down from the shoulders of Lesnar. Brock turns around and he gets kicked in the middle section making him double in pain. Triple H then sets him up in a front facelock looking for his trademarked snap DDT, however when he drops backwards Brock Lesnar blocks the maneuver staying over his two feet, letting Triple H drop to the canvas alone over his back. Triple H immediately crawls away from Brock finding refugee on the ring ropes. Brock Lesnar walks toward him and starts stomping him. The referee walks toward Brock and he tells him he has to leave Triple H alone as he’s grabbing the rope. Brock doesn’t listen to him and he shoves him away pushing him down to the canvas. Brock turns around and goes back to Triple H to continue his attack, however the Cerebral Assassin gets advantage of the fact that the referee is knocked out and is not seeing anything and he receives Brock Lesnar with a low blow. Brock gets staggered backwards holding his privates in pain. Triple H gets back to his feet and walks to the middle of the ring towards Brock. Brock takes in the pain and dashes back against Triple H, only to get hoisted up high and connected with the Double AA Spinebuster. Triple H gets back to his feet performing his classic taunt firing up the crowd, especially that contingent in attendance that have been cheering for him all match long. Triple H stands next to the floored Brock Lesnar waiting for him to get back to his feet. Brock Lesnar slowly starts getting up, and when he does so, Triple H receives him with a toe kick to the middle section, then again sets him up for a Pedigree. However, for the second time, Brock counters with another arm twist, then he goes for a clothesline, however Triple H ducks the attempt, goes under the arm of Brock and crosses the ring going to the ring ropes. The Game bounces back and goes toward Brock, who reacts first and receives him with a Swinging Sideslam. Brock Lesnar makes the cover: 1…2…, Triple H kicks out keeping his championship reign alive. Lesnar looks up to the referee in disbelief, then takes a deep breath and gets back to his feet. Brock walks toward the corner and he climbs to the second rope, where he waits for Triple H to get back to his feet. This could turn out rather bad as Brock Lesnar should have stayed on top of the champion not letting him breath.

Triple H slowly gets himself back to his feet, and when he finally does so, immediately Brock Lesnar flies through the airs going toward the champion, however Triple H plays he was playing possum and receives Brock Lesnar with toe kick to the middle section. As soon as he left leg hits the canvas, Brock doubles in pain. Triple H quickly sets him up, hooks both arms and effectively connects the Pedigree. Triple H covers Brock, hooking the one leg with his right arm and lifting his left arm taunting to the crowd and celebrating his victory: 1…2…, Brock kicks out! Triple H can’t believe it, and quickly he gets back to his feet and right on the face of the referee, commanding him to make the last count. The referee sends him away and Triple H turns his attention again to Brock Lesnar. Triple H can’t wait much longer and he picks Brock Lesnar, gets him back to his feet, sets Brock’s head between his thighs and tries to hook both arms setting Lesnar up for the Pedigree, however, Brock refuses to let his right arm get hooked and he manages to counter out with an arm twist transitioned then into a hammerlock. Brock quickly releases the arm of Triple H as that isn’t his target. Instead, wraps both his arms around the gut of his opponent, going after the middle section of Triple H one more time. However, Triple H starts fighting his way out with elbow strikes right to the jaw of Brock. Lesnar however doesn’t let Triple H go, but knowing he might not hold on to Triple H much longer, he connects a German Suplex. In the end, Brock bridges creating a pinfall situation: 1…2…, Triple H kicks out. Triple H crawls away from Brock Lesnar toward the ring ropes, and grabbing them he pulls himself back to his feet. Brock, favoring his still hurt leg, gets back to his feet. Triple H storms toward Brock Lesnar leaping in front of him looking to knock Brock down, however the Next Big Thing catches Triple H in mid air and locks him in the Brock Lock. However, before Brock has it completely synched in, Triple H starts crawling upwards looking to slide down the shoulders of Brock. Brock lets Triple H reach his shoulders, only to then flip Triple H under his control setting him in a Fireman’s carry. Brock goes to connect his F-5, but the left leg gives on him and he collapses down to the canvas, with Triple H on top of him. The Game quickly hooks a leg: 1…2…, Brock kicks out. Triple H gets back to his feet, this time grabbing his ribs a little more hurt. Brock limps getting back to his feet. Both men walk toward one another and meet in the middle of the ring. Triple H throws a big right hand with staggers Brock back, Brock comes right back and answers with a punch of his own. Triple H throws a punch of his own, which gets answered again by the Next Big Thing.

Triple H for the third time connects, this time his punch being accompanied by boos. Brock punches Triple H, only that the crowd cheers him. The slug fest continues, the exchange getting faster and faster. Triple H breaks this exchange with kick directly to the left leg that knocks Lesnar down to the canvas. The King of Kings tries to grab the leg of Brock, but the challenger counters by reaching up, grabbing Triple H by the head and rolling him in a cradle: 1…2…, Triple H kicks out. Both men get back to their feet and Triple H storms toward Brock. Brock picks Triple H up and gets him over his shoulders. You can see in Brock’s face all the effort he’s doing, but after a couple of seconds, he shows his strength by practically holding Triple H over his shoulders with just one leg, as Brock tries to add more feeling to the left leg stretching it and kicking the air. Brock finally puts the leg back on the canvas and connects a mat rumbling F-5! The crowd roars as Brock Lesnar makes the cover: 1…2…, Triple H kicks out! Brock can’t believe. He puts his hands on his face showing his frustration. Brock even looks a little confused at what to do now. He finally seems to have gotten an idea. He walks toward the champion and locks him in a front facelock in the canvas, then slowly, methodically, gets him up to his feet. Brock releases Triple H only to set The Game’s head between his legs and hooks his left arm. The Detroit fans cheer, seeing that Brock is looking to mock the current BTW World Champion. Brock goes to hook the right arm, however Triple H counters by repeatedly connecting clubs to the already hurt leg of Brock managing to stagger Brock away getting out of the predicament. Triple H gathers himself and storms toward Brock looking for a tackle, as he dashes already in a bended position. Brock however leaps over Triple H and then lands right back to the canvas standing over the bended Triple H. Brock pulls Triple H away and only leaves the head of The Game between his legs. Brock quickly hooks both arms of Triple H and connects The Game with his very own Pedigree! Brock hooks both legs of Triple H when making the cover: 1…2…, Triple H kicks out yet again! He just refuses to drop his championship to The Next Big Thing. Brock Lesnar looks know between angry and frustrated, not knowing what to do know that Triple H has practically kicked out of anything. If Triple H was then one in attack, he would be thinking the same, as Brock Lesnar has also kicked out of everything The Game has to deliver. Brock looks around the arena, his face telling the story. The crowd start chanting his name trying to motivate him into not giving up, motivating him to win the match and the World Championship.

Brock walks toward Triple H and grabbing him by the hair he slowly pulls The Game back to his feet. However, as soon as Triple H recovers his standing position he snaps back to his feet and grabbing Brock Lesnar by the back of his head he drives Lesnar face first right into his knee connecting his facebreaker knee smash. Triple H sets the dazed challenger with a toe kick to the middle section getting Brock doubled, before connecting Brock Lesnar with the Pedigree for the second time in the match. The crowd heavily boos as Triple H makes the lateral press: 1…2…, Brock Lesnar kicks out! Triple H’s face remains expressionless, as he is just simply too tired to do anything. The Game gets slowly up to his knees, where know he starts showing his frustration, putting his fingers between his fingers. Finally, he gets back to his feet. The Game walks closer to Brock and grabs him by the head. The champion starts pulling Brock back to his feet, however Lesnar out of a sudden snaps back to a standing position, picks a shocked Triple H and gets him over his shoulders in a fireman’s carry position. Brock steps to the middle of the ring and he connects the second F-5 of the match. Brock explodes back to his feet instead of capitalizing making the cover. Brock stares at the floored and now immobile champion. The fans start chanting “Pin his ass, pin his ass”, however, what Brock Lesnar does is climb to the corner. Brock slowly climbs to the top rope and there he gingerly stands over it. Brock manages to maintain his equilibrium and when he does so he looks around the arena and to the fans, who practically are all on their feet. Finally, Brock Lesnar reveals his intentions as he leaps from the top rope performing an awe inspiring Shooting Star Press, landing perfectly on top of Triple H. Brock Lesnar gets himself together and makes the cover. Everyone in attendance counts along with the referee: 1…2…3!

Result: Brock Lesnar defeats Triple H and becomes the new BTW World Heavyweight Champion!


JR: Brock wins! Brock wins! Brock wins!

Styles: Ladies and Gentlemen, we have a new World Heavyweight Champion in BTW, and his name is Brock Lesnar!


Brock Lesnar gets back to his feet and the referee lifts his hand announcing him the winner.

JBL: This is just great. A WrestleBowl moment to the most deserving man.


Triple H rolls to the outside of the ring with his hands over his head in disbelief, not believing he just loss the World Championship. Slowly, he walks up the ramp going to the back. Triple H turns his head one last time and sees Brock Lesnar celebrating inside the ring.

JBL: There goes our true champion, damn it, the King of Kings just lost his crown.


The referee grabs the BTW World Heavyweight Championship and he gives it to Brock Lesnar, who immediately raises it over his head taunting to the crowd. Suddenly, we hear a huge blast and confetti begins coming down from the ceiling all over the arena. Brock continues taunting to the crowd and know he climbs to the top rope, where again he raises his championship showing it to the crowd.

Styles: You might not like it JBL, but apparently everybody else’s does, and the bottom line is, Brock Lesnar now reigns the new BW World Heavyweight Champion.

JR: Ladies and Gentlemen, I hope you had a great time, and so long from Detroit.
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #5 (Edited)
First, I want to say, to anyone who reads WrestleBowl. It was written like I said, a year ago, and english not being my native language, I am sure it has some mistakes. If by some reason you're turned off by any grammar mistakes you notice in it, give me a chance for my new show to show you if I have had any improvement since then.

Anyways, here is the roster:



Roster:
(Heels. Faces)


Triple H
Brock Lesnar

Christian Cage
Bob Sapp
Randy Orton
Edge
CM Punk
The Undertaker
Elijah Burke
Cody Rhodes
Rob Van Dam
Sabu
Chris Jericho
Big Show
Goldberg
Jeff Hardy
Mr. Kennedy
Montel Vontavious Porter
Samoa Joe
Umaga
Ezekiel Jackson

AJ Styles
Colt Cabana
Maven
Orlando Jordan
Muhammed Hassan
Mark Henry
Gavin Spears
Solo Fatu
Samuel Fatu
Joe Anoa'i


Tag Teams:
The Straightedgers (CM Punk and Colt Cabana) - not active
Rob Van Dan and Sabu (ocationally teaming)
Domination (Triple H and Christian Cage) - not active
CM Punk and Samoa Joe
The Fatu Brothers (Solo and Samuel Fatu)


Other Talent:
Jim Ross (commentator)
Joey Styles (commentator)
John Bradshaw Layfield (commentator)
Paul Heyman (The Wall's Manager)
Crushing C (Assistent Consultant)
Leticia Cline (backstage interviewer)
Jeremy Borash (backstage interviewer)
Eric Bischoff (General Manager)



Current Champions:

BTW World Heavyweight Champion: Brock Lesnar
BTW Continental Champion: Chris Jericho
BTW Extreme Champion: Rob Van Dam
BTW Tag Team Champion: The Fatu Brothers


Championship history:

BTW World Heavyweight Championship
Edge (Busted Open - CyberSlam)
Randy Orton (CyberSlam - UpRising)
Triple H (UpRising - WrestleBowl)
Brock Lesnar (WrestleBowl-?)

BTW Continental Championship
Test (second ever BTW TV show - Apocalypse)
Big Show (Apocalypse - Deathly Hallows)
Rob Van Dam (Deathly Hallows - UprRising)
Christian Cage (UpRising - WrestleBowl)
Chris Jericho (WrestleBowl-?)

BTW Extreme Championship
Jeff Hardy (third ever BTW TV show - ninth BTW TV show *show after Apocalypse* )
Elijah Burke (ninth BTW Show - Rebellion)
Co- Champions: Jeff Hardy and MVP (Rebellion - CyberSlam)
MVP (CyberSlam - Busted Open 2)
RVD (Busted Open 2 - ?)

BTW Tag Team Championship:
Rob Van Dam and Sabu (fourth ever BTW TV Show - Madison Square Garden's Megashow *right before Rebellion *)
The Straightedgers (MSG Megashow - Unbreakable)
Domination (Unbreakable - BTW TV Show after UpRising PPV)
T & A (BTW TV Show after Uprising PPV - BTW Nitro after WrestleBowl)
CM Punk and Samoa Joe (BTW Nitro after WrestleBowl - Busted Open 2)
The Fatu Brothers (Busted Open 2 - ?)




DSW
(BTW's Developmental Territory)
Vladimir Kozlov
Ken Doane
Joe Hennig
Rene Dupree
Afa Jr.
Leo Kruger
Justin Angel
Dos Caras Jr
Jake Hagger
Hade Vansen
Rob Terry
Drew Galloway
Mike Knox
Tyler Black
Jimmy Jacobs
Low-Ki
Stu Bennett
Jonathon Emminger
Barri Griffith
Richard Reid Fleihr
Ryan Reeves
Nick Nemeth
Mike Bennett
Richie Steamboat
Harry Smith
Cliff Compton




BTW Alumni
(Wrestlers that were once in BTW)
Rhino
Diamond Dallas Page
Mistico
Teddy Hart (Teddie Guerrero-Developmental territory)
Aaron Stevens (developmental territory)
Test
Albert
Davey Richards (developmental territory)
Dan Rodimer(developmental territory)
Ricky Banderas
Rikishi
Matt Cappotelli (developmental territory)
Matt Bentley (developmental territory)




Wrestlers without full time contract that have appeared on BTW


John Cena
John Morrison
Shane Mcmahon
Chavo Guerrero
The Great Khali
Tomko
The Rock
Hulk Hogan






TV Shows:


PPVs:
Busted Open
Apocalypse
Rebellion (one of the Big 3 PPVs)
Unbreakable
Deathly Hallows
CyberSlam (fans vote for stipulations, challengers, etc.. in the matches)
Krakatoa
Souled Out
UpRising
Starrcade ( one of the Big 3)
Turning Point
WrestleBowl (one of the big 3, flagship show)
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #6
And now so that the stage is completely set, I will post quick results of all my past 11 PPVs:

BUSTED OPEN PPV

6-Man Hell in a Cell BTW World Heavyweight Championship Match
Edge defeated Goldberg, Mr. Kennedy, Brock Lesnar(he substituted Samoa Joe who got injured at the hands of Mr. Kennedy), CM Punk and The Big Show to become the first ever BTW World Champion

Sadistic Madness Match
Triple H defeated Christian Cage
(their rivalry ignited when HHH made his debut by laying Christian Cage and beating him into a bloody pulp while wearing a mask. Christian would call his secret attacker out and the debuting Triple H made his way out.)

"Battle of the Rookies" Singles Match
CMS defeats Elijah Burke

WWE vs BTW No Holds Barred Match
Crushing C(BTW's GM) defeated Vince Mcmahon when WWE former superstar Randy Orton interfered and helped Crushing C.
Randy Orton would then be awarded a job at BTW. Orton had lost his WWE contract in a match against Triple H (Triple H put his career on the line in that match)

Lumberkack Match BTW Extreme Title
Jeff Hardy defeated MVP.
Mark Henry made his BTW debut by coming out and destroying every lumberjack

Triple Threat BTW Continental Title Match
Test defeated Rhino and Rikishi to retain

Flaming Tables Match
RVD vs Sabu went to a No Contest as both men got caught on fire.

Last BTW appearence Singles Match
DDP defeated Mistico.
(both men had been traded to WWE by BTW management in exchange of Mark Henry and Umaga)






Texas Bullrope Match for the World Heavyweight Champion
Edge(c) retained against Mr. Kennedy
(they had been in a tag team love-hate relationship since Busted Open)

Last Man Standing
Goldberg vs Brock Lesnar went to a No Contest as both failed to answer the 10 count

Tag Team Match
Triple H and Tomko defeated Christian Cage and Mark Henry by DQ
(Henry had been signed as Christian's new Problem Solver, and challenged HHH, HHH said he would be a secret partner to team up with him, who turned out to be Tomko)

Handicap Match(if Randy Orton wins, The Mcmahons must never appear again on BTW, and he gets a BTW World Title Match)
Randy Orton defeated Vince and Shane Mcmahon

BTW Extreme Title Match(NO DQ)
Jeff Hardy(c) retained against MVP

BTW Continental Match
Big Show defeated Test (c) to win the belt

BTW Tag Team Title Triple Threat Tag Team Match
RVD and Sabu(c) retained against CM Punk/Colt Cabana and Maven/Albert. (RVD and Sabu still have a grudge from their match at Busted Open)

Loser Leaves BTW match
Elijah Burke defeated CMS making CMS leave BTW

Grudge Match
Rikishi beats Rhino
(both men had failed to become the challengers for the BTW Continental Championship)

Chris Jericho and AJ Styles were presented as BTW's newest signees






BTW World Heavyweight Championship Match
Edge (c) defeated Randy Orton
Randy Orton defeated Mr. Kennedy to earn this title match.

Team WWE vs Team BTW
5 on 5 Elimination Tag Team Match
Team WWE (WWE Champion John Cena, WHC The Great Khali, ECW Champion John Morrison, Mistico and Shane Mcmahon) defeated Team BTW (Chris Jericho, Brock Lesnar, Goldberg, Muhammed Hassan and AJ Styles)

Vince send WWE talent to BTW's MSG Super Show to attack both Randy Orton and Edge. Crushing C reminded Vince he was banned from WWE but accepted to make this match as the last stamp of WWE in BTW. However, he said that nobody already in a match for this PPV would be a member of Team BTW so that the already announced card didn't suffer any changes.

At Rebellion, Vince Mcmahon offered BTW's Rikishi a spot in WWE if he screwed Team BTW.

Rikishi came out during the match when only Chris Jericho and John Cena were left for each team. He had the intention to enter the ring and attack Y2J, however he changed his mind and turned around. However, that was enough to distract Chris Jericho and let Cena connect the FU and get the win.

TLC Tag Team Match
You could get the win either by pinfall or grabbing the briefcase hanging over the ladder.
Christian Cage and Mark Henry defeated Triple H and Tomko when Triple H turned on Tomko aligning himself with nemesis Christian Cage.

Battle of the Samoans
Umaga defeated Rikishi

Triple Threat Match for the BTW Extreme Championship
MVP and Jeff Hardy both pin Elijah Burke(c) to win the championship
Elijah Burke had defeated Jeff Hardy the night after Apocalypse thanks to interference from MVP.

Barbwire Massacre
RVD defeated Sabu
Sabu entered this match with a legit injured knee and took some time off after this match.

BTW Continental Championship Match
Big Show (c) defeated Rhino to retain

Stretcher Match
Mr. Kennedy defeated Samoa Joe
Samoa Joe had come back from his injury and vowed to make Mr. Kennedy feel what he felt during his time off, starting by the road to the hospital.






BTW World Heavyweight Championship Match
Edge(c) defeated Randy Orton when Bob Orton Jr. attacked his own son.
Edge had supposedly attacked Bob Orton Jr at the previous BTW Show, but it was all revealed as a plan to distract Randy Orton.

I Quit Match
Goldberg defeated Brock Lesnar
Both men ended their truece from being partners at Team BTW and decided to finally end this rivalry by finding out who is the best man.

Messiah defeated Mark Henry
Mark Henry had been tormented by videos announcing the debut of a new superstar, whose goal was to attack him. Messiah by then had changed his persona from Ricky Banderas to his current self, a persona who might appear to be the one behind those videos, causing Mark Henry to go after him.

After this match, The Undertaker made his debut after the last one of the videos, showing he was the one responsible for them. Taker laid Mark Henry with a Tombstone Piledriver.

BTW Tag Team Championship Match
Triple H and Christian Cage defeated CM Punk and Colt Cabana (c) to win the belts.
Triple H and Christian Cage had vowed to win the tag team belts in attempt to show they were the most dominating tag team in BTW and in history.

Ambulance Match
Samoa Joe defeated Mr. Kennedy
Even if he failed to defeat Kennedy in a Stretcher Match, Joe sticked to his revenge plan of getting back at Kennedy, culminating in this match.

BTW Extreme Championship
Handicap Match
Jeff Hardy(c) and MVP (c) defeated Elijah Burke
Hardy and MVP were co-champions.

Muhammed Hassan defeated Chris Jericho via DQ
Both men started their differences over Jericho's defeat as the last member of Team BTW

Hassan had an undefeated streak.






BTW World Heavyweight Championship Match
Goldberg defeated Edge(c) via DQ
Goldberg had won the right to challenge Edge by defeating all the men who won a match at previous PPV, Unbreakable, in an Over the Top Battle Royal at BTW Show.

3 on 1 Handicap Match
Rikishi defeated Brock Lesnar, AJ Styles and Umaga
This match was made as punishment to Rikishi from not apologizing for what he did at Rebellion.

Rikishi had previously been put in a 5 on 1 Handicap Match against entire Team BTW and a Steel Cage Match, all in which he defeated the same man: AJ Styles.

By the time this match rolled on, fans saw that GM Crushing C was going overboard with his punishment to Rikishi as Rikishi didnt really mean to cost Team BTW the match and adopted Rikishi as a fan favorite.

In this match, Rikishi pinned AJ Styles again. Lesnar and Umaga had the match won as both nailed Rikishi witht their finishers, but when they gave the tag to AJ so that he could hit his finisher as well, Rikishi caught him out of nowhere with his Savate Kick.

AJ was suspended indefinitely by Crushing C, mad at the fact that AJ kept losing to Rikishi.


Legend vs Legend Killer Match
Father vs Son
Randy Orton defeated Bob Orton Jr.
Bob had told his son that he was a disgrace to the family thanks to his unability to win the BTW World Championship.

Randy beat his dad with an RKO out of the top rope.


3 on 3 Tag Team Match
The Undertaker, CM Punk and Colt Cabana defeated Triple H, Christian Cage and Mark Henry
Triple H and Christian Cage denied to give Punk and Cabana their mandatory title rematch and instead offered a 3 on 2 Handicap Match.

Punk and Cabana countered the offer with a 3 on 3 Tag Team Match and announced The Undertaker as their partner (playing to his rivalry with Mark Henry)

Falls Count Anywhere
BTW Continental Championship
Rob Van Dam defeated The Big Show(c)
Both men were involved in a Triple Threat for the BTW World Heavyweight Championship before Unbreakable.

In the eyes of The Big Show, RVD was the reason why he didn't defeat Edge to become champion.

Big Show took out RVD sidelining him for weeks.

In the time RVD was out, Big Show also took out of action Rhino and Test.


Fatal Four Way
Muhammed Hassan defeated Chris Jericho, Samoa Joe and Mr. Kennedy
Hassan was still undefeated entering this match.

Hassan/ Jericho and Joe/Kennedy were the rivalries, however, the lines between friends and foes have been erased thanks to a couple of brawls during tag team matches scheduled between the 4.






BTW World Heavyweight Championship
Randy Orton defeated Edge(c) and Goldberg
Triple Threat consisted of champion Edge, challenger Goldberg and a man who the crowd voted in.

Options were Brock Lesnar, RVD and Randy Orton.

Bonus Match
Rob Van Dam defeated Brock Lesnar
This match was scheduled to happen between the two men that didn't get voted into the World Title match.

BTW Tag Team Championship Match
Special Referee: The Rock
Triple H and Christian Cage(c) defeated CM Punk and Colt Cabana
Fans voted for the special referee.

Options were The Rock, Ric Flair and Tomko

Triple H and Christian Cage had been denying CM Punk and Colt Cabana their mandatory title rematch.

However, they were forced to give The Straightedgers that match when CM Punk and Colt Cabana beat them in a non title match.


Last Ride Match
Mark Henry defeated The Undertaker
Fans voted for type of match

Options were Last Ride, Casket Match and Inferno Match

Mark Henry used chloroform to get The Undertaker unconscious


Loser Gets Fired Match
Crushing C defeated Rikishi when AJ Styles interfered in behalf of Crushing C.
Fans voted for the match stipulation

They were "Loser gets Fired", "Winner becomes GM for a month and "Loser gets Suspended for a Month".

Rikishi had been put in matches against Edge, Big Show, Mark Henry and The Undertaker all to punish him.

AJ Styles pretended to be Rikishi's friend by wishing him good luck prior to this match.

AJ was reinstated after this match.


Chris Jericho defeated Muhammed Hassan via count out
Fans voted for who to face Muhammed Hassan.

Options were Y2J, Samoa Joe and Mr. Kennedy

Hassan was still undefeated coming to this event.


Ladder Match
BTW Extreme Championship
MVP(c) defeated Jeff Hardy(c) to gain sole posession of the belt.
Fans voted for the type of match.

Options were Ladder Match, Street Fight or a Triple Threat Match including Elijah Burke

This was the third match in the Jeff vs MVP series in attempts of deciding a sole BTW Extreme Champion. All the previous had ended in draws




Krakatoa PPV:

BTW World Heavyweight Championship

Triple Threat Match
Randy Orton(c) defeated Edge and AJ Styles
AJ Styles was awarded this title match thanks to his interference in the Crushing C/Rikishi match at CyberSlam.

This was Edge's mandatory rematch

Edge was mad with AJ Styles as in late tag team matches AJ Styles had been getting pinned giving Edge the defeat.


Grudge Match
Bob Sapp defeated Brock Lesnar
This was Bob Sapp's first match in BTW.

Bob Sapp was managed by Paul Heyman, former manager of Brock Lesnar.

Heyman had turned on Brock Lesnar after he lost a rematch from CyberSlam against Rob Van Dam, saying he had have enough of Brock Lesnar losing and he had found a better client.


Winner gets a BTW Extreme Title Match
Chris Jericho defeated Muhammed Hassan
Hassan was yet to be pinned or made to submit coming to this match.

Hassan was refusing this rematch against Chris Jericho until MVP, wanting a new challenge after his story with Jeff Hardy ended, offered the winner of this match a title opportunity.


Goldberg defeated Mr. Kennedy
This match originated as both men were claiming they were deserving of the next World Championship opportunity.


BTW Tag Team Championships
Triple H and Christian Cage(c) defeated Test and Albert

Grudge Match
Sabu defeated Rob Van Dam
This was Sabu's return to action. Sabu had not been seen since Rebellion.


Buried Alive Match
Mark Henry defeated The Undertaker when Muhammed Hassan interfered.

Big Show defeated Jeff Hardy
Coming to this match, Big Show was attacking everybody who crossed his path.

Big Show tried to attack Jeff Hardy, but he wasn't going to let that slide and fought back.




Souled Out

BTW World Heavyweight Championship
Champions Challenge
Randy Orton(c) defeated Edge, Big Show, Jeff Hardy and CM Punk (Orton pinned CM Punk)
The match consisted of pitting current World Champion against a former BTW World Champion, a former BTW Continental Champion, a former BTW Extreme Champion and a former BTW Tag Team Champion.

Edge had the match won but his enemy as of late, AJ Styles, interfered taking him out of the picture.


BTW Extreme Championship Match
Chris Jericho defeated MVP(c) via count out

Umaga defeated Samoa Joe
Both men had been trying to outdo the other looking to discover who was the most dominating Samoan.


Handicap Match
The Undertaker defeated Muhammed Hassan and Mark Henry
Hassan and Henry had formed an alliance that started at Krakatoa when they buried The Undertaker alive.

Hassan and Henry looked to cement that alliance by celebrating the burial of Taker, however the party was crashed by the returning Undertaker, who came out from a casket lying on the inside of the ring, set there for the so called celebration.


Last Man Standing Match
RVD and Sabu went to a No Contest when none of them answered the ten count.

Tag Team Match
Bob Sapp and Mr. Kennedy defeated Brock Lesnar and Goldberg
Kennedy talked Heyman and Sapp into joining him in his mission of taking out Goldberg...and Brock Lesnar (per Heyman's suggestion) out.

Lesnar and Goldberg still had bad blood from their past differences.


Teddie Guerrero debuted
Teddie Guerrero defeated Matt Bentley
This marked the debut of Teddie Guerrero, who had appeared on a series of vignettes.

Teddie Guerrero was an Edie Guerrero rip-off who claimed to be a member of the Guerrero family.






BTW World Heavyweight Championship
BTW Tag Team Champion Triple H defeat Randy Orton (c) to win the World Championship.
Triple H earned this match by defeating Edge.

The confrontations between the two started at Souled Out when Triple H made it clear that he was coming after World Championship, whether Orton won the Champion's Challenge or not.

This was part of the BTW Tag Team Champions' plan of holding all the belts in BTW.


BTW Continental Championship Match
Christian Cage defeated Rob Van Dam(c) to win the championship
This was part of the BTW Tag Team Champions' plan of holding all the belts in BTW.


BTW Extreme Championship Match
Hardcore Match
MVP(c) defeated Sabu
This match originated from MVP saying he was the most extreme, hardcore men in BTW as he was holding the BTW Extreme Championship. Sabu took offense from that, especially coming from all the violence he went through at Souled Out against RVD. He said violence was about the doing, not about the talking, and he was going to show MVP just that.


Teddie Guerrero defeated Chris Jericho
Jericho challenged Teddie as he was sick from him making fun of the memory of his friend Eddie Guerrero and the legacy of the Guerrero family.


Tag Team Match
The Undertaker and Messiah defeated Mark Henry and Muhammed Hassan
The Undertaker had saved Messiah from the beating at the hands of Henry and Hassan.

When Hassan and Henry tried to dismantle The Undertaker, Messiah returned the favor and came out to the help of the Deadman.


Bob Sapp defeated Goldberg when Brock Lesnar interfered.
Sapp is still undefeated coming into this match

Goldberg made the challenge as he said he was going to prove that the fact that Sapp were still undefeated was Brock Lesnar's fault of not being able to beat him, and not because of Sapp himself.

Lesnar attacked Bob Sapp as wel after the match


Grudge Match
Edge defeated AJ Styles
AJ Styles was Edge's first name in his Rated R Hitlist, in which he would get revenge of everyone that get/got on his way for the BTW World Championship.


King of the Ring Finals
Mr. Kennedy and Jeff Hardy went to a Double Count out.
This were the finals for the KOTR tournament

The other participants were CM Punk, Colt Cabana, Samoa Joe, Elijah Burke, Chris Jericho and Messiah





Starrcade PPV:

BTW World Heavyweight Championship Match
30 minute Ironman Match
Triple H(c) defeated Randy Orton
This was Randy Orton mandatory rematch. The stipulation originated from the fact that Triple H popped the question "how many times do I have to beat you Randy?" during an in ring confrontation, which prompted Orton to say "all the times you can in half an hour."

The match ended HHH 2- 1 Orton

Orton pinned Triple H to tie the match, however the pinfall came one second out of time and therefore it wasn't taken into account.


Triple Threat Match
Winner gets a BTW World Heavyweight Championship Match at Turning Point
Bob Sapp defeated Brock Lesnar and Goldberg
Sapp was still undefeated coming into this match


Grudge Match
The Undertaker defeated Muhammed Hassan (Mark Henry tried to interfere and help Hassan but it was to no avail)

Grudge Match
Edge defeated CM Punk
CM Punk was Edge's second name in the Rated R Hitlist, as he was the one who got pinned in Edge's last championship match (The Champion's Challenge)

In this match, it took Edge 2 Spears to take CM Punk away.


Texas Tornado One Pinfall to a Finish Double Championship Tag Team Match (First man to pin a champion wins that belt)
BTW Extreme Title Match
BTW Continental Title Match

Christian Cage (c) and MVP (c)defeated RVD and Sabu
This match originated from Christian Cage asking MVP for help in his title match against RVD, and in return he would help him in his title match against Sabu.

BTW GM, Crushing C, had enough of it and created this match.


Samoan Brawl Match
Samoa Joe defeated Umaga
This two continued their rivalry coming from Souled Out.

Samoa Joe got eliminated from the KOTR tournament thanks to an interference of Umaga.


Grudge Match
If Teddy Hart lost the match, he would have to retire
Chavo Guerrero defeated Teddy Hart
Teddy Guerrero revealed himself as Teddy Hart when he got confronted by Chavo Guerrero, tired of watching his family's legacy being mocked by this man.

Hart made fun of the Guerrero family saying he did what he do (pass himself as a Guerrero), because he was tired of being a member of wrestling loyalty as the Hart family is and he wanted to feel how being a low-life thug was.

The match stipulation came from the arrogance of Teddy Hart, who said there was no chance he would lose to Chavo Guerrero.


Unsanctioned Match
Rikishi defeated AJ Styles
Rikishi had been breaking in into all the last PPVs, gettng in Crushing C's office and confronting him, demanding his contract back.

The last break-in of Rikishi cost Crushing C his job, as BTW's owner no longer saw him capable of keeping order in BTW.

Crushing C was given his job back next week, with the premise that he had to give Rikishi one last match.

Crushing C gave Rikishi his match but refused to acknowledge it, to sanction it. His opponent was long time nemesis AJ Styles.


The Highlight Reel
Chris Jericho invited Big Show
In this Highlight Reel, Chris Jericho told The Big Show that the reason he had been so violent and crazy as of late was his loss of the BTW Continental Championship and it's consequent rematches.

Y2J challenged Big Show to a match at Turning Point, with the winner going on to WrestleBowl to challenge the BTW Continental Champion.




Debut show (first show on Spike TV network)




Bob Sapp Open Challenge to any past World Champion
Bob Sapp defeated RVD

Elijah Burke defeated Maven
Elijah Burke challenged The Undertaker after the match, saying his defeat against The Undertaker months ago was the reason he wasn't being taken seriously by anybody

Mark Henry defeated Muhammed Hassan
This match originated from Muhammed Hassan blaming Mark Henry in costing him his match against The Undertaker and interfering in Allah's Plan of taking The Undertaker out.

This has been the last time Muhammed Hassan has been seen in BTW.


Chris Jericho defeated Umaga
Big Show was in commentary during this match

Joey Styles kept doing comments about how Big Show would be having a hell of a challenge with Y2J at Turning Point. Big Show finally snapped and showing his dangerous fashion, he grabbed Joey Styles and chokeslammed him down to the concrete floor.

Next week, Jim Ross took Joey Styles place in commentary.


Champion vs Champion
MVP defeated Christian Cage


If Rikishi wins, he earns a BTW Contract
Rikishi defeated Randy Orton
Randy Orton had turn heel, attacking Jeff Hardy and punting him in the kick. It all steemed from Starrcade and how Randy came so close in his last chance of winning the BTW World Heavyweigt Championship.


Triple H defeated Goldberg






BTW World Heavyweight Championship Match
Streak vs Championship
Triple H(c) defeated Bob Sapp
This was Bob Sapp first defeat ever in BTW.


Rikishi defeated Randy Orton via DQ
After the match, Randy Orton punted Rikishi in the head.


Grudge Match
Edge defeated CM Punk
The rematch was asked by Edge, who was embarrased by the fact that it took 2 Spears to defeat someone who was so inferior to him as he saw CM Punk being.

In this match, it took 4 spears, one being from the top rope, to beat CM Punk.


Grudge Match
The Undertaker defeated Elijah Burke


BTW Tag Team Championship Match
Test and Albert(c) defeated RVD and Sabu
RVD and Sabu wanted to team up one more time after their tag match at Starrcade.

The tag team champions offered them an opportunity to do so by giving them a tag title match.


Winner gets a BTW Continental Championship Match at WrestleBowl
Chris Jericho defeated The Big Show when Randy Couture distracted The Big Show
Randy Couture came into the event as a guest from Bill Goldberg.


Grudge Match
Brock Lesnar defeated Goldberg when Big Show interfered
This match steemed from the Triple Threat Match at Starrcade, and was fed by all the previos differences between the two.


KOTR Finals
No DQ, No Count outs.
There Must be a Winner
Jeff Hardy defeated Mr. Kennedy
This was the 4th match between the two, with all the previous ending in draws.





And after this, WrestleBowl happened. No more history though. Next time I post it will be to post the preview for BTW Nitro.
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #7



The proverbial changing of the guard occurred at WrestleBowl when World Heavyweight Champion Triple H was defeated and dethroned by Brock Lesnar. After weeks and weeks of grueling mental warfare and physical encounters, Lesnar can finally call himself the champion of the world. But his victory is only the beginning. What will happen when the champ starts his long road of trying to STAY on the top? Will he be able to resist the backlash of The Game? And will someone else raise his hand to present a challenge for the World Championship?

But The King of Kings wasn't the only one seeing his championship reign come to an end. His long running tag team partner Christian Cage also suffered defeat at the hands of the now BTW Continental Champion Chris Jericho. The Ayatollah of Rock n Rolla overcame a nagging knee injury and a broken nose all at the hands of his savy opponent to win championship gold. One has to think Christian Cage is not happy, and much like their counter parts in the Heavyweight Championship situation, how will Chris Jericho handle the pressure of being now the champion and how will Christian Cage endure having to stare at himself in the mirror and ot see any gold around his waist for the first time in months?

Championships seem that will be the trending topic of the night. By winning the Monster's Ball match at WrestleBowl, Mr. Pay Per View himself Rob Van Dam earned the right to challenge for the BTW Extreme Championship at our next PPV, Busted Open. BTW Nitro will be the scenario for the first confrontation between champion and challenger, as current title holder Montel Vontavious Porter tries to put behind him the defeat at the hands of the Demon of Death Valley, The Undertaker, and hosts the VIP Lounge, with his next challenge, Van Dam, as his guest. What will happen when the luxurious confines of the lounge surround these two? Will cool prevail, or will classic championship tension start to appear?

The Undertaker was the victor in his match against Montel Vontavious Porter, and he two will be making his presence felt at BTW Nitro, as he will address all the creatures of the night. What does the ripper of every soul has to say? What does the future hold for Born to Wrestle Federation under the watch of the Deadman?

Following victories at WrestleBowl, Randy Orton and Rikishi will both be in attendance, and odds are their roads will intertwine once again. Randy Orton not only defeated The Rock at WrestleBowl, but after the match Randy punted him straight on the skull. The Rock had faced Orton precisely in an attempt to stand up to him in defense of what Randy had done to Rikishi in the past, punting him as well. Rikishi, on the other side of the Anoi family spectrum, finally got some sweet revenge on his long time nemesis, BTW General Manager Crushing C, as he defeated him in a brutal No Holds Barred match. Now stands the question, will Rikishi come looking for Randy Orton in an attempt to avenge his fallen cousin in what is now an even stronger family matter, or will The Legend Killer get a free pass to brag? And what role will the General Manager play in all of this?

Another man who was victorious at WrestleBowl was Jeff Hardy, as he swantoned his way to victory over the Rated R Superstar Edge. However, controversy still surrounds the Rainbow Haired Warrior, as the investigation at hands of BTW Management continues. Remember that a few weeks back police officers found illegal substances between Hardy's possessions during a live BTW presentation. Hardy was sworn innocence, however his most constant accuser, Edge, has been insistent on his guiltness. How will all of these continue to develop? And will these two superstars lock horns once again, now that Jeff holds a victory over his rival?

Two men not lucky enough to be victorious at WrestleBowl will meet one on one at BTW Nitro, as Mr. Kennedy battles Sabu. These two superstars were part of the brutal Monster's Ball Match. In what physical condition will they be just 24 hours removed from all that violence?

Also in action, and making his BTW in ring debut, the seed of a Dream, Cody Rhodes, will go one on one with Elijah Burke. Rhodes made his first BTW appearance at WrestleBowl by confronting Muhammed Hassan in defense of good ol' USA, and now that he has joined the ranks of BTW, he will try to show he also walks the walk against an established name as Elijah Burke is. Will Burke be able to ruin the party? Or will someone else, say Muhammed Hassan, try so?

Physical specimens Big Show and Bob Sapp will also be in action. Big Show, trying to bounce back from his defeat at the hands of Bill Goldberg and Randy Couture, will face Gavin Spears. Does a David vs Goliath scenario expects us, or will we just witness an all out extermination of Spears? And Bob Sapp, who showed he's the true dominant monster in BTW as he defeated Umaga at WrestleBowl, will continue this seemingly road of facing monsters, as he goes one on one with the World's Strongest Man, Mark Henry.

Rounding up the show, and going with the championship trend of the night, WrestleBowl opponents but long time friends CM Punk and Samoa Joe will team up to challenge for the BTW Tag Team titles. Will these two be able to dethrone the team of Test and Albert, or will any remaining (if existent) bad blood between the two affect their championship aspirations?



News and Notes

Cody Rhodes, after appearing at WrestleBowl and making his official BTW debut, has been called up from developmental and will join full time the main roster.

Bill Goldberg will not be in attendance for next BTW Nitro and wont be on any house shows these week, as some sort of incident happened with his son, and he requested the week off. Officials don't expect him to miss any more time than a week though.

Officials and creative are considering the possibility of changing the on air authority figure. They think that after the defeat of Crushing C at the hands of Rikishi at WrestleBowl, his character is played out. The general feeling is that they need a more reknown name in that position.

We can confirm that wrestlers Jonathan Solofa Fatu and Joshua Samuel Fatu have been signed to developmental contracts. Jonathan and Joshua are the twin brothers of current BTW Superstar Rikishi.

On the same line, Guyanese bodybuilder Rycklon Stephens has also signed a developmental contract. Officials are said to be high on his physique and overall presence.






WrestleBowl passed by but not without casualties. Chris Jericho indeed had a broken nose at the event. CM Punk has bruised ribs and AJ Styles has a hurt shoulder. He should be getting further examination too make sure the damage isn't worse. Surprisingly, discounting bruises, scars and blood loss, that was the only serious injury steeming from Monster's Ball.

 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #8
We open the broadcast with a highlights package of last night’s WrestleBowl PPV. The video shows us, mostly in slow caption, focuses on the sights and sounds from the event first, as we see Ne-Yo’s and Motorhead’s performances at the event. We then see a quick recap of every match that took place at the pay per view extravaganza, going from the battle for the BTW Continental Championship between Chris Jericho and Christian Cage, to the return of the Great One, The Rock, in a losing effort against Randy Orton. The package continues now by showing us the explicit violence and ruthless aggression experienced in the Monster’s Ball match, and then in the personal affair between Rikishi and Crushing C. The highlights package reaches the fight for the championship of the world between Brock Lesnar and Triple H, and we see how these two warriors gave it their all in their tussle for the belt. We see Pedigrees, F-5 and the match ending Shooting Star Press before finally the package continues with the sight of Brock Lesnar standing in the middle of the ring at Ford Field, confetti falling from the ceiling, as he hoists up high his World Heavyweight Championship.

Pyro
Pyro
Pyro


The cameras take us around the arena and shows us fans in attendance. Judging by how active is the crowd, is obvious there’s still some WrestleBowl energy left in them. Jim Ross, Joey Styles and John Bradshaw Layfield welcome us to the show.

JR: Ladies and Gentlemen, just 24 hours removed from the biggest night in the history of this organization, WrestleBowl, I am Jim Ross and alongside Joey Styles and JBL, we welcome you to BTW Nitro from a sold out Palace of Auburn Hills here in Detroit Michigan!

Styles: Thank you very much JR and what an atmosphere we have here tonight. Amazing atmosphere indeed but fitting, fitting for the show we have for you tonight, in this, the aftermath of WrestleBowl. And if I may share my opinion with you guys for a second, I cannot wait to see Brock Lesnar walk down that aisle with the World Heavyweight Championship around his waist.

JBL: Nobody cares about what you think Styles. But I recommend Brock Lesnar to hold on tight to that championship because it won’t be long before the King of Kings, Triple H, comes back for what is his.

Styles: Whether you like it or not, Brock Lesnar IS the champion.

JR: A true slobber knocker last night between these two competitors that has resulted in a new World Heavyweight Champion. But that’s not all we have for you tonight. The Big Show will be in action, the Demon of Death Valley will address the BTW Universe and the team of CM Punk and Samoa Joe will challenge for the Tag Team Championships. We’re glad you’re with us.

JBL: And I certainly don’t like Lesnar being the champion.



“Here Comes the Pain” blasts through the speakers as the crowd explodes in a deafening ovation, announcing the arrival of our new BTW World Heavyweight Champion. Finally, and prompting an increase in the cheers from the fans, Brock Lesnar appears on the stage, shirtless, with black sweat pants, flashing a confident grin, but most importantly, the World Heavyweight Championship finally wrapped around his waist. Brock slowly walks down the ramp, enjoying every second of the trip down the ramp, until he finally enters the ring and after climbing to all four turnbuckles to show off his new prize, Lesnar finally settles in the middle of the ring, mic in hand, ready to speak to the masses.

Lesnar: Last night, last I did what many, including our former (Brock puts emphasis on this word) World Champion Triple H, said couldn’t be done, when I defeated The Game to win this and become the new World Heavyweight Champion.

Brock hoists the championship high over his head as the crowd cheers.

Lesnar: For weeks and weeks and weeks Triple H ran his mouth about me, trying to drag me to the ground. He called me overrated. He said I was nothing more than hype and he called me a flash in the pan. He even dared to say I was not on his league.

Crowd boos each remark. Brock has a confident grin on his face

Lesnar: Well Hunter, I don’t know about you, but I am sure all the people in attendance last night, and everybody around the world seeing WrestleBowl damn sure now know that maybe I may not be on your league, but that’s because I am on a league of my own. And Hunter…

Brock is forced to take a pause due to the cheers from the live audience.

Lesnar: It seems I am that damn good!

The crowd roars at the phrase, vintage Triple H.

Lesnar: Hunter, if you want another crack at me, I’m a simple man, you know where to find me. And that goes for the rest of the locker room. I will be a fighting champion. You wanna take Brock Lesnar down, all you gotta do is enter this ring with me and try!

Brock drops the microphone and starts taunting the audience, parading around with his World Heavyweight Championship high over his head and a smile on his face, until suddenly, the party gets crashed when through the PA system, “Just close your Eyes” blasts through…


JR: Now wait a minute, what is this guy doing here.

Styles: Christian Cage, who lost his Continental Championship last night to Chris Jericho, was Triple H’s tag team partner for well over eight months so maybe he has some words of choice for Brock Lesnar.

JBL: So do I. Two of them actually.


Christian Cage makes his way out to the stage, looking rather angry. He doesn’t even wait for his theme song to stop playing to start talking.

Cage: So that’s what Born to Wrestle has come to uh? A meat head, no good, untalented jack like you thinking he is actually a champion because he has a golden strap around his waist. Make no mistake about it Lesnar, you might have that…

Christian points toward Lesnar and his BTW World Heavyweight Championship.

Cage: But you’re no World Champion.

Crowd boos Christian, while Brock mockingly laughs at him from the ring.

Cage: You see Brock, I know champions. I have seen them my entire career heck, I see them every time I look to a mirror and you pale in comparison when compared to them, and especially when compared to me. The fact that I mention your name in the same breath as Christian Cage is nearby blasphemy.

Lesnar: Christi…

Cage: You shut up and you hear me when I’m talking boy.

Crowd reacts surprised, but Christian no sells them. He seems to be getting angrier and angrier by each word he says.

Cage: I am sick of people disrespecting me. These people here do it on a weekly basis. Chris Jericho last night disrespected me and I’ll be damned if I allow you to do it tonight, so you shut up and let me finish.

Cage paces around the stage recovering his breath and a little of composure.

Cage: You being on top of this organization represents everything that is wrong with our business today. But luckily for all my peeps, I am here to take a stand.

Crowd boos

Cage: You see, for far too long I was seen as nothing more than Triple H’s partner. I was held down by the simple image of Triple H, but no more. You see, I haven’t heard from Hunter since yesterday, and it appears nobody has.

People jeers, and a rumble is heard throughout the arena, people unsure what to make with this.

Cage: And as far as I’m concerned, that’s a good thing, because now nobody can hold me down, nobody can detour me and nobody can stop me from becoming a World Champion.

Christian points toward Brock again. Lesnar paces inside the ring just as Christian does on the stage.

Lesnar: I may be wrong, but between all that crap you just vented, I seemed to hear a challenge being made.

Crowd mildly cheers.

Lesnar: So why don’t you drop that microphone, grow a pair of balls and take your skinny ass into this ring so I can kick it, and then you can join your buddy in the missing list!

Brock has gotten hot. He drops the World Championship and the mic to the canvas, then starts walking around the ring like a caged animal, inviting Captain Charisma to join him in the squared circle. Christian however now looks cooler than ever, even a grin appearing on his face.

Christian: In due time Lesnar, in due time. Just like in due time, that championship of yours will be wrapped around my waist. Oh, if you don’t know, now you know!

Christian drops the microphone and looks around the jam-packed arena smiling, before turning around and returning to the back, having sent his message loud and clear. Brock Lesnar is left in the ring agitated and ready to go.


JR: Ladies and Gentlemen this is not the last we will see of Christian tonight as we have just gotten word that in our main event, Christian will go one on one with the incomparable Jeff Hardy.

JBL: Just another stepping stone for Christian, did you look at him? Christian Cage is more than ready for prime time.

JR: Christian has the chance to prove that tonight, but folks, don’t go anywhere because right after the break, we have the Tag Team Championship match, CM Punk and Samoa Joe challenge the champions, my God what a beginning to BTW Nitro!



(Commercial)


Styles: Welcome back and let’s immediately send it to the ring to Jeremy Borash for the ring introductions for our championship match.


Borash: Ladies and Gentlemen, the following contest is a tag match scheduled for one fall, with no time limit and is for the BTW Tag Team Championships…


“T&A” plays to a mild reaction from the crowd, mostly positive, as the BTW Tag Team Champions appear on the stage, both donning dark sunglasses and the titles around their waists. They greet the front row fans on their way down the ramp and into the ring.

Borash: Ladies and Gentlemen, introducing first, from Toronto, Ontario, Canada and Boston, Massachusetts, they are the current BTW Tag Team Champions, Test and Albert.

JBL: Here we go, the show begins now. There’s nothing like the electricity in a championship match.

JR: Test and Albert will have a lot of things going for them in this match, like their incredible size and unmitigated power, but most importantly, they will have the chemistry factor of being a constant tag team.

Styles: We’re yet to see if the challengers chemistry at all after their encounter at WrestleBowl.


“This Fire Burns” plays to cheers from the audience as the man who was victorious last night at WrestleBowl makes his way out. He taunts to the audience and then steps aside on the stage as he waits for his tag team partner.

“On Fire” introduces Punk’s tag team partner, Samoa Joe, whose theme song presents an interesting complement to Punk’s. Joe stands next to his partner and after what seems to be an awkward moment as the two stare at each other, they shake hands and walk down the ramp, entering the ring.

Borash: And the challengers, from OC, California and Chicago, Illinois, they are Samoa Joe and CM Punk!



BTW Tag Team Championship Match
Test and Albert (c) vs CM Punk and Samoa Joe

CM Punk and Test kick it off for their respective teams. Punk storms toward Test however the latter shows that he’s going to be a whole lot different of an opponent than Samoa Joe was last night as he receives him with a huge big boot to the face. Punk slowly makes his way back to his feet only to get kicked in the middle section and floored once again by a stiff short arm clothesline. Test punishes his opponent while on the canvas with a series of stomps, and then concludes his flurry with a harsh elbow drop directly into the sternum of the straightedge challenger. He makes the cover however Joe shows he will have his partner’s back tonight as the breaks the cover. Test picks Punk up and sending him to Test team’s corner tags out letting Albert continue the handiwork. Albert picks up right where his partner left as after squashing CM Punk against the corner with a running body splash, he stomps the living hell out of his opponent. Albert treats Punk as a rag doll as he connects him with a powerslam, move that seems to end this match after complete domination from the champions; however CM Punk shows his heart by kicking out. Albert goes to nail another slam, however as he picks Punk up, the Cookie Monster slides over his shoulder and ends up behind him, and changing the tide of the match connects a standing dropkick to the back of the neck of Albert, who is send staggering toward the turnbuckles. CM Punk catches his break and then seals his comeback by connecting his trademarked shining wizard to the cornered Albert, driving his knee to the jaw of the tag champion. Punk finally tags out and in comes Samoa Joe. Joe immediately goes to work on the cornered Albert and after a vicious elbow to the face of the behemoth, Joe continues his spinning movement and connects an impressive jumping high kick straight to the temple of Albert. The challengers show their strategy as Joe tags out immediately to CM Punk who doesn’t let Albert distance himself from the corner and keeping him in there CM Punk locks the illegal, albeit allowed for the minimum of 4 seconds with his often used variation of the Tarantula. After being reprimanded by the referee, Punk continues with the fast tags and lets Joe into the match. Albert, not knowing where is, dazedly walks right into the expecting Joe, who receives him with a Samoan Drop. CM Punk had remained in the ring and both Joe and him taunt to the audience after their dominance over Albert, however his celebration is cut short right when they around as they get floored by a double clothesline by the other half of the tag team champions Test. Test looks down at this two challengers as Joey Styles sends us to commercials.



(Commercials)



We return from the break and oh has the match complexion changed, as we see Test now in control having Samoa Joe floored with a side headlock. It takes a while but after a series of attempts from Joe to get free and a few variants to the hold by his oppressor, Joe finally manages to wrestle his way out of the punishment by connecting a belly to back suplex, and then sealing the comeback with leg lariat as Test wanted to come back for more. Joe drags to his corner and tags Punk in before Test manages to do the same with Albert, and so Test makes his mind around having to fight the Second City Saint. Punk receives him with a spinning kick to the middle section, which is then followed by a combo of a right handed slap, and then a left handed one. However, as he goes to connect a spinning right handed slap, Test catches him with two hands around his throat and connects a sitting two handed chokeslam. Both competitors end up knocked out and the race to see who reaches their partner first begins. Anticipation ensues and it is Joe who gets the tag first, followed by Albert, however it is ironically Albert the one who gets the upperhand with a clothesline. Albert nails two more of them and then a Swinging Sideslam. He makes the cover and to his own surprise Samoa Joe kicks out. Albert waits for Joe to get back to his feet and as he does Albert picks him up and throws his weight over his shoulder. Joe tries to counter and slides downwards looking for a roll up, however Albert tightens his grip on the legs of Joe and having him in position, connects a nasty looking over the shoulder reverse piledriver. He makes the cover: 1…2…, CM Punk returns the favor and breaks the pinfall attempt. Albert seems puzzled as to what to do next as he has used what may be the most destructive weapon in his arsenal. Albert grabs Joe by the head and starts picking him up when suddenly Joe snaps back into conscience and nails a Spike DDT. Joe drags toward his corner and makes the tag to CM Punk, who remains on the apron waiting for Albert to get back to his feet. The defending champion finally does so and Punk springboards looking for his flying clothesline, however he overshots Albert and instead nails Test, whom for some reason had entered the ring. Punk gets back to his feet and storms toward Albert who receives him with a brutal clothesline that turns him inside out. Albert announces he’s had enough and gets CM Punk back to a standing position, however from behind Joe hits a kick to the back of the head of Albert, which dazes the champion enough for CM Punk, to a big pop from the crowd, get Albert over his shoulders and connect the GTS. He makes the cover and we have new tag team champions.

Result: CM Punk and Samoa Joe defeat Test and Albert to become the new BTW Tag Team Champions.


Test and Albert roll to the outside of the ring where they continue trying to recover after the effects this title match left on them. Meanwhile, the ring is left for the new Tag Team Champions, CM Punk and Samoa Joe, who receive their new prizes.

Styles: Well, I don’t know if everything is fine between these two athletes, but for tonight, at least for one night, they put it all besides them and are our new tag team champions.

CM Punk and Samoa Joe stare at each other for a second before in a signal of companionship they clash their championships and then present them to the standing fans, who are giving them an ovation.

JBL: This is ridiculous. We now have two men who detest each other as our reigning tag team champions.


Scene cuts and we see Cody Rhodes walking backstage. He’s still stretching. Jim Ross informs us that his debut match in BTW, will take place right after the break.



(Commercials)



We return and Cody Rhodes’s opponent, Elijah Burke, is already in the ring, taunting the audience to generate heat from them.

Styles: Elijah Burke has had a couple of rough nights here in BTW Nitro facing defeat, let’s see if he’s able to snap his streak by ruining Cody Rhodes’s debut.


Borash: And introducing his opponent, making his BTW Nitro debut, from , he is Cody Rhodes!


“Out to Kill” plays to a nice warm reception from the audience as the member of the legendary Rhodes family, young Cody, shows his face for the first time on BTW Nitro.

JBL: Listen, I don’t care how much talent this kid may have, I don’t care if we’re witnessing the beginning of a Hall of Fame career like the one his father had, I don’t even care how much you praise him JR, this kid showed no respect to Muhammed Hassan and WrestleBowl and tonight he will have to start earning his stripes.

JR: Cody Rhodes is the proverbial blue chipper. I have no doubt he will do just that.



Cody Rhodes vs Elijah Burke

Rhodes looks a little tentative in the early going of this match, sticking to just circling Elijah Burke without looking for any offensive move. Elijah grins and finally he’s the one looking for an opening, however, just like a Spanish matador sidesteps him and then floors him with a picture perfect dropkick as Burke turned around. Rhodes seems to have awakened up with this and after picking Elijah Burke up, he delivers a second dropkick. Rhodes however gets too dropkick happy and after looking for a third one, Elijah lets him crash against the canvas by just swatting him away. Burke goes to work on the floored Rhodes driving his knee to every and any exposed body part of his opponent. Rhodes removes his kneepad to cause further damage, however Cody Rhodes is able to get out of the way as Burke elevates high in the air looking for knee drop to the face of the second generation superstar. Cody Rhodes gets back to his feet and channeling his brother nails a throat thrust as Burke got back to his feet. Rhodes waited for Burke to start picking himself up and then showing he will pay homage to many big names of the heyday with his moveset, nails Elijah with a rolling neck snap. Cody Rhodes is on a head of steam and after taunting to the crowd he climbs to the top rope and launches himself looking for a crossbody plancha onto a now standing Burke, however Elijah after getting drilled down to the canvas manages to roll through the maneuver and end up getting in a pinning predicament. Rhodes kick out and showing the virtue of youth both men get rapidly back to a standing position, however Elijah quickly changes this as he nails Cody Rhodes with a Running STO.

Burke looks confident and he announces the end of the match. He drags the carcass of his opponent and sets him close to the corner. Burke takes impulse and then charges toward the corner looking for his characteristic Outer Limitz elbow drop, however at the last minute Rhodes is able to roll out of the way. Cody mounts his comeback after finally nailing a springboard kick to the face. Rhodes picks the now knocked out Elijah Burke and hits a vicious looking spinning facebuster. Rhodes makes the cover and like that he has won his first match in BTW.

Result: Cody Rhodes defeated Elijah Burke


Joey Styles and Jim Ross praise Cody Rhodes’s performance in commentary, when out of a sudden both their commentary as Cody Rhodes’s celebration inside the ring are cut short when Muhammed Hassan assaults Cody from behind. Rhodes gets stomped by Hassan who seals his attack with a STO. Hassan then demands a microphone.

JBL: Well I don’t know if Cody Rhodes earned anyone’s respect with his performance tonight, but I damn sure know he didn’t earn Hassan’s.


Hassan: Did you really think, young Cody, that you would embarrass me and nothing would happen?

Muhammed delivers one more stomp to Cody Rhodes.

Hassan: Did you really think, young Cody, that after trying to make a name out of myself, everything would just be alright?

Hassan stomps Cody yet again.

Hassan: I am as American as you or your dad are, if not more. I deserve to be here in BTW and to get the respect from these fans, as it outrageous than somebody like you, young Cody Rhodes, gets more respect than me just because of your last name.

Hassan kicks Cody Rhodes, making him roll out of the ring.

Hassan: But make no mistake, young Cody Rhodes, you and I, have only just begun. Welcome to your American Nightmare!

Hassan drops the microphone and from the ring looks down to the grieving Cody Rhodes, as Muhammed’s theme song now plays on the background.


Scene slowly fades away from the ring action and takes us to the backstage area, where we see no other than the Legend Killer, Randy Orton, walking backstage. Orton is wearing his BTW T-shirt and is on his trunks, but most importantly, wearing a big smile from ear to ear, obviously satisfied with his actions last night at WrestleBowl. He walks around like he owns the place and is talking aloud, for everybody to hear him. There are a couple of crew members who look at him both with shock and a sign of disgust on their eyes.

Orton: Has anybody seen The Rock? I repeat, does anybody know where The Rock is here tonight? You sir…

Orton approaches one of the crew members.

Orton: Do you if The Rock is here tonight? Oh that’s right, of course he isn’t. He’s in a hospital right now, because I kicked his lights out last night at WrestleBowl, gave him a concussion and well, I killed his career.

Crowd is heard booing in the background. Orton suddenly smiles as if he had thought about something funny

Orton: Well, at least I took him out of his misery before Hollywood was going to.

Suddenly, the crew member turns around and leaves, after he appears to have seen something – or someone – behind Randy Orton. Randy turns and finds no other than the BTW Continental Champion, Chris Jericho, standing behind him.

Y2J: Randy, Randy, Randy. You haven’t learned one thing since you started in this business haven’t you? You just ended the career of one of the most loved superstars in the history of this business, half the locker room wants your head on a stake and all you’re able to do is bully crew members and cut some really unfunny jokes.

Jericho has the Continental Champion on his shoulder. He takes a look at it before he continues to speak.

Y2J: No, you’re the same spoiled brat, the same assclown that you were since the day you told daddy you wanted to be a wrestler. And now, I think your actions have taken you to a situation you will just not be able to handle.

Orton takes one step forward, getting closer to Chris Jericho.

Orton: Why Chris, are you going to do something about it?

Y2J: Me? Nah Randy. Not me. Silly me I actually thought you were a smart man Orton. The Rock has family around here Orton, don’t you forget about that, and Crushing C isn’t here tonight to cover your back.

Uncertainty seems to start appearing on Randy’s face.

Y2J: I’m just telling you Randy, if I were you, I’d watch my back, because after what you did to The Rock, you will never, ever, be the same again.

Y2J stares at Randy Orton for a few more couple of seconds creating a tense staredown before walking away. The camera zooms on Randy Orton’s blue eyes as the scene fades to commercials.



(Commercial)



We return and everything is ready and set inside the ring for the VIP Lounge. There are two sofas, the canvas is covered with a carpet and there’s a small black table between the sofas which has a pair of champagne bottles on top of them. The rest of the ring is filled with the classic scenery of the VIP Lounge, but most importantly, our host Montel Vontavious Porter is in the ring as well, sitting on one of the previously mentioned sofas, rocking an Armani suit, matching shades and a five o’ clock shadow beard. Heavily chewing on his gum, MVP gets up and starts talking.

MVP: Welcome to the VIP Lounge, I’m your host MVP, and since I am in the house, it can only mean one thing, big things popping, little things stopping, so sit back and enjoy the view, ‘cause the VIP Lounge is for people who are better than you.

MVP paces around as he gets some boos from the audience.

MVP: Although this time, this time I am not so sure about that. My guest tonight may actually very well be worse than each and every one of you. You see, he, he’s the living image of where bad decisions will take you. He might very well be out of a D.A.R.E graphic motivating you to just say no.

Porter laughs.

MVP: Seriously, with this guy, the term highflyer couldn’t be any more appropriate.

Crowd boos as MVP continues laughing at his own jokes

MVP: If I am not making myself clear, what I am trying to say is while I am completely, one hundred percent I am better than my guest tonight, is not something I can really take pride in considering the low life human being he is. Is like bragging about being better than the Detroit Pistons

Crowd heavily boos at MVP, who grinning takes off his shades.

MVP: But let’s not waste any more time, without further ado, the man who may very well be worse than you all and who puts to shame this company every time he steps out of those curtains, I give to you, Rob Van Dam.


Crowd erupts as “One of a Kind” brings RVD out. Despite being verbally bashed by MVP, Van Dam is in his usual laid back self. He finally enters the ring and stands a few steps away from the BTW Extreme Champion.

MVP: C’mon all give it up for Rob Van Dam!

Crowd continues cheering as RVD looks around clapping as well.

MVP: Thank you so much for making it Rob, I am so glad you are here, as well as surprised. To be perfectly honest with you, I didn’t expect you to make it on time since the view in your locker room is usually so foggy you can’t watch the clock, if you know what I mean.

Porter laughs at his joke while Van Dam, mockingly laughs as well and applauds MVP.

MVP: Nah man, I’m just messing with you Rob. But now seriously, seriously, tell me, how does it feel? How does it feel to be in the single most spectacular VIP Lounge, with the single most spectacular performer in history, the man who is half man, half amazing and to know that in just three weeks, you will get the honor to be in the same ring with such a virtuous man, yours truly, MVP?

Crowd boos as the cockiness just exudes out of Montel Vontavious Porter.

MVP: To be in the same with the same man who has beaten, well, just about every that there is to beat to be your BTW Extreme Champion?

Crowd continues booing

RVD: Well dude, If I can answer with another question, how does it feel to be in the same ring with the man who will end your championship reign, yours truly, Rob…Van…Dam?

RVD points at himself each time he says a part of his name. The crowd chants along with him.

MVP: Real cute Rob, that’s really cute. But what makes you think you even stand a chance at beating me uh? I am the longest running champion of any kind here in BTW. Yeah, of any kind. Everything about me screams champion. The way I wrestle, the way I talk, most definitively the way I dress.

Crowd boos.

MVP: You, on the other hand, are just lucky you’re not in some kind of homeless shelter thanks to your extracurricular activities. It’s criminal to think that you have a chance at defeating me.

RVD: You know what’s criminal Montel? The fact that you are our Extreme Champion. Seriously, you, extreme?

Crowd cheers as MVP seems to be outraged by RVD claims.

RVD: I have seen more extreme things out in Adult Swim than you will ever be dude.

Rob is the one now laughing at his own jokes

RVD:You, extreme? Oh, maybe, you’re extreme because of the extreme beating The Undertaker gave you last night.

Crowd cheers while RVD laughs. MVP looks around the arena with disgust.

MVP: Really funny Rob, really funny, you are truly amusing. I am extreme. I am the most extreme superstar to have ever lived, to have ever competed in this company. When the lights are on bright, I deliver and you, damn hippie, will be nothing more than a footnote on my title reign history once it is all set and done, in this ring, I will eat you alive, because I am your BTW Extreme Champion and I am straight up BALLIN’.

MVP does his classic taunt right on RVD’s face. The crowd reacts with boos. RVD grins and remains calm, although you can notice he is about to lose it.

RVD: Well champ, how about I give you something extreme for you remember me until Busted Open…

Having said this, RVD throws his microphone at MVP and when Porter reacts catching him, Van Dam nails him right in the mush with a Van Daminator, which drives the microphone right into the face of Porter. We can see that the impact busts Porter’s upper lip open, and blood starts down his mouth.

Rob Van Dam stands over the fallen and now bleeding Extreme Champion and having sent his message, he rejoices on the appreciation of the crowd as he taunts.



(Commercial)



We come back from the break and we see Mr. Kennedy already inside the ring, jogging warming up, with his music playing on the back. Mr. Kennedy is sporting a band aid on his forehead and his right hand is heavily taped.

Styles: Welcome back ladies and gentlemen, and seeing Kennedy in the ring, you can tell we are ready for some action.

JBL: Look at the fire on those eyes. Mr. Kennedy smells like smoke because he’s definitively been through fire.

Styles: Yes, but you have to wonder in which state Mr. Kennedy really is after competing in Monster’s Ball last night.


“Arabian Beat” plays to cheers from the audience as a heavily taped on the ribs and visibly injured Sabu walks down the ramp into the ring.

Borash: And his opponent, from Bombay, India, Sabu!


JR: But you also have to wonder on what state this man is.




Mr. Kennedy vs Sabu

Mr. Kennedy immediately takes it to Sabu and he nails him with a huge knee to the middle section, making Sabu double in pain. Kennedy continues his attack with clubs to the back, doubling Sabu more and more toward the canvas. However, Kennedy soon feels his own attack as well as he resents his hurt right hand. Kennedy walks away grabbing his right hand with grins of pain. Sabu, gingerly, grabbing his ribs in pain, gets up to his feet and he goes toward Kennedy, connecting him with a low dropkick right to the knee, and collapsing Ken down to the canvas. Sabu mounts Kennedy and starts connecting punch after punch imprinting all his strength and power to them. The referee separates both men taking Sabu away, and we can see that Mr. Kennedy’s wound on his forehead has been reopened, heavily pouring blood down his face. Sabu shoves the referee away and goes back to work on Mr. Kennedy, landing more and more punches on the bleeding forehead of his opponent. Sabu finally walks way from Mr. Kennedy, only to then dash toward the ring ropes and springboard, coming back and connecting a plancha landing right on top of the floored Kennedy. Sabu hooks the leg making the lateral press: 1…2…, Kennedy kicks out. Sabu gets back to his feet and pulling Mr. Kennedy by the hair he guides him up as well. Sabu weakens Kennedy more with straight shots to the head before he finally Irish Whips him toward the ring ropes. Mr. Kennedy bounces back towards the awaiting Sabu, and surprises him by connecting him with a DDT out of nowhere. Kennedy gets back to his feet and he touches his bleeding forehead. Kennedy looks mad about it. Ken Kennedy stares at the floored Sabu for a while, and then he just gets out of the ring. Inside the ring, Sabu starts getting back to his senses, and noticing this, Mr. Kennedy starts to walk further and further away from the ring. Sabu sees this and he walks toward the side of the ring closer to where Mr. Kennedy is. Kennedy turns around to take one final look to Sabu before walking to the back (and lose the match via count out), but what he gets is a flying Sabu right over him, the death defying Sabu puts his body on the line yet again and connects Mr. Kennedy with a slingshot plancha. Sabu immediately takes his hands to his ribs, resenting the maneuver as well. Mr. Kennedy and Sabu, both greatly punished from last night and as seen by now, in no condition to be competing, remain knocked out next to one another, the referee making the count out: 5…6…7…, both competitors start getting back to their senses and they struggle to get up to their feet, 8…9…, just being able to beat the count, both men slide to the inside of the ring.

Slowly, Sabu and Mr. Kennedy both start getting back to their feet. After a couple of seconds they finally get fully back to their feet, and immediately both men dash to the ring ropes behind each one of them. Kennedy and Sabu bounce back and they meet in the middle of the ring in a huge double clothesline, in which both men fall on their backs holding their sternums in pain. The referee looks around the arena, then down to the competitors, and as he sees Kennedy and Sabu both trying to get back to their feet, his face shows shock as how these men just keep wrestling despite obviously not being in condition to do so. Kennedy and Sabu fully recover, and immediately they step closer to one another. Kennedy throws a roundhouse kick to Sabu, however Sabu manages to duck avoiding it, nonetheless, Kennedy manages to keep spinning and he spans his maneuver into an enziguiri, right to the head of Sabu, knocking him out cold. Kennedy screams raising his arm up high taunting to the crowd. Kennedy then walks toward the corner and he climbs to the top rope, where then again he taunts to the crowd announcing his intentions. Ken measures his floored opponent, and finally he comes from the top rope looking to connect his Kenton Bomb, but Sabu manages to roll out of the way avoiding the Kenton, letting Mr. Kennedy crash and burn down to the mat. Sabu coughs badly and then slowly, holding his ribs, he gets back to his feet, dashes toward the ring ropes and using the second rope he springboards turning in mid air to land over Mr. Kennedy connecting a leg drop. Sabu makes the cover: 1…2…, Kennedy kicks out. Sabu knows he has to stay on top of Mr. Kennedy, and quickly he grabs Kennedy by the hair and pulls him up to his feet. Sabu locks his opponent in a front facelock and he walks backwards to the corner. Sabu climbs to the ropes, obviously going for a Tornado DDT.

Sabu goes for the maneuver, however as he attempts it, Kennedy blocks it using his strength holding Sabu in a waistlock, and in a rather stiff looking maneuver, he does a version of a flapjack dropping Sabu face first into the turnbuckle. Sabu melts down on the corner ending up sitting against the turnbuckles. Mr. Kennedy dashes to the ring ropes in front of him crossing the ring. Ken then bounces back and comes at full speed towards Sabu, finally connecting him with a vicious Face Wash. Kennedy grins showing the pleasure kicking Sabu in the face gave him. Mr. Kennedy grabs Sabu by the hair and pulls him away from the corner into the middle of the ring. There, Ken Kennedy sets his opponent up and connects him with his Mic Check. Mr. Kennedy makes the cover: 1…2…3.

Result: Mr. Kennedy defeats Sabu


Kennedy whips blood from his forehead and then he raises his hand showing the blood to the crowd, seemingly proud of it. Mr. Kennedy then leaves the ring with a smile and swagger proper of the winner of the match.

JBL: I am telling you guys, Mr. Kennedy is ready for primetime. He has walked through hell, and he has liked it.


We see a divided shot of Mark Henry and Bob Sapp getting ready for their match. They are next.



(Commercial)



“Somebodies Gonna Get it” plays to boos from the audience as Mark Henry power walks down the ramp into the ring. He gets there and he taunts to the audience showing his power and physique.

Borash: Introducing first, from Silsbee, Texas, he is the World’s Strongest Man, Mark Henry!


JR: Folks you better brace yourselves, this isn’t going to be Oklahoma pretty, but it will damn sure be smash mouth.

JBL: If you like to see two behemoths just beat the heck out of each other, then you’re in for a treat.

Styles: The perfect example of ruthless aggression.


Get Back” breaks through the speakers to boos from the crowd as well as Bob Sapp, alongside his manager Paul Heyman, come out.

Borash: And his opponent, being accompanied to the ring by Paul Heyman, from Colorado Springs, Colorado, Bob Sapp!



Bob Sapp vs Mark Henry

Bob Sapp and Mark Henry stare at each other from different ends of the ring. Then slowly, they walk toward each other and meet in the middle of the ring, where they get forehead to forehead, face to face with one another. Both men continue staring a hole at one another, however, out of a sudden, they both snap toward the referee and they connect him with stereo punches, knocking him down to the canvas.

Styles: What on Earth?


Sapp and Henry look down to the referee, then they turn around toward one another and they shake each other’s hand. Then, they both laugh.

JBL: What’s going on?


Sapp palms Henry on the back and they both leave the ring together. Paul Heyman walks alongside the two monsters and when they reach the stage, Heyman raises both Henry’s and Sapp’s arms.

Styles: What is all of this?

JR: Someway, somehow, I smell set up, I smell conspiracy. My God they tricked us all.

Styles: Of course, there’s no doubt Henry and Sapp never intended to wrestle tonight. They were in all of this together.

JR: But what does this mean? I see Heyman, Sapp and Mark Henry all together with their arms raised up high, but I have no idea what it means. You never know how that dirty little mind of Heyman truly functions.


We go backstage and we see Jeremy Borash.

Borash: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time, he’s perhaps the most controversial man right now in the entire Born to Wrestle Federation, and the man who defeated Edge one on one last night at Wrestlebowl, he is Jeff Hardy.

Crowd pops as Jeff Hardy steps into the scene and stands next to Borash. He seems already ready for his match later on tonight against Christian, as he has his face paint on, in a design very much similar to the one in the movie The Crow.

Borash: Jeff, you have had some truly hard couple of weeks with all the accusations thrown your way about the possession of illegal substances during a live BTW event, but the last 24 hours have had to be sweet for you. First you defeat your main prosecutor Edge at WrestleBowl, and tonight you get the chance to beat Christian Cage and place yourself as Brock Lesnar’s challenger. Do you think that you’re finally catching a break?

Hardy gasps and then crosses his arms.

Hardy: You know Jeremy, I don’t know about catching a break or not, all I know is that my work is to go out there each and every night and beat whoever is in front of me, to deliver my absolute best inside that ring. But people like Edge, they decide to judge me for what I do or what I don’t do outside the ring.

Crowd interrupts with a Hardy chant.

Hardy: This is a free world Jeremy, everybody is free to make their own decisions, I am not trying to hide that I have made some mistakes in my life, I don’t try to hide the fact that I am freak, a screw up, in fact, I take pride in that.

Crowd cheers as Hardy seems to be getting pumped up.

Hardy: But I am telling you, that those illegal substances found on my bags, they were placed in there by somebody else. Now, I know BTW management is on the case and I trust them, so right now, I will be able to concentrate on my work, go out there and be my absolute best.

Borash: Do you think you have seen the last of Edge, because…

Jeff interrupts Borash.

Hardy: I don’t know if Edge will continue to accuse me or not. All I know is Edge and I, we will never be friends, we will never see eye to eye in anything, but if he decides to target me again, then the same thing that happened at WrestleBowl will happen to him again.

Jeff stares at the camera selling his emotion before he finally walks away.


We see a graphic hyping The Undertaker. He’s coming to the ring with an edict to address the BTW Universe, and that is next.



(Commercial)



Styles: We’re back and…


We hear a gong.

JR: Oh my!


Lights go out after we hear the second gong and “The Darkest Side” starts playing to a big ovation from the crowd. Finally, Taker appears on the stage and he starts his slow walk down the ramp to the ring. Taker steps into the ring and he removes his jacket and hat. Then he asks for a microphone. Lights are still gone, except for one that hits right on The Undertaker illuminating.

Styles: So Mr. Color Commentator, do you have any idea of what we are going to see in here?

JBL: I don’t. You never know with this man, The Undertaker.


Taker: For many years, many men have tried to…


Out of nowhere, lights go on and turns green and yellow, along with “Virtual Voodoo” announcing the arrival of the Samoan Bulldozer, Umaga.

JR: What the..?


Taker’s face shows Umaga isn’t expected, nor welcomed for that matter. The Samoan finally appears on the stage looking even more savage than usual if that’s possible. Umaga starts walking down the ramp as Taker continues to stare a hole through him. Umaga enters the ring and both behemoths continue throwing daggers at each other with their eyes.

JR: I don’t know why Umaga is here, but I have a feeling we are just about to find out.


Umaga and Taker meet in the middle of the ring, still looking at one another. Hell finally gets unleashed as Umaga throws a punch at Taker. The Deadman blocks it however, then he starts unfolding straight right hands of his own. Taker manages to get the best of Umaga and to end his flurry of offense he dashes to the ring ropes behind him and bounces back probably looking for a flying clothesline, however as he bounces back he gets grabbed by Umaga and squashed by a huge Samoan Drop. Umaga looks down at Taker and then he starts stomping the living hell out of him, punishing more. Umaga picks Taker up by the arm, pulls Taker toward himself and connects him with a second Samoan Drop. The Undertaker holds his spine in pain, however, and much to the shock of everybody, he starts trying to sit up.

Styles: Stay down Taker, or that monster just won’t stop.


Umaga sees this and he walks back toward Taker, picks him up, sets him and then Umaga connects him with a massive, vicious looking Sidewalk Sideslam. Taker will not be kept down nonetheless, and trying to recover, he crawls toward the corner. Taker gets there and trying to recover he lays his weight against the turnbuckles. Umaga looks amused, and quickly he crosses the ring at full speed from corner to corner, finally connecting Taker with his deadly Samoan Wrecking Ball, only that on this occasion, instead of driving his hip to the face of an opponent, he performs his running hip attack right to the back of the head and neck of the Undertaker.

Styles: Oh no.

JR: Bah Gawd, somebody stop that monster damn it, he has no business in there, and he may just have permanently injured The Undertaker.


Umaga looks down to the immobile Taker and he says something in Samoan while he does so. Finally, Umaga grabs Taker by the hair, pulls him back to his feet and mercilessly he executes the Deadman by connecting a huge Samoan Spike. Taker falls down to the canvas, not able to put on any resistance However, Umaga is not done, and instead he picks Taker back to his feet. He grabs Taker with his left hand and extends his right arm, sticking out his thumb. Umaga connects Taker with a second Samoan Spike. This time, we see that even more damage has been made, as there’s blood coming out from Taker’s mouth.

JR: That’s enough damn it.


Umaga finally gets out of the ring, staring at Taker and mumbling things in Samoan all the time. Umaga walks up the ramp backwards, lifting his arms still taunting to the crowd, which does nothing but boo him.

JR: I can’t believe what we just saw, I just can’t.

JBL: I have never, never seen The Undertaker be dismantled in that way.

JR: But why? We were going to hear Taker’s edict, and out of nowhere Umaga comes out and…this.

Styles: One could say JR, that after losing to Bob Sapp in the battle for dominance, Umaga needed to send a message to BTW, a message that talked about his own dominance.


We go to commercial with the image of Undertaker lifeless inside the ring lying on the canvas.



(Commercial)



JR: Welcome back ladies and gentlemen and…I’m sorry, I am disgusted. We might have just seen the last of The Undertaker just because of what in my opinion was a completely random attack by Umaga.

JBL: Joey said it JR. Umaga lost the battle for dominance against Bob Sapp, and he just needed to state that he is still an intimidating, dominant monster, and damn it he did just that here tonight.


Gavin Spears is already in the ring, getting ready for the fight of his life, as he will be going one on one with The Big Show.


“Big” blasts through the speaks as his opponent, the seven foot monster, The Big Show, makes his way to the ring, looking focused and quite frankly, angry.

Borash: And his opponent, The Big Show!



Big Show vs Gavin Spears

Gavin Spears shows no fear at the giant, maybe a suicidal choice, and he dashes against The Big Show, however the behemoth just blasts him with a sidekick, knocking the taste out of the mouth of Spears. Big Show looks down at his opponent and with total disregard for his health, Show steps over the sternum of the floored Gavin two times, making it obvious this match will be a blowout. Big Show rag dolls his opponent toward the corner and after sending us to make silence, he lights up the chest of Gavin Spears two three times. The giant then just tosses Gavin Spears completely across the ring. Big Show looks at the crowd with a sadistic look on his face as he picks up Gavin Spears and grabs him by the throat, then Chokeslams down to the canvas after keeping Gavin Spears in the air for a couple of seconds. But oh is The Big Show not so over with his victim. He picks Gavin up and after locking the Cobra Clutch and keeping it tight for a few moments, he just hoists Gavin up and drops him on his knee on a huge backbreaker. Big Show seals the deal by tossing Spears away. Gavin is so unlucky that his flight ends with him getting all tangled up with the ring ropes. Big Show grabs Spears by the boot and gets him to the middle of the ring, where resembling an imposing lion over the carcass of his latest prey, The Big Show makes the cover: 1…2…3.

Result: Big Show defeats Gavin Spears.


Meanwhile the announcers hype and talk up about The Big Show, the giant destroyer asks for a microphone. Big Show starts speaking, well, not really, as he’s virtually yelling at us.

Big Show: You see! This is how you do it! Not with a phony MMA loser on your corner! This is how you destroy an opponent!

Big Show paces around the ring like a caged grizzly bear.

Show: Goldberg, are you proud of yourself! You’ve got nothing on my kid. I am a machine, a seven foot tall, five hundred pounds monster, and until you beat me one on one, nobody will believe your pathetic little hype.

The giant now stands in the middle of the ring.

Show: Now I know you aren’t even here tonight, but I know you’re watching. You better be watching. Be a man for once in your life. I am throwing the challenge. You and me one on one at Busted Open.

Crowd cheers a little at the expectation of the match.

Show: You know where to find me.

Big Show drops the microphone and after staring at the hard camera for a couple of seconds, he finally gets out of the ring and starts getting to the back with his theme song blasting on the background.

The Show has reached the upper part of the ramp when suddenly “Samoan Coolness” substitutes his own theme song, and Big Show finds Rikishi face to face. Big Show practically ignores him and just keeps walking to the back, while Rikishi makes his way to the ring, looking as angry if not more than the leaving destroying machine.

Rikishi is wearing jeans, his BTW Shirt underneath a black leather jacket, which reinforces the image of badass he seems to be screaming here tonight. Rikishi is received to cheers from the audience as he steps into the squared circle.

Rikishi: I am here for one reason and one reason only. Randy Orton, get your little ass to this ring now!

Crowd cheers as Rikishi just stares at the stage.


Styles: Ladies and Gentlemen, we will stick with this situation when we come back from the break.



(Commercial)



We come back and Rikishi is still in the middle of the ring waiting for Randy Orton, who has not come out. The announcers sell confusion about the situation.

Rikishi: Randy, you better come out, because you don’t want me back there looking for you.

Rikishi continues staring at the stage.

Rikishi: Randy, Randy, Randy, you don’t get it do you? I spent an entire year being humiliated, picked apart, and taken through hell and back by Crushing C. But last night, I went somewhere, I’ve never been before, and it was I who took Crushing C to hell, but I left him there.

Crowd cheers.

Rikishi: But am I finally free of all worries? Of course I’m not. Because you decided it would be fun to kick my cousin on the skull and put him on a hospital!

Crowd boos, while Rikishi appears disgusted.

Rikishi: Randy, you have done the same thing for me, but it’s one thing that you do it to me, than you do it to my family, to my own blood, to…

Rikishi takes a pause after apparently getting angrier. Suddenly, “Voices” plays to a huge amount of boos from the audience as the person being talked about, Mr. Randy Orton appears. He’s smart enough not to walk down to the ring, and so he stays on the stage.

Orton: And what Rikishi? What do you want? What are you going to do about it? You seem to be proud after taking out our General Manager, a man who isn’t even trained to compete. Let me assure Rikishi, I am nothing like Crushing C.

The last phrase seems to have rolled out the tongue of the Legend Killer. Rikishi at the sight of Orton seems to have gotten fire lighten inside of him.

Rikishi: What I want is one match, ONE MATCH, with you! Just that. See what I do to you once I get you in here.

Orton: Now why on Earth would I do that Rikishi? There’s nothing in me on fighting you. I killed, killed the career of the most electrifying man in sports entertainment, and as fun as punting your head was the first time, doing it again would be, no offense, a step down.

Orton is back to his usual sarcastic, irritating self, and his effect shows on Rikishi inside the ring.

Rikishi: You don’t get it, Randy. A match with you is ALL I want. I want the chance to tear you apart, to end your career on its prime, to give you concussion after concussion after concussion and put you on a hospital. I want you to feel what me, what The Rock, have felt with your coward attacks Randy, because if I am not able to do that, quite frankly, I have no career.

Orton: Wait a second, was it just me, or did you just said that if you can’t beat me, you have no career?

Randy seems puzzled at this.

Rikishi: Yeah, if I can’t rip the flesh of your bones I have no career.

Orton: Well then Rikishi, you’re on!

The crowd, surprised, cheers.

Orton: You and me, one on one…at Busted Open.

This announcement gets some boos from fans expecting to see these two clashing tonight.

Orton: And if you lose this match, that’s it, you’re history, you’re gone never to come back, your career will end at the hands of the Legend Killer.

Randy concludes with a grin on his face.

Rikishi: I accept.

Crowd cheers.

Rikishi: But make no mistake about it Randy. Win or lose, it is your career the one ending at Busted Open.

Orton and Rikishi stare at each other, the tension created by this back and forth could be cut with a knife.

The announcers talk about this encounter for Busted Open, before telling us that our main event, Christian Cage vs Jeff Hardy, is next.



(Commercial)



Styles: Oh my ladies and gentlemen, what a night we have had here tonight, and what a night it will be three weeks from now, at Busted Open.

JBL: But it’s not over, Joey, we are still in for an instant classic.


“Here Comes the Pain” suddenly goes off bringing out our BTW World Champion Brock Lesnar, who apparently has decided to get a ringside view to this match. He does just that, as instead of joining commentary, he just places a chair ringside.


“Just Close your Eyes” now plays to boos from the audience as Christian makes his way to the ring, making sure to stare at taunt at the champ outside of the ring.

JBL: And now, here comes the freak.



“No More Words” plays to a rock star like reaction from the crowd as the Rainbow Haired Warrior, Jeff Hardy, makes his way down the ramp and into the ring, ready for this main event.



Christian Cage vs Jeff Hardy

Christian and Jeff look at each other before going at it, and they kick it off with some chain wrestling, which ends with Christian Cage on top locking in an armbar on a now floored Jeff after a series of headlocks traded from one side to another. After breaking the hold, it is now Jeff Hardy who gets the upperhand on Christian, imprinting his own style into the match and quickening the pace with a series of deep armdrags, shades of Ricky Steamboat. The turns have completely turned as it all ends with Hardy locking in an armbar of his own. Christian breaks it with a boot over the top rope and both men get back to their feet. They ensue in a war of punches, with Christian getting the upperhand with a knee to the middle section. Christian pummels Jeff Hardy a little bit more with strikes before Irish Whiping Hardy to the ring ropes and receiving him with a huge Flapjack. Christian seems intend in impressing Brock Lesnar who is at ringside, and after picking Jeff up, he nails an air taking Fireman’s Carry Gutbuster. Christian delivers a deadly stare to the World Champion as he goes to the top rope, apparently intend on ending our main event there and now. Christian flies through the air performing a Frog Splash, however he doesn’t get to actually connect the maneuver as Jeff rolls out of the way. As a whiplash effect, Christian practically bounces back to a standing position holding his middle section in pain, only to get dropkicked on his ass by the Charismatic Enigma and staggered toward the corner. Christian ends up in the perfect position for one of Hardy’s trademarked attacks and Jeff effectively connects his Hardyac arrest. Christian dazedly walks away from the corner creating enough distance for his opponent to show that just as Cage he isn’t afraid to hit the big moves early on and nail Christian perfectly with his awe inspiring Whisper in the Wind. Hardy makes the cover however he only gets a two count.

Cage slowly gets back up and when he does Hardy tries to kick him in the gut, however Cage blocks and then blocks as well Hardy’s attempt for a Reverse Mule Kick by swatting him away. Cage picks Hardy up with a methodical pace, however Hardy snaps out of his control and tries to connect his Sit out Jawbreaker. Cage however avoids it and then grabbing the arms of Jeff Hardy, tries to lock in the Unprettier. Hardy avoids it and then gets Cage in a reverse facelock situation, ideal for a Reverse DDT, however with an arm twist Christian ends the reversals combination by nailing a DDT. Christian now breaths heavily and in a clear attempt to just punish Hardy, locks in a Cloverleaf. The crowd gets behind Jeff Hardy in these trying times as Jeff suffers in the hold, trying to reach the ring ropes, until he finally does. The referee forces a break but Hardy ends up knocked down again as when he got back to his feet, he charged full speed towards Christian aiming him with a clothesline, only for Captain Charisma to duck, lock and plant him with his own Reverse DDT. Christian climbs to the top rope where after messing with the crowd and having enough time to once again taunt Brock Lesnar at first and then his opponent, he connects a Flying European Uppercut which knocks Hardy out cold. Christian is in the zone right now and mocking Hardy he throws the Gunz hand signal before picking Jeff Hardy up and getting him in position for the Unprettier once again. He has Hardy ready however at the last moment, life gets back to the Rainbow Haired Warrior as he reverses his predicament and with a kick to the middle section, softens Christian Cage enough for him to connect his sitout inverted suplex slam.

Hardy tries to gather himself as he crawls away from Christian, before getting back to his feet and getting his mojo back, grabs the legs of Christian, opens the compass and nails his double leg drop. Christian grabs his crotch in pain and rolling over his head gets closer to the corner, setting himself up in position for a second Hardyac arrest, however as Hardy dashes toward him and propels himself up in the air, Christian snaps back to a standing position and catches Jeff over his right shoulder. Christian takes a few steps toward the center of the squared circle, however there Jeff is able to counter and slides down looking for a roll up: 1…2…, Christian kicks out rolling over his head. Both men get back to his feet and cross sights for one, maybe two seconds, before the two of them run toward opposite sets of ring ropes and meet in the middle of the ring, after the two of the having had the same idea, crashing in a mid air crossbody block encounter.

Christian and Jeff Hardy roll around the mat in pain, both holding their gut grimacing, when suddenly, the camera picks up no other than the Rated R Superstar, Edge, sprinting down the ramp and sliding into the ring. Unbeknown of what’s happening behind him, Jeff Hardy gets back to his feet and naively turns around, only get broken apart by a huge spear by the Ultimate Opportunist. Brock Lesnar sees this and immediately rolls to the inside of the ring.

The referee rings the bell…

Result: Jeff Hardy wins by DQ.


…but that’s not even important right now. Edge, at the sight of Brock Lesnar inside the ring, immediately rolls out, having sent his message to Jeff Hardy already. Brock continues staring at Edge as the Canadian makes the slow walk up the ramp, staring back at the World Champion.

Then, Brock checks on Jeff Hardy, but when he turns around, probably to see where the other man in the equation was, he gets planted right in the face with a shot of his own BTW World Heavyweight Championship, courtesy of Christian Cage.

Knocked out, Brock Lesnar lies at the feet of Captain Charisma, who hoists the gold high over his head, sending a message of his own.


Styles: Good God, do you know what this mean?

JBL: Of course I know…Captain Charisma is coming for the BTW World Heavyweigh Championship.



Show ends with Christian Cage lifting the BTW World Heavyweight Championship high over his head.






BTW Extreme Championship
MVP (c) vs Rob Van Dam

If Rikishi loses, he must retire
Rikishi vs Randy Orton
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #9



Following the events that transpired during and after last week's main event, in the match pitting Christian Cage vs Jeff Hardy, a massive main event will headline BTW Nitro as we go live on Spike TV. The team of BTW World Heavyweight Champion Brock Lesnar and Jeff Hardy will battle the historical tandem of Edge and Christian. The number of agendas in this match is unmeasurable. Christian Cage has made it clear he wants to be next in line for Lesnar's title, and the situation between Edge and Jeff Hardy steeming from the incident a couple of weeks back involving involving illegal substances in possession, or so we have been led to believe, of the Rainbow Haired Warrior, make this match that much more volatile. Which team will be able to overcome this and get a victory? And most importantly, who will gain momentum going into Busted Open PPV?

However, this weren't the only four men that had altercations last week in BTW Nitro. Chris Jericho made it his mission to warn Randy Orton about the huge bullseye on his back after taking out The Rock with a punt kick at WrestleBowl- warning that would later come to fruition when Randy Orton got challenged to a match by Rikishi at Busted Open. This week however, the possible animosity created between the BTW Continental Champion Chris Jericho and Randy Orton will be able to be released in the ring, as Randy Orton will precisely go one on one with the Living Legend Y2J.

All that being said, probably nobody created a bigger impact in the landscape of BTW than the Samoan Bulldozer, who took out no other than The Undertaker. Umaga manhandled and destroyed the Demon of Death Valley before Taker was even able to begin his address to the BTW Universe. Some say we have seen the last of the Deadman after the brutal beatdown he took. We have not seen the last of Umaga though, as he will be in action this week in BTW Nitro. If The Undertaker couldn't oppose any resistance to this behemoth, who can?

After missing last week's show, Goldberg will be back on BTW Nitro, and back to answer Big Show's challenge for a match at Busted Open. Goldberg was one half of the victorious team at WrestleBowl, his tag team partner being Randy Couture. Big Show is meaner than ever, destroying Gavin Spears last week and calling Goldberg out. After tasting the pleasures of victory at the Grandest Stage of them All, will Goldberg's return to Nitro be as sweet, or will The Big Show manage to ruin his homecoming?

The BTW Universe was shocked when they were deprived of seeing the Bob Sapp vs Mark Henry match, but not because of any outside factors or interference, but because they competitors themselves showed they were in collusion all along and instead of trading fists, they shook hands. Paul Heyman now seems to be the manager of both these monsters and truth be told they might very well be unstoppable. Will these trio give us an explanation of why they fooled us all with the charade of their supposed match just to encover their alliance, or will these week leave us with that much more questions about their reasons? One thing is for sure, Bob Sapp will be in action this week as he, per order of the brass of BTW, will fight BTW's debuting superstar. Who is this superstar? Will he be able to fight Bob Sapp, let alone Sapp's manager Paul Heyman and newest ally, Mark Henry?

Also in action will be the BTW Extreme Champion Montel Vontavious Porter, who teaming with Muhammed Hassan, will fight respective enemies Rob Van Dam and Cody Rhodes. MVP will defend his championship against RVD at Busted Open, in a battle that, for MVP, has turned into a matter of showing he is indeed extreme enough to hold the championship of that namesake, while for RVD is about once again winning championship gold. Who will be able to send a message this week? Also involved in this tag challenge are Cody Rhodes and Muhammed Hassan. Rhodes debuted at WrestleBowl making a name for himself at Hassan's expenses, and then continued his momentum last week by defeating Elijah Burke. Muhammed however send his message loud and clear after the match by taking the second generation superstar out. How will the differences between these two superstars continue in this show?

Also present will be Mr. Kennedy, AJ Styles, the new BTW Tag Team Champions CM Punk and Samoa Joe, Colt Cabana and Gavin Spears.


Confirmed Card:

Brock Lesnar and Jeff Hardy vs Edge and Christian Cage

Randy Orton vs Chris Jericho

MVP and Muhammed Hassan vs RVD and Cody Rhodes

Umaga in action

Bob Sapp vs BTW's Newest signee



News and Notes

BTW has come to terms with former BTW Tag Team Champions Test and Albert. Details are sketchy at this point but sources are saying it is because some sort of incident that happened the Friday before WrestleBowl. Test and Albert dropped the Tag Team Championships to CM Punk and Samoa Joe on the latest edition of BTW Nitro
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #10 (Edited)
We start the show with a rather unique way of doing so, as instead of getting a video package taking us through the events that went down last week, or even our regular video intro for BTW Nitro, cameras takes us immediately to the inside of the arena as we open the show with a shot of the Nassau Coliseum. Fans make themselves be heard and noticed as they scream their lungs out and jump all over the place showing off their signs. We hear our triumvirate of announcers welcome us to the show as the camera continues to show us fans in attendance before focusing in the ring.


Metalingus” plays to boos from the crowd as Edge becomes the first superstar we see on this edition of Nitro. Oozing confidence more than ever, Edge struts down the ramp in street clothes, nothing too special, a black t-shirt, jeans, a black leather jacket and a pair of dark sunglasses.

JR: Ladies and gentlemen welcome to another edition of BTW Nitro as we open the show with the Rated R Superstar himself, Edge, who after what happened last week and by the way we’re starting, he’s once again showing he does what he wants, when he wants.

Styles: He didn’t even give us time to get the introductions in JR!

JBL: Nobody wants to hear from you Styles, they want to hear about that man right there, Edge and what he did to that freak Jeff Hardy last week.

Styles: Let’s take you back to last week, as the Ultimate Opportunist crashed the party right after our main event.


Edge continues strutting around in the ring taunting to the audience, who responds by buying Edge’s guts out. Edge asks for a microphone and settles in the middle of the ring. He scratches his scruff-covered chin before he starts talking.

Edge: Am I the only one completely amused by how things go down in here?

Edge walks around the ring, then, before continuing to speak, he takes his shades off. He keeps them on the hand not holding the microphone and uses them to emphasize everything he says with a slight hand gesture.

Edge: I mean, so much happened around here last week. Let’s see, we have a new World Champion in Brock Lesnar, a new Continental Champion in Chris Jericho, The Undertaker got taken out by that Samoan freak, uhmm, new Tag Team Champions, we even have the son of Dusty Rhodes hanging out here.

Edge grins in that arrogant way he only can. The crowd has cheered or booed accordingly every reference to last week he has done.

Edge: Yet, the one thing, the one thing, people are buzzing, that they are talking the most, is no other than yours truly, the Rated R…Superstar, Edge!

Crowd boos.

Edge: All it took was a spear, one single spear and suddenly the whole world is shocked. The whole world is stunned. Suddenly the whole world remembers what I am capable of. People stop me at the airports and streets, I get dirty looks everywhere I go, and just because I speared that no good freak, Jeff Hardy.

Crowd gives Edge heat.

Edge: You see, let me get you in on something, let me share a little secret with you people. I don’t like you. I can’t stand the mere sight of you. I despise each and every one of you.

Edge is forced to stop talking as the crowd boos him.

Edge: You try to escape from your mediocre, pathetic little lives by living through us, you try to feed on us, and the one person you just love to cheer, hoping he will win so that everything is right in the world, is that junkie Jeff Hardy. It makes me sick. It makes me sick that you people glorify that screw-up who doesn’t even deserve to be mentioned in the same breath as myself

Crowd boos.

Edge: You people realize that Jeff Hardy had the audacity to bring that crap he uses into a BTW event. You people remember that? You people realize that Jeff Hardy could be days away from being sent to jail.

Crows boos.

Edge: And that’s why it made me that much more sick when he beat me at WrestleBowl.

Crowd heavily cheers as Edge looks down to the canvas with a frown.

Edge: Oh yeah, you people loved that. But it was a fluke. Jeff Hardy is in no way or form better than me, in any way. Any way! I proved that last week, and I will prove that again tonight! Nobody will stop me. Not Brock Lesnar, definitively not Jeff Hardy, and not even…


Right on time, “Just Close your Eyes” plays to heat from the crowd as Edge’s tag team partner in tonight’s main event, Christian Cage, comes out to the stage, interrupting Edge. The Rated R Superstar doesn’t look too amused at this.

Christian: I’m sorry Edge, but after hearing you talk for what seemed like a lifetime about you and Jeff Hardy, I just had to come out here and stop this boredom.

Crowd gives no reaction as they by no means will cheer Christian.

Christian: For all I care, Jeff Hardy can be thrown in jail for sneaking in that stuff he did into my company!

Crowd now indeed boos him.

Christian: But mostly Edge, I am out here to remind you that tonight, it isn’t about you. It isn’t about that hippie. It’s about Captain Charisma beating Brock Lesnar and winning that BTW World Heavyweight Championship.

Crowd boos.

Christian: All my peeps are gathered here tonight to watch me beat that meathead of a champion we have and prove to everyone that I deserve to be the next Number One Contender, and you better not do anything to screw that up.

Edge: Well them I recommend you to do what you did all that time we were tag team partners in the past, and that is to just follow my lead in here.

Crowd tries to create dissention between the tag partners with their reaction, trying to ignite Christian, however Christian remains calmed.

Christian: You do what you want do Edge. Take care of Jeff Hardy for all I care. Brock Lesnar is mine, and tonight, I guara-damn-tee it, that World Championship gets closer to Christian. If you don’t know, now you know.

Christian drops the microphone and stares at Edge. Both men look at each other, both confident in taking care of their rivals in our main event later on tonight. The announcers hype precisely our main event of Edge and Christian vs Jeff Hardy and Brock Lesnar. They also tell us that Bob Sapp vs BTW’s newest signee is coming right after the break.



(Commercial)



We return and we hear a massive amount of boos from the crowd. We soon find out it is because Paul Heyman is standing in the middle of the ring.

Styles: Welcome back to BTW Nitro and as you can notice, yes, that is Paul Heyman standing in the middle of the ring. We do have a match next right?


Heyman: Ladies and Gentlemen, let me present to you what will surely be the experience of not only this night, but of your entire lives. This man is unparalleled, he has no peers, and tonight, he will single handedly destroy whoever Born to Wrestle Federation has signed as its new superstar. Ladies and Gentlemen, children of all ages, I give to you, the one, the only, Bob Sapp!


“Get Back” plays to heat from the audience as the massive, impressive looking Bob Sapp steps out into the stage. He flexes his muscle taunting to the audience before he starts walking towards the ring. However, he suddenly stops and calls from somebody from the back to come on out with him. Mark Henry reveals to be that someone and he joins Sapp as both walk down the ramp.

JR: Well to nobody’s surprise Mark Henry is accompanying Bob Sapp to his match here tonight; remember that last week these two formed what seems to be an alliance, under the guidance of Paul Heyman.

JBL: Who can stop these two men? They have the strength, and with Paul Heyman, they have the brains as well


Heyman, Sapp and Mark Henry all stand in the ring waiting for Sapp’s opponent. The fans in attendance share their expectation as they want to know who is BTW’s newest superstar. Jeremy Borash, from the outside of the ring, wisely maintaining distance from the destructive trio, handles the introduction.

Borash: And his opponent, making his BTW debut and first ever appearance. Coming to us from Guyana, South America, he is…. Ezekiel Jackson!


“The Wall” by Heet Mob breaks through the PA system as the 6ft 4, 309 pounds frame of the man they call Ezekiel makes his way down the ramp. The crowd is in awe looking at the size of that man. Even Heyman and company inside the ring look shocked.

JR: My God, would you take a look at the size of that man! Ezekiel Jackson is a mountain of a man!

JBL: I have to give it to BTW management, this is a blue chip signing. Ha Ha, and now we are in for a war guys. Bob Sapp is a freak, Ezekiel Jackson is a freak, and they are about to go at it.


Ezekiel Jackson enters the ring and he stares across the ring at Bob Sapp, Paul Heyman and Mark Henry. He then advances towards Sapp and getting on his face, grins and flexes his muscles, showing he’s ready to go. Sapp gets fired up as well and we seem to be in for an all out war between these two Goliaths. Paul Heyman however doesn’t seem to keen with the idea and he gets between the two monsters.

Heyman: Wait a minute! Wait a minute! Ezekiel, it is a pleasure to meet you! Let me be the first one to congratulate you on making it to Born to Wrestle and I am sure you will have a long, prominent career here.

Crowd boos Heyman

Heyman: That’s why, I plea you, don’t have Bob Sapp end your career tonight. Do not listen to these people, they don’t know what’s best for you, they don’t care about you. I do. And that’s why I am offering you, right here, right now, to join Bob, Mark and myself.

Crowd heavily boos this. Mark Henry takes one step forward.

Henry: Look Ezekiel, you are a freak of man, and I like that. But Sapp over here, he’s the most dominant man in BTW, and myself, I am the World’s Strongest Man, and trust me, you don’t want us targeting you. So why don’t you do the smart thing, and join us.

Heyman: Or you can have this match, it is your decision. But you will have to take that decision, right now.



Bob Sapp vs Ezekiel Jackson

Mark Henry and Paul Heyman leave the ring, clearing it for Ezekiel and Bob Sapp. Both men stare at each other. Sapp advances towards our debutant and offers him his hand, in what will be decision time for Ezekiel. Ezekiel looks down at the extended hand of Sapp, then abruptly advances towards him, in a manner that some people in the crowd thought was an attack. However, it’s not even close to that. Instead, Ezekiel embraces Bob Sapp. Both men hug it out in the ring, making it clear that Ezekiel has chosen to join this evil congregation.

Styles: I can’t believe it, I don’t know what kind of kool aid Paul Heyman gives to these man, but he has managed to convince both Mark Henry and Ezekiel Jackson in consecutive weeks to join Bob Sapp and himself in their cause.

JBL: Maybe it is the same kool aid he gave all of you back in ECW. All I know is know, there is truly no stopping these four men.


Mark Henry and Paul Heyman join Sapp and Ezekiel inside the ring, and they all celebrate their new alliance. Heyman, Sapp and Ezekiel stand next to each other showing their imposing selves while Paul Heyman cockily stands before them, getting abuse from the mad crowd.

JR: Well ladies and gentlemen, after we come back, I promise you these two won’t hug it out in the ring. It is Randy Orton going one on one with the BTW Continental Champion, Chris Jericho, and that match, is next.


(Commercial)



We return and the first thing we hear welcoming us is “Voices” by Rev Theory, as the Viper, Randy Orton, slowly makes his way down the ramp, not letting the abuse the crowd shouts at him to get to him. Randy enters the ring and he gets ready for his opponent.

JR: Welcome back to BTW Nitro as we get ready for this main event, young Randy Orton going one on one with Chris Jericho.

Styles: And we have to wonder what is on Randy Orton’s mind. Will he be able to fully focus on Chris Jericho, or will the shadow of Rikishi linger here tonight?


Break Down the Walls” plays to a big ovation from the crowd as fans in attendance welcome the BTW Continental Champion, Chris Jericho. Jericho is all fired up and he plays to the crowd on his way to the squared circle.



Randy Orton vs Chris Jericho

Randy Orton slowly walks toward Y2J and trying to intimidate him, talks trash at him. Jericho however won’t have any of that and answers with a rapid flurry of straight right hands to the face of the Legend Killer. Jericho tries to throw Orton to the ropes, however with a swift counter it is him instead the one bouncing back and right into a shoulder block by his opponent. Orton immediately goes to work and slows down the pace with a side headlock. It takes a few seconds before Jericho is able to come up with an answer to this vice, however it is to no avail as his attempt at lifting Orton up for a belly to back suplex fails and Jericho returns down to the canvas and still in the headlock. The BTW Continental Champion finally found his way out by nailing hard elbows to the middle section of his opponent after recovering his vertical position. Chris tries to mount some offense by coming off the ropes, however he is received by Orton with a scoop powerslam, move that returns him the control of the match Randy salivates while looking down at his floored opponent, and methodical, as the animal that caused his moniker, Randy circles his prey, however, as he goes to channel Ronnie Garvin with his series of stomps, Chris Jericho reacts and grabs Orton’s boot, then gives him his first scare of the match as Jericho gets back to his feet, takes Randy down to the canvas and attempts to lock in the Walls. Randy slithers away and into the refugee of the ring ropes, prompting a grin on Jericho, sensing fear on the Legend Killer. Orton berates at the referee telling him to get Y2J away from him, and as the referee obliges, Randy attempts to cheap shot Y2J with a clothesline, however Chris Jericho is one step ahead and after ducking this attack, starts taking it to the Legend Killer with a series of hard knife edge chops to the chest. Jericho irish whips Orton to the ropes and when he bounces back Y2J receives him with a spinning heel kick. Orton rolls away and to the safety of the apron, however Jericho being the ring general that he is shows there is no safe spot in the squared circle for the Legend Killer and uses the ropes to springboard, Jericho lands his vintage dropkick sending Orton to the outside of the ring. The announcers tell us this match will continue when we come back.


(Commercial)



We return and both competitors are back on the inside of the ring, however Randy Orton is the one in control and dictating the pace now. A replay shows us that Randy got back the control of the match by slamming Jericho against the guard rail. Orton is now pummeling Jericho with mounted punches, and continues his offense by nailing three consecutive knee drops to the sternum of the BTW Continental Champion, the third one being the most spectacular of them all as he took impulse and jumped the highest. However, it is not enough to warrant him a three count. Randy Orton picks his opponent back to his feet and weakens him with a vicious European Uppercut. He then sends him to the corner. Jericho grimaces in pain at the contact of his back against the turnbuckles. Orton charges towards him however he gets received with a boot to the face. Randy staggers back creating distance between himself and the Ayatollah of Rock n Rollah, enough for Chris Jericho to run his way and connect his Flashback maneuver. Jericho starts creating some momentum now and nails a series of two clotheslines to the ever so resisting Legend Killer. Chris Jericho screams letting all the fire inside him out, which prompts the crowd to cheer in excitement. He grabs Randy by the left arm and goes to send him off to the ring ropes, however Randy Orton manages to reverse once again and right into his now vintage backbreaker. Orton remains on his knees and takes a deep breath, having been able to cool off Chris Jericho’s comeback.

Randy’s classic demeanor returns and he looks as deadly and dangerous as ever as grabbing Jericho in a front facelock forces him back into a vertical position. However, instead of doing any wrestling, he’s more interested in trash talking his opponent, as grabbing Chris Jericho by the jaw in a humiliating fashion, Orton starts berating on the Canadian, yelling him abuse. Jericho however shows his heart of a lion, and having had enough, he pushes Orton away forcing enough room for him to land his step up enziguiri, knocking the Legend Killer out cold. Chris Jericho gets back to his feet and realizing he has the opportunity to end this match, he storms toward the ring ropes and springboards attempting to connect his Lionsault. Randy Orton nonetheless is able to roll out of the way avoiding the maneuver, but he isn’t the only one able to escape disaster, as Chris Jericho lands on his feet. Randy Orton turns around and Chris Jericho goes to connect the Codebreaker, however Orton shows his often ignored strength and catches Chris Jericho in mid air blocking the finishing maneuver, then just shoves the Continental Champion away. Jericho, like a cat, lands again on a standing position, however Orton looks for that to not last long and attempts his picture perfect dropkick. Jericho continues the chain of reversals as he grabs Orton by the legs and after letting Randy drop on the canvas, locks in the Walls of Jericho.

Chris Jericho sits on the back of Randy Orton incrementing the pain of his submission maneuver, while Randy screams in pain, looking for a way out, but being way too far from all four sets of ring ropes. Randy has no other choice but to look and fight for a way out of this tightly synched hold. He finally finds it by turning from over his belly to his back and forcing Chris Jericho away with some impressive leg strength. Both competitors return to a standing position and having the same idea cross their minds at the same time, they run toward one another and collide in mid air both aiming for a crossbody. Jericho and Orton, grabbing their guts, twitch in pain all over the mat.

Suddenly, we hear the crowd roaring. It isn’t until the camera shows us that Rikishi is coming down the ramp that we understand why that is.


JR: It’s Rikishi! It’s Rikishi!

JBL: What the hell is Rikishi doing here?


Rikishi enters the ring and ignoring the warnings from the referee, he picks Randy Orton up and after sending him to the corner, he starts beating him brutally, with blows to the face and the middle section. The referee calls immediately for the bell

Result: Randy Orton wins by DQ


Rikishi doesn’t even acknowledges the bell and just continues beating Randy Orton, unleashing all his anger and fury on him. We see him insulting Randy, however the camera angle doesn’t quite let us read his lips. Rikishi allows Orton to stand back up, only to kick his lights off with a hard sidekick. Orton collapses down to the canvas, his eyes glanced to the back of his head. Rikishi is not done and he continues stopping on Orton, until finally a group of referees intervene and take him away from the ring and from his referee.

JBL: Rikishi should be incarcerated! They should take Jeff Hardy and Rikishi together on a police patrol and take both to jail damn it!

Styles: I think we have witnessed a preview of what Rikishi has in store for Randy Orton come Busted Open.


Rikishi is taken away to the back by referees as he shots deadly looks back to the ring at the Legend Killer


(Commercial)



We return and we see Jeff Hardy in his locker room putting on his armbands, image that gets a big pop from the crowd. Pop only topped when into the picture steps the BTW World Heavyweight Champion Brock Lesnar, both tag team partners for tonight’s main event.

Lesnar: You ready for tonight?

Hardy: Yeah dude, I can’t wait to get in that ring and get my hands on Edge man, after all he has put me through, I can’t wait to get to him.

Lesnar and Jeff Hardy remain in silent for a few moments.

Hardy: Look man, I just wanted to tell you. Tonight, you are my tag team partner and I respect you, but you are the World Champion, and I want a shot at that title myself.

Brock grins and extends his hand at Jeff Hardy.

Lesnar: Jeff, it would be an honor to face you one on one. As for tonight, let’s just take care of those jackasses.

Hardy accepts Lesnar’s hand and both men smile looking at each other.


Scene fades back to the arena, and after a moment of silence, “Goldberg’s March” breaks through the PA system, announcing the return to BTW Nitro of the man they call Goldberg.

JR: Well ladies and gentlemen, welcome back to BTW Nitro and it has never been more true, business is about to pick up!


We follow Goldberg as he makes his way from the locker room area and into the ring, looking more badass than ever, if that is even possible. Goldberg enters the ring and walks around the squared circle like he owns it, microphone in hand, ready to address the masses. Goldberg is sporting a full beard instead of his classic goatee, a black skull cap, jeans and a biker’s black leather jacket.

Goldberg: Big Show!...

Crowd forces Bill Goldberg to take a pause with their cheers.

Goldberg: Last week Big Show, you ran your mouth about me just because you knew I wasn’t there…I’m here now, so how about you try saying all that stuff right in my face!

Bill is all pumped up and he drops he mic to the canvas, starting to energetically call Big Show out.


JR: A man of few words Bill Golberg is, but I am sure he will be doing more than talking if The Big Show indeed comes out and joins him in that ring.


“Crank it Up” resounds all around the arena as not backing down, The Big Show rampages from the back and out to the stage. However, he soon shows his true colors as instead of joining the now psyched Goldberg inside the ring, he remains on the stage.

Show: Goldberg, I have nothing else to say to you. You want me? You have me, at Busted Open…

Crowd boos.

Goldberg: Oh you want a match! You want a match Big Show! You want a match! You got a match!

Part of the crowd cheers this, while others remain unaffected, wanting to see these bulls go at it right now.

Goldberg: But how about you take your ass to this ring, we don’t wait until Busted Open, and I kick the living crap out of you right here, right now! Come on! Come on!

Goldberg is all fired up, while Big Show, as mad as he is and we can see that on his face, isn’t nearly as riled up for a confrontation as his nemesis is.

Show: Look at you Goldberg, you are a pathetic excuse of a man. You come out here and you act all tough and mean and bad, when you know it took you that charade of a tag match and a crooked referee to beat me at WrestleBowl!

Crowd boos.

Show: You’re pathetic Goldberg. I am a seven feet tall, five hundred pound monster that could, and will, rip your head off whenever I want to. I am a monster Goldberg, a real life monster, a giant, and I will destroy you. You, you are not even a man.

Crowd heavily boos. Goldberg has stopped his frenetic pace and now mockingly grins staring at The Big Show, although you can still feel the electricity coming off from him.

Goldberg: That’s all real cute Show, running your mouth from way over there, but how about you try ripping my head off right here, right now! Come on! Get down here!

Bill insists on Big Show joining him on the ring, however the giant doesn’t even move a muscle.

Goldberg: I see, Big Show, you’re scared. You are a giant alright, but a giant piece of crap who knows that I will kick his ass! But that’s alright Show, I’ll get you. I’ll get you come Busted Open, and then, you will have no more excuses when I beat you. Come Busted Open, Big Show…you’re next!

Crowd heavily cheers as “Goldberg’s March” emphasizes Bill Goldberg’s statement. Big Show mouths “we’ll see about that” before returning to the back.


The announcers talk about Goldberg vs Big Show at Busted Open before we go to commercials.



Commercial)



We return and we are back in the locker room area, inside a locker room to be more exact. We see Mr. Kennedy talking to AJ Styles, and it seems they have been doing so for quite some time. Both are in street clothes and neither one of them look happy.

Kennedy: See AJ, this is exactly what I have been talking you about. No respect. There’s no respect around for you, for me. I put my body on the line at WrestleBowl in that Monster’s Ball match, last week, last week I defeated Sabu one on one, but this week? What do I get this week uh? A title match? A cash reward? No, what I get is that I don’t even get booked in the show.

AJ: I feel you man, I feel you.

Kennedy: I don’t even have a match tonight damn it.

AJ: No I get you man, I totally get where you’re coming from. I haven’t even had a match since WrestleBowl and I am the Phenomenal one. It’s outrageous.

Kennedy: Complete blasphemy.

AJ: But hey, it’s all going to change next week. I just happen to know that next week, the boss himself, Crushing C, will return, and I guarantee you man, he will show us the respect we deserve

Kennedy: He’s coming back next week?

AJ: He’s coming back next week.

Kennedy stares at AJ.

Kennedy: Well he better show me some damn respect.

Kennedy turns around and leaves. AJ grins.



One of a Kind” receives from commercials. Rob Van Dam finally appears on the stage looking fired up and ready to go, although he has a band aid on his forehead covering a wound.

Styles: Ladies and Gentlemen welcome back to BTW Nitro, and it seems that next is a huge tag team match pitting MVP and Muhammed Hassan against the team of Cody Rhodes and that man right there coming down the ramp, Monster’s Ball winner, Rob Van Dam.


Out to Kill” plays to a nice reception from the crowd as Cody Rhodes steps out from the back to the stage.

JR: And here he is, the son of the American Dream Dusty Rhodes moments away from wrestling his first tag team match in BTW.

Arabian” breaks through the PA system to a lot of heat from the American crowd as Muhammed Hassan comes out from the back into the stage and slowly walks down the ramp. He stops at ringside, obviously afraid to enter the ring by himself and confront Rob Van Dam and Cody Rhodes.

JR: This man has no respect for all of us, nor he has respect for the country he lives in. It was about time somebody stepped up to shut him up.

JBL: Cody Rhodes is the odd card among this 3 other wrestlers, and his immaturity is going to show in there, I guarantee


“I’m Coming” plays to major heat from the crowd as the BTW Extreme Champion, MVP makes his now characteristic flamboyant way out. MVP taunts to the crowd showing his arrogant swagger until he reaches Hassan. Both men stare at each other before they finally enter the ring. The referee keeps both teams separated.

JBL: But that man is certainly no odd card. You talk about the future of sports entertainment; we have him in that ring, MVP

Styles: MVP looking to overcome as fast as he can his loss to Undertaker at WrestleBowl, because in four weeks he has to defend his championship against one of his opponents tonight, Rob Van Dam.



Rob Van Dam and Cody Rhodes vs MVP and Muhammed Hassan


Muhammed Hassan leaves the ring to the apron, making it clear that it is the BTW Extreme Champion MVP the one who will start the match for their tandem. Cody Rhodes and RVD discuss on their corner who to kick off the match. RVD seems to be the one step up into the action, however a hungry Cody Rhodes decides his debut tag match starts right now and he tells RVD to go back to the apron, as he will be the one starting this match. RVD stares at Rhodes and then grins, effectively leaving the ring. MVP and Cody Rhodes stare at each other from different ends of the ring. MVP and Cody Rhodes storm toward one another meeting in the middle of the ring in a collar elbow tie up. MVP applies the most of his strength trying to get the advantage, however Cody Rhodes will not be denied and it is he the one who gets the advantage, as he locks MVP in a side headlock. Rhodes applies pressure to the hold, until he transitions the headlock into a hammerlock. MVP’s face reflects pain and surprised, obviously not expecting this from the rookie. The experience however prevails and MVP is able to counter out of the hold by going under the arm of Cody Rhodes, turning Rhodes’s hammerlock into a hammerlock of his own. MVP keeps the lock in, before he scoops Cody Rhodes, then slams him down to the canvas connecting a hammerlock suplex. Rhodes rolls in pain toward the corner, holding his shoulder in pain. MVP stares at him with a grin showing his satisfaction, as by himself Cody Rhodes is getting in position. Cody Rhodes finally incorporates himself but he does so lying against the corner. MVP taunts to the crowd announcing an early end to the match, and he explodes toward the cornered Rhodes looking to connect his jaw breaking Player’s Boot. However, Rhodes’s instincts save him as Rhodes is able to sidestep getting out of the way, making MVP crash and burn hitting his boot against the turnbuckles. MVP turns around staggering back from the corner, only to walk right into Cody Rhodes who connects him right in the head with a huge dropkick. Rhodes and MVP get back to their feet. MVP runs toward Rhodes, getting received by a huge lariat by Rhodes. Cody Rhodes continues his momentum as he picks up MVP up. Rhodes grabs the right arm of the Extreme Champion, performs an arm twist and then connects MVP with a huge clothesline knocking him down to the canvas. Cody Rhodes then explodes, screaming and taunting to the crowd. The crowd answers back to him with cheers.

Rhodes goes toward his corner and he makes the tag to Rob Van Dam, who gets welcomed by a nice amount of cheers from the audience. RVD springboards to the inside of the ring and immediately goes toward MVP, who is trying to get back to his feet. MVP quickly backs down, asking for a time out and not wanting any confrontation with his challenger. MVP retrieves all the way to his corner, where he manages to make the tag to Muhammed Hassan. RVD seems a little disappointed that he couldn’t get his hands on MVP, but that doesn’t stop him from bringing it into Hassan, as he receives the dashing Hassan with a clothesline. Hassan gets back to his feet only to get clotheslined for the second time by RVD. Muhammed shows his resilience as he gets back to his feet, but Rob Van Dam stays on top of his opponent picking Hassan up and slamming him down to the canvas. RVD looks down at Hassan, then immediately he crosses the ring dashing to the ring ropes. RVD bounces back and starts performing Rolling Thunder doing a roll, however Hassan’s sixth sense warn him of the coming danger and he simply rolls to the outside of the ring avoiding any attack. RVD stops his attacking maneuver and stares at Hassan, who looks back at him from the outside of the ring. RVD steps away from the ring ropes and welcome Muhammed to return to the ring. Hassan cautiously climbs up to the apron and then returns to the inside of the ring. RVD lifts his right hand as he walks toward Hassan proposing a tie up. Hassan walks toward Rob as well, however instead of accepting the lock up he nails RVD with a toe kick to the middle section. Hassan weakens RVD with a couple of straight right hands then goes behind RVD locking in waist lock. Muhammed Hassan slowly puts his left leg in front of Van Dam’s legs and then he sweeps him down to the canvas. Hassan keeps the gutwrench synched in, targeting the middle section of Rob Van Dam. RVD fights back, searching with despair a way out of the maneuver. Hassan’s eyes shows his determination, but even he can feel that RVD is about to indeed break the hold, and so he lets RVD go, but before Van Dam gets back to his feet, Hassan stomps RVD right on the spine. Muhammed Hassan immediately goes to his corner and makes the tag to MVP. MVP enters the ring and he measures MVP. Cody Rhodes paces on the opposite corner, salivating and anxious to return to the match.

RVD slowly starts pulling himself back to a standing position, however as soon as he does so, MVP dashes toward him and takes him down with a tackle straight to the previously targeted middle section. On the canvas, MVP continues his attack with a series of straight right hands until the referee finally stops him. MVP walks right toward RVD and picks him back to his feet. Montel grabs RVD by the arm and he Irish Whips him to the ring ropes. RVD bounces and MVP waits for him bending, probably going for a back body drop, however, RVD is able to react first and showing his characteristic athleticism and he performs a roll over MVP’s own back, landing right over his two feet behind MVP. RVD continues his dash toward the ring ropes in front of him crossing the ring. RVD bounces back coming right towards MVP, but MVP reestablishes his control in the match as he receives RVD with a huge big boot knocking RVD down to the canvas. MVP doesn’t let Rob Van Dam breath and quickly he picks him up pulling him by the ponytail. MVP grabs Rob Van Dam and keeping the focus on the middle section of his challenger come Busted Open, locking in an Abdominal Stretch. MVP puts in all what he has in the maneuver, looking for RVD to tap out…or simply pass due to the pain. MVP applies more and more pressure to the maneuver, then, MVP punished Van Dam even more as he nails clubs to the middle section of Van Dam, aggravating Rob’s situation. On the apron, Cody Rhodes starts getting the crowd going, making them clap, cheering Rob Van Dam. The crowd support seems to start motivating RVD, who starts showing signals of life. However, MVP stops that as he modifies his Abdominal Stretch by grabbing the right leg of RVD and bending it over his hip making the hold even more hurtful. Rhodes keeps cheering Van Dam, trying to motivate him into getting out of the hold, even if the hold has gotten harder to get out off. RVD however starts showing signals of life, struggling trying to get out of the hold. Finally, RVD manages to get out of the hold and he reverses the maneuver with a hip toss. MVP and RVD lay next to each other on the canvas. Both men start crawling toward their corners. RVD to a big pop from the crowd makes the tag to Cody Rhodes. Rhodes enters the ring and rushes toward MVP. Rhodes grabs Porter by the leg and gets him back to his feet. Cody tries to set MVP up but instead Porter snaps back to his senses and nails Cody Rhodes with his one knee facebreaker smash. MVP then leaps to his corner and makes the tag to Hassan. Hassan enters the ring and he dashes toward the groggy Rhodes and connects him with a Running STO. Hassan makes a confident cover: 1…2…, Cody kicks out.

Hassan seems a little frustrated, but he goes back to work over Rhodes. Muhammed picks Cody Rhodes up and sets him for a suplex, however, in mid air Cody manages to reverse by sliding out of the control of his opponent, landing over his two feet behind Muhammed Hassan and then Rhodes connects him with a neckbreaker. Rhodes gets back to his feet and he lifts both his arms announcing to the crowd that he’s planning the end for Muhammed Hassan. MVP notices this and not wanting to lose the match he rushes to the inside of the ring and nails Cody Rhodes with a club to the back knocking Cody Rhodes down to the canvas. MVP stands over his opponent with a confident smile on his face. RVD rushes to the inside of the ring and goes after MVP. Montel sees RVD coming and he quickly slides to the outside. RVD stares at him from the inside of the ring, but he quickly decides to go after him and leaves the ring. MVP sees his career pass in front of his eyes and he lets his legs do the thinking and quickly he runs away, up the ramp and to the back, with Rob Van Dam dashing behind of him in pursuit. We go back to the inside of the ring. Muhammed Hassan has gotten back to his feet and is back in control taking advantage of the attack of MVP. Hassan picks up Cody Rhodes and sets him in position for his Modified STO. Hassan goes for it, however Cody Rhodes manages to block it. Hassan goes for it again, but Rhodes blocks it for the second time. Hassan loosens up his grip of Cody Rhodes as a result of getting distracted by getting shocked at the fact that Rhodes kept blocking his finisher. Hassan tries to tight his hold again, however Rhodes takes advantage of the opening Hassan let and floats over Hassan going behind him, then wraps his hands around Hassan’s waist and pulls him backwards rolling him up: 1…2…3.

Result: Cody Rhodes pins Muhammed Hassan


JBL: Oh come on! You have to be kidding me!

JR: Well, I know one thing, Cody Rhodes is the winner tonight.

Styles: And I know another thing, MVP ended up running from Rob Van Dam.

JBL: Don’t go there, just, don’t.

Hassan rolls to the outside of the ring and with his arms on his head in shock he stares at Cody Rhodes, who gets his hand raised on the inside of the ring



(Commercial)



We return and we see a young man inside the ring, jogging and getting ready for some action. Jeremy Borash informs us that he is called Paul Brooks.

JR: Ladies and Gentlemen welcome back to BTW Nitro and I warn you, if there are any little kids around you, please guide them out of the ring because what Umaga might do to this young man is not for the weak of heart.

JBL: What are you talking about, I have it on good sources that Paul Brooks is a one time all American and sambo, judo and karate champion.

JR: Karate?

JBL: A karate champion.

Styles: Well, let’s take you back to next week, when Umaga did the unthinkable, and he destroyed the legend, of the Undertaker.



[FONT='Georgia','serif']Taker steps into the ring and he removes his jacket and hat. Then he asks for a microphone. Lights are still gone, except for one that hits right on The Undertaker illuminating.
[FONT='Georgia','serif']Styles: So Mr. Color Commentator, do you have any idea of what we are going to see in here?
JBL: I don’t. You never know with this man, The Undertaker.


Taker: For many years, many men have tried to…


Out of nowhere, lights go on and turns green and yellow, along with “Virtual Voodoo” announcing the arrival of the Samoan Bulldozer, Umaga.

JR: What the..?


Taker’s face shows Umaga isn’t expected, nor welcomed for that matter. The Samoan finally appears on the stage looking even more savage than usual if that’s possible. Umaga starts walking down the ramp as Taker continues to stare a hole through him. Umaga enters the ring and both behemoths continue throwing daggers at each other with their eyes.

JR: I don’t know why Umaga is here, but I have a feeling we are just about to find out.


Umaga and Taker meet in the middle of the ring, still looking at one another. Hell finally gets unleashed as Umaga throws a punch at Taker. The Deadman blocks it however, then he starts unfolding straight right hands of his own. Taker manages to get the best of Umaga and to end his flurry of offense he dashes to the ring ropes behind him and bounces back probably looking for a flying clothesline, however as he bounces back he gets grabbed by Umaga and squashed by a huge Samoan Drop. Umaga looks down at Taker and then he starts stomping the living hell out of him, punishing more. Umaga picks Taker up by the arm, pulls Taker toward himself and connects him with a second Samoan Drop. The Undertaker holds his spine in pain, however, and much to the shock of everybody, he starts trying to sit up.

Styles: Stay down Taker, or that monster just won’t stop.


Umaga sees this and he walks back toward Taker, picks him up, sets him and then Umaga connects him with a massive, vicious looking Sidewalk Sideslam. Taker will not be kept down nonetheless, and trying to recover, he crawls toward the corner. Taker gets there and trying to recover he lays his weight against the turnbuckles. Umaga looks amused, and quickly he crosses the ring at full speed from corner to corner, finally connecting Taker with his deadly Samoan Wrecking Ball, only that on this occasion, instead of driving his hip to the face of an opponent, he performs his running hip attack right to the back of the head and neck of the Undertaker.

Styles: Oh no.

JR: Bah Gawd, somebody stop that monster damn it, he has no business in there, and he may just have permanently injured The Undertaker.


Umaga looks down to the immobile Taker and he says something in Samoan while he does so. Finally, Umaga grabs Taker by the hair, pulls him back to his feet and mercilessly he executes the Deadman by connecting a huge Samoan Spike. Taker falls down to the canvas, not able to put on any resistance However, Umaga is not done, and instead he picks Taker back to his feet. He grabs Taker with his left hand and extends his right arm, sticking out his thumb. Umaga connects Taker with a second Samoan Spike. This time, we see that even more damage has been made, as there’s blood coming out from Taker’s mouth.

JR: That’s enough damn it.


Umaga finally gets out of the ring, staring at Taker and mumbling things in Samoan all the time. Umaga walks up the ramp backwards, lifting his arms still taunting to the crowd, which does nothing but boo him.

JR: I can’t believe what we just saw, I just can’t.

JBL: I have never, never seen The Undertaker be dismantled in that way.

JR: But why? We were going to hear Taker’s edict, and out of nowhere Umaga comes out and…this.

Styles: One could say JR, that after losing to Bob Sapp in the battle for dominance, Umaga needed to send a message to BTW, a message that talked about his own dominance.
[/FONT]
[/FONT]


“Virtual Voodoo” plays to a huge amount of boos from the crowd as Umaga makes his way down to the ramp and into the ring. Paul Brooks looks like he has soiled himself at the mere sight of the Samoan Bulldozer.



Umaga vs Paul Brooks

Paul Brooks looks at Umaga, who remains immobile on the opposite end of the ring. Brooks looks as if he is slowly gaining courage, and finally he storms full speed towards the Samoan Bulldozer, only to get caught right on the jaw with a sidekick. Umaga picks his victim up and after literally throwing him up in the air, he nearly breaks Brooks in half with an Alley-Oop Samoan Drop. Umaga taunts to the crowd and starts mumbling in Samoan before he guides his opponent back to a standing position and ends his misery with a sick Samoan Spike that turns Paul Brooks inside out. Umaga makes the cover: 1…2…3.

Result: Umaga defeats Paul Brooks.


Styles: My God! This man is just absolutely sick. Is there anybody who can stop this man?

JR: Well I know of one man in Death Valley who may very well be biding his time and counting the seconds before he gets a shot at this monster.


Umaga continues taunting to the crowd as we once more go to commercials.



(Commercial)



We return and we see Gavin Spears inside the ring, getting ready for some action. He seems pumped up, even though he hasn’t had the best of luck in his recent string of matches, not being able to still pick up a single victory and instead has gotten destroyed on the process.

Styles: Ladies and Gentlemen this is BTW Nitro and we are getting ready to see Gavin Spears in action, a man, who well JR, hasn’t had the most auspicious of starts in his BTW career.

JR: He has had to face Umaga, Bob Sapp, The Big Show, to say he hasn’t been lucky is an understatement. Let’s see if he manages to do a better showing here tonight.


“Copa Cabana” plays to cheers from the audience as Colt Cabana makes his way down the ramp. Cabana greets the fans on his way down the ramp.

Styles: This is the other end of the spectrum as Cabana has had a nice streak of victories as of late.



Colt Cabana vs Gavin Spears

Spears is all fired up once the bell has run and he storms toward his opponent, only to get received by a go behind by Cabana, ending in a waist lock and immediately hoisting Spears up with a German Suplex. Colt bridges so he can make the cover: 1…2…, Spears kicks out. Gavin breaths heavy, thanking his lucky stars he avoided losing yet again. However, the danger is far from over. Colt picks Spears up, weakens him with a kick to the middle section and then connects a vicious looking Saito Suplex. He makes the cover, yet once again Gavin manages to kick out. Colt seems to have gotten the message that Spears is here to put up a fight, and so he guides Spears back to his feet and lets him regain his composure. Gavin Spears gathers himself together and both competitors start circling each other. Both wrestlers lock on horns and engage in some nice looking chain wrestling, which surprisingly ends with Gavin Spears with the advantage getting in a side headlock. Cabana pushes him away and to the ring ropes, and when Gavin bounces back, Colt floors him with a clothesline. Colt Cabana comes off the ropes and nails a senton on Spears, knocking all the air out of him. Colt immediately goes to end the match and grabbing his opponent’s legs, tries to lock in the Boston Crab, however Gavin Spears avoids disaster and goes for the upset by rolling Cabana into a pinning predicament: 1…2…, Colt escapes. Cabana gets back to his feet but not for long as he is soon caught by his now inspired opponent and Colt’s shoulders are once again taken down to the canvas in a surfboard: 1…2.., Colt kicks out once again. Both men get back to their feet. Colt goes to end this series of pinfall combinations Gavin Spears has gotten in and dashes toward his opponent, however it is to no avail as yet again Gavin Spears surprises him as he performs an inside cradle. Colt Cabana escapes right when the hand of the referee was coming down for a three count. The two wrestlers get back to square one getting back to their feet yet again, however it is now Gavin Spears the one who runs in Colt Cabana’s direction, however Cabana receives him with a sick looking lariat. Cabana finally ends this match by guiding his opponent back to his feet and nailing his Colt. 45. Colt makes the cover and gets the win.

Result: Colt Cabana defeats Gavin Spears.


Styles: And Colt Cabana gets the victory, but you the story of the match is Gavin Spears showing more premise than ever here tonight.

JBL: Once a loser, always a loser Joey. You should know about that.


We go backstage and we see Paul Heyman, Mark Henry, Bob Sapp and Ezekiel Jackson near the exit, already leaving the building. Our backstage interviewer, Leticia Cline, runs toward them in search of their declarations.

Cline: Gentlemen, gentlemen, if you may please allow me a couple of seconds of your time before you leave…

Paul Heyman indicates their monsters to stop and they turn around.

Heyman: What do you want sunshine?

Cline: Paul, the entire world is wondering, how did you manage to team up these three monsters together, and not only that, but why exactly are these men together now?

Heyman: How did I do it? I am genius young lady, that’s how. As for why we are together, I guarantee you, sooner rather than later, you, and the entire world, will find out exactly why we are together. Let’s go boys.

Paul turns around leaving the interview as over. Zeke, Bob and Mark give intimidating stares at Leticia before they join Paul Heyman on the outside of the arena.



(Commercial)



We return and we see CM Punk in front of a camera in what seems to be an interviewing set. Samoa Joe is a couple of steps behind him, with his arms crossed and just staring at the camera. The camera roars at the sight of the new BTW Tag Team Champion, which causes CM Punk to grin.

Punk: Well hello there. For anybody who for some weird reason doesn’t know who we are, the guy with the frown behind me is Samoa Joe and I am CM Punk, and together, well together we are called many things, but as of late, they call us BTW Tag Team Champions.

Crowd cheers.

Punk: And if you know anything about us, it’s that we love some good ol’ competiton. That’s why next week, you’ll see us wrestle for the first time ever as yours tag team champions. I promise you, you don’t want to miss that.

Crowd cheers once again. Samoa Joe takes one step closer towards Punk.

Joe: And at Busted Open, we are officially challenging any tag team who are men enough, well, who think they are men enough, to get inside the ring with us, for a shot at our championships.

Punk puts one arm over Joe, mocking him. CM Punk in general seems to be having fun, while Joe is extremely serious.

Punk: That would be all. Enjoy the rest of the show now, don’t miss us too much.

CM Punk grins before the scene cuts right back to our announcers.


JBL: I am still not buying those two as a tag team guys, I don’t care what you say, I know they still want to go at it after WrestleBowl against each other.

JR: Well they might, but as long as they keep winning as a tag team, I don’t think that’s a problem.


“Metalingus” plays to boos from the crowd as the first one out four our main event, the Rated R Superstar, Edge, makes his way down the ramp. The Ultimate Opportunist, once in the ring, makes his classic routine taunting the crowd.

Styles: Speaking of tag team matches, it is now time for our main event.


“Just Close your Eyes” is received by boos as well as the man gunning to be the new Number One Contender, Christian Cage, makes his way down and joins his tag partner Edge inside the ring, as they both wait for their opponents.

“No More Words” plays to a rock star reception from the fans as Jeff Hardy high steps on the stage and jumps down the ramp. He locks eyes with Edge and immediately both men shout abuse at each other.

Here Comes the Pain” brings the final piece of the puzzle out as our BTW World Heavyweight Champion Brock Lesnar makes his way out. He pads Jeff Hardy on the back and both men, together, enter the ring. The referee makes a hell of a work keeping both teams separated before he rings the bell.



Brock Lesnar and Jeff Hardy vs Edge and Christian

Edge remains stubborn on what he said to Christian at the beginning of the show and he makes it clear that he will be the one starting the match for their team. Immediately, Brock Lesnar, who was inside the ring to do the same for the opposition, allows Jeff Hardy to do the honors. At first Edge seems that he will back down, however he gets psyched and we will get a taste of this hatred rivalry to kick off this tag contest. It doesn’t take long before Jeff Hardy crosses the ring full speed toward Edge, obviously wanting a piece of him to get revenge. Hardy manages to knock Edge down to the canvas, and he proceeds to connect punch after punch right to the face of Edge. The referee has to step in into the action and take Jeff Hardy away from his opponent, and that way keep control of the match. He does just so, allowing Edge to get back to his feet. However, control doesn’t remain for a long time, as Hardy immediately dashes toward him and connects him with a clothesline, knocking Edge down to the canvas. Hardy waits for Edge to get back to his feet. The Rated R Superstar does so rather fast, only to get clotheslined again down to the mat. Hardy this time doesn’t let Edge catch a break and get back to his feet by his own terms. Instead, Jeff grabs Edge by the hair and pulls him back to his feet, then Jeff Irish Whops him toward the ring ropes. Edge bounces back but when the Charismatic Enigma tries to receive him with a clothesline, Edge is able to duck passing by. He crosses the ring and bounces to the opposite set of ring ropes. Edge comes right back toward Hady, who is standing in the middle of the ring waiting for him. Edge probably waited to get the offensive upperhand after he ducked the clothesline, however it is Hardy who gets so as he receives Edge with his Flashback. Hardy gets up and makes the tag to the World Champion, who enters the match.[/FONT]

Brock Lesnar goes toward Edge and locks in a waistlock while on the canvas. Upon feeling contact with Brock, Edge reacts and slithers like a mad man looking for the ring ropes, until finally his boot finds it and forces the referee to create some separation between the two gladiators. Edge gets back to his feet and dashes toward Brock, however Lesnar catches him and showing his brute force, just hoists him over his head in a Military Press and then press slams him letting Edge fell down to the canvas. Edge tries to gather himself together and to do so he searches the ring ropes, however all he does is set himself up, as Brock runs in his directions and connects him with a clothesline, sending Edge over the ropes and to the outside of the ring. The announcers tell us the action will continue when we come back from the break.



(Commercial)



We return and the tide of the match changed during the break, as not only the actors are different, being Christian and Jeff Hardy the ones inside the ring, but Christian is the one in control, having Jeff cornered, his back against the turnbuckles and his middle section getting pummeled by straight right hands courtesy of Captain Charisma. Precisely they are on Christian’s team corner and so Cage easily makes the tag to Edge. A replay shows us the actions that happened during the break, with Brock punishing Edge some more on the surroundings of the ring, including a hard looking powerslam on the outside of the squared circle. However once they returned to the ring, a quick distraction from Christian allowed Edge to get the advantage by nailing the World Champion with a big boot. Replay doesn’t show us when Brock Lesnar was able to make the tag to Jeff Hardy. Back to the live action, Edge has hoisted Hardy over his shoulders and dropped him with an Electric Chair. Edge goes back to his corner and makes the tag to Christian. Christian enters and after stomping Hardy on the back a few times, he locks in a Camel Clutch.

The crowd starts getting more and more involved as they start a huge “Hardy” chant, trying to encourage their fan favorite into overcoming his backache and escape Christian’s Camel Clutch.

The chants seems to be doing their work, as Hardy indeed starts showing more signals of life and reliance , struggling to get out of the hold, however, right when Jeff Hardy is about to escape the maneuver by getting back to his feet, Christian lets his entire weight fell over the lower back of Jeff Hardy in a senton like attack, bringing Jeff down to the canvas and back to the Came Clutch predicament. However, this time Christian modifies it a little, as grabbing Jeff’s left arm, he also hoops up a Cobra Clutch. Hardy this time not only shows his pain with his eyes or the rest of his facial expressions. With this Cobra Clutch-Camel Clutch combination, Hardy finds himself screaming in pain, much to the delight of his aggressor, the Captain Charisma Christian. The crowd doesn’t surrender with their cheers, and neither does Jeff Hardy, who starts crawling toward the ring ropes. Christian tries to stop it applying even more pressure to the maneuver, however it is to no avail as Jeff Hardy continues his way toward the ring ropes. Hardy manages to get a finger tip away from the ring ropes. Jeff tries to weaken Christian so that his mission of getting to the ropes becomes easier using his only free hand to hit Christian in the head, and finally he manages to hold on the bottom rope, forcing Christian to break the hold. Christian breaks the hold and steps back, letting Jeff Hardy get back to his feet while he awaits behind him. Hardy uses the ring ropes to slowly pull himself back up. Finally he fells ready enough to turn around and step back to the middle of the ring. However, his ring awareness is not exactly perfect thanks to all the attack he has gotten and he doesn’t realize Christian is waiting for him there. Christian sprints toward Hardy trying to connect a clothesline, however Jeff somehow snaps back to his senses and reverses the clothesline, first avoiding it, then trapping the arm of Christian, going behind him and connecting Christian with a Reverse Leg Sweep. Hardy and Christian remain knocked out as the crowd roars, both competitors looking now for their respective tags.

Both men crawl toward their corners and Christian manages to make the tag to Edge, and just as the Rated R Superstar entered the ring, Hardy makes that one final leap missing and lets Brock Lesnar into the match. Lesnar runs toward Edge, however Edge ducks the attempted clothesline, continues running and nails Jeff Hardy on the apron with a forearm to the face, not able to knock him to the outside of the ring though. Edge turns around and immediately gets caught by Brock, who gets him over his shoulder. Edge slides down the grasp of Brock and gets him down for roll up, however Lesnar almost immediately rolls over his head avoiding any pinfalls predicaments. Edge gets back to his feet and turns around to face the corner where Jeff Hardy was supposed to be, only find Hardy has entered the ring and has dashed toward him. The Rated R Superstar barely is able to get out of the way. Hardy continues his run and almost clashes with Brock Lesnar, however he holds on his breaks, turns around to face Edge and gets broken in half by a Spear. Hardy rolls in pain holding his gut, but Edge has no time to celebrate as he gets elevated by Brock Lesnar over his shoulders, in position for the F-5. Edge tries to fight out, even bringing Brock Lesnar into his corner; however the World Champion doesn’t let Edge go. What he doesn’t see is Christian Cage slapping Edge in the back, tagging himself into the match. Cage remains on the apron for a couple of seconds, waiting for the right moment to enter the match. Brock steps to the middle of the ring and he hits the F5. Brock makes the cover, however since Edge isn’t the legal man, the referee doesn’t make the count. Christian Cage now creeps into the ring behind the champion. Brock gets back to his feet, arguing with the ref and confused at what’s happening. The referee indicates him to turn around, however, when he does, he gets hooked, set and connected with an Unprettier, which gets the three count.

Result: Christian Cage pins Brock Lesnar

Styles: And once again, Christian Cage pulls a number on the champion.

JBL: Oh Joey, he did more than pulling number. Christian just pinned the champion!

JR: That’s a feat to consider no doubt, but the events surrounding it are more than questionable.

JBL: Don’t rain on this parade JR, is there any doubt that Christian deserves a title match now? We are watching our next BTW World Heavyweight Champion right there guys. Captain Charisma Christian Cage



Show ends with Edge immobile in the middle of the ring, Jeff Hardy still grimacing on the outside, feeling the effects of the Spear, and on centerpiece, Christian Cage standing victorious over the World Champion, Brock Lesnar.







BTW Extreme Championship
MVP (c) vs Rob Van Dam

If Rikishi loses, he must retire
Rikishi vs Randy Orton

Goldberg vs Big Show


BTW Tag Team Championship
CM Punk and Samoa Joe (c) issue an open challenge
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #11

Two major matches added to Busted Open

Two singles matches have been confirmed and added after this week's BTW Nitro for the Busted Open PPV. They are Edge vs Jeff Hardy and Brock Lesnar defending his BTW World Heavyweight Championship against Christian Cage. Still with 2 more shows to go, the PPV card as of right now looks like this:

BTW World Heavyweight Championship
Brock Lesnar (c) vs Christian Cage

Edge vs Jeff Hardy

BTW Extreme Championship
MVP (c) vs Rob Van Dam


If Rikishi loses, he must retire
Rikishi vs Randy Orton

Goldberg vs Big Show


BTW Tag Team Championship
CM Punk and Samoa Joe (c) issue an open challenge




Triple H still MIA

Nobody yet knows they whereabouts of Triple H. The last someone has seen of Triple H was his defeat at WrestleBowl at the hands of new World Champion Brock Lesnar



Major developmental territory shake up

Rycklon Stephens has been called up to the main roster. He debuted on last last BTW Nitro as Ezekiel Jackson and joined Paul Heyman's new faction.

BTW has come to terms with developmental talent Davey Richards and Dan Rodimer.

In a clear attempt to beef up developmental, BTW has signed to developmental contracts Jonathon Emminger, Stu Bennett, Barri Griffiths, Ryan Reeves, Richard Reid Fliehr, Nick Nemeth, Matt Cappotelli and Brandon Silvestry.
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #12


Good friends, better enemies? Last week, Brock Lesnar and Jeff Hardy teamed up to take on the team of Edge and Christian in a losing effort, altough the match ended in complete controversy and chaos. We have to also remember the words of Brock Lesnar and Jeff Hardy as they were getting ready for their match. "It would be an honor to go one on one with you". Well this week, those words come to fruition, as Brock Lesnar, the World Heavyweight Champion, goes one on one in a non title affair with Jeff Hardy. Who will exit victorious? And will their respective nemesis, Christian Cage and Edge, now that they know they will be fighting at Busted Open with them, interfere in this explosive main event?

And with what seems as such a chaotic show, it needs someone to take charge on it. And who better than Crushing C. BTW's General Manager will make his return this week to BTW Nitro after the brutal No Holds Barred Match he had with Rikishi at WrestleBowl. And it will be with no controversy, as he will not only return to his General Manager's duties, but he has confirmed he will mediate the contract signing between Randy Orton and Rikishi. Randy Orton and Rikishi's rivarly has gotten more than heated, evidenced by Rikishi's post match attack this week, and revenge for what Orton did to not only himself but to The Rock is in order. What will happen when these trio are in the same ring, signing their Busted Open contract?

AJ Styles was one of the two superstars demanding respect from management, and at least for these week, after not getting any matches since WrestleBowl, has one this week, against a man who has been on an absolute role as of late, Colt Cabana. Will AJ Styles snap into a winning streak with his return, or Colt Cabana continue on this amazing roll that he is?

Once unknown, now a unity, Mark Henry, Bob Sapp, Ezekiel Jackson and Paul Heyman will begin to make their presence felt this week, as all of these three monsters will be in action in a huge 6-man Tag Team Match. Have we yet even grasped the idea of how dominant these group can be?

As announced last week, BTW Tag Team Champions CM Punk and Samoa Joe will be for the first time in action as the tag team title holders, before they make their first title defense at Busted Open. This week, they will be fighting the tag team of Rob Van Dam and Sabu, team legendary here in BTW as they were the first ever tag team champions. Which team will come out on top? Will CM Punk and Samoa Joe prove the naysayers wrong, prove those who doubt they can be a succesful tag team after their WrestleBowl rivalry wrong, and beat the team of Van Dam and Sabu? And will RVD's Busted Open opponent, BTW Extreme Champion MVP, make his presence felt in any way in this contest?

Also confirmed for these show, BTW's self proclaimed party host, BTW Continental Champion Chris Jericho will host the Highlight Reel. These talk show have been home to many controversial and historic moments in BTW history, and these week, it promises just that, as Chris Jericho's guest is no other than World Heavyweight Championship's Number One Contender, and Jericho's opponent at WrestleBowl, Christian Cage. Will the ring be able to hold the massive ego of Christian, let alone Jericho's. How will Christian conduct himself now that he knows he will be fighting for the biggest prize in the company in just 2 weeks?

And will we get the answers to these questions during BTW Nitro: will the illegal substances case of Jeff Hardy get solved? How will Edge and Jeff Hardy escalade their rivalry? What's next between Big Show and Goldberg now that their match at Busted Open is confirmed? Will Mr. Kennedy find the respect he demanded from management? How will Muhammed Hassan continue his mission of turning Cody Rhodes's American Dream into an American Nightmare after he was pinned by Rhodes in a tag team match?

After destroying The Undertaker two weeks ago, how will Umaga follow up with his new found path of destruction? Who is next in feeling the wrath of the Samaon Bulldozer? And if The Undertaker wasn't able to stop him, who can? And when will the Demon of Death Valley return?

Tune in to find out.


Confirmed Card:

Brock Lesnar vs Jeff Hardy

Contract signing, Crushing C is the official mediator:
Rikishi and Randy Orton sign the contract for their match at Busted Open

CM Punk and Samoa Joe vs RVD and Sabu

Ezekiel Jackson, Mark Henry and Bob Sapp in action in a 6man Teag Team match


Colt Cabana vs AJ Styles

Highlight Reel:
Chris Jericho invites World Title Number One Contender Christian Cage



 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #13
Narrator: One is a free spirit. A man living under his own set of rules…no rules. Unique, special, a daredevil. Casted under the shadows of his own demons; reasoned above by his own risks. Misunderstood by some, loved by many, he is the charismatic enigma…

-We see images of Jeff Hardy

The other; a vicious force of nature, a brute savage who destroys everything set on his path with animalistic determination. A man with unparalleled power and unmatched force with the single instinct of being the absolute best in the business. He is the World Champion.

-We see images of Brock Lesnar

Tonight…

They go one on one.

Hardy: …you are the World Champion, and I want a shot at that title myself.

Brock grins and extends his hand at Jeff Hardy.

Lesnar: Jeff, it would be an honor to face you one on one..

These man collide and it all happens…now.


After the video package for tonight’s main event of Brock Lesnar vs Jeff Hardy, we get our traditional intro video package for BTW Nitro, showing us BTW’s finest superstars. We are than taken live into the KFC Yum Center in Louisville, Kentucky, site of tonight’s show.

Pyro
Pyro
Pyro


We see the ring and we notice that it is all carped up and ready for our Highlight Reel. Cameras however take us from the ring into the announcers, who welcome us to the show.

Styles: Ladies and Gentlemen welcome to BTW Nitro, my name Joey Styles and alongside me are my broadcast colleagues Jim Ross and John Bradshaw Layfield as we are mere two weeks away from our next PPV experience, Busted Open.

JR: And tonight, we have a PPV like main event for you tonight folks, as we have the World Heavyweight Champion, the animal known as Brock Lesnar going one on one with no other than Jeff Hardy. These men were tag team partners just last week, but tonight, they are opponents.

JBL: And you know who just has to love this match? Edge and Christian.

Styles: Indeed we found out during the week that Edge and Christian would respectively face Jeff Hardy and Brock Lesnar at Busted Open.

JR: You have to think a contest like the one we will have tonight will cause some serious repercussions in both Brock and Jeff Hardy going into Busted Open. These man know no other way than going all out.

Styles: But right now, let’s send it to the ring for a very special edition, of the Highlight Reel.


“Break down the Walls” plays to a big amount of cheers from the crowd as the BTW Continental Champion, Chris Jericho, makes his way out. He is wearing his wrestling tights and his BTW shirt, plugging his merchandise. Jericho walks down the aisle and enters the ring and set of his talk show, where after taunting and posing for the fans, he asks for a microphone.

Jericho: Welcome to…Nitro is Jericho!

Crowd roars as Jericho paces inside the ring with a smile on his face.

Jericho: As your official party host, and the dedicated, committed journalist that I am, my job is to bring you the most important, freshest, relevant information each and every time I welcome you to this, your Highlight Reel.

Jericho pauses letting the crowd cheer a bit.

Jericho: And as of right now, there is no biggest news around planet Earth, well, maybe if we do not count yours truly being the Continental Champion, but anyways, there is no bigger headline around that Christian Cage being the new Number One Contender for the World Heavyweight Championship.

Crowd boos heavily.

Jericho: Yeah I know.

Crowd continues booing.

Jericho: You may remember Christian as the man who got beat within an inch of his life at WrestleBowl by Chris Jericho to lose this precious championship hanging around my waist, but somehow, someway, now he finds himself fighting for the World Championship at Busted Open, and I am here to unveil that mystery with all of you tonight.

Crowd roars.

Jericho: So without further ado, my guest tonight, the man known all around the world as the Creepy Little Bastard, Christian Cage!


“Just Close your Eyes” plays to boos from the crowd because of his presence and laughter as well because of Jericho’s comments. Christian makes his way down the ramp looking really irritated at how Chris Jericho has conducted this Highlight Reel so far. Cage enters the ring and gives a really dirty look at the BTW Continental Champion.

Jericho: Christian, thank you for accepting my invitation, although I am pretty sure your schedule was free anyways. Please Christian, explain to us, explain to all my Jerichoholics, how exactly did you became the Number One Contender because let me tell you, everybody is damn sure puzzled about how that happened?

Christian stares a hole at Jericho, looking more and more angry.

Christian: Screw you Jericho, and screw all of these people here tonight.

Crowd heavily boos.

Christian: I am sick and tired of people disrespecting me, of people saying I don’t deserve the championships, that I don’t deserve the spotlight, because I do! I do! I have done everything that it is to be done in this business. I have been BTW Tag Team Champion, and I held that championship of yours longer than you could dream of doing.

Crowd boos as Jericho grins.

Christian: You see, all my career I have been shoved to the side, kept down because people were afraid of me. So why am I the Number One Contender? Because it is a damn long time coming! That, and because inside this ring, I own that joke of Brock Lesnar.

Crowd boos.

Jericho: You got one thing right there Christian, and it is that people are afraid of you, but it isn’t because of anything else than ‘cause your betty little eyes and your creepy rat-like smug of yours.

Crowd cheers.

Jericho: But you’re right on one thing. You have been kept out of the World Championship spotlight for a long, long time. So congratulations, I mean, all it took were some cheap shots to Brock Lesnar, you losing the BTW Continental Championship and Triple H to go MIA for you to finally get there, so congrats Christian.

Cage, while still angry, cockily grins.

Christian: You know what Jericho, I don’t care what you think. I don’t care where Triple H is and I certainly don’t care what I do to Brock Lesnar. This is my show now, Nitro is Christian now, and after Busted Open, I will be the World Heavyweight Champion, and there is two things you can do about it: nothing, and like it.

Crowd boos.

Jericho: Actually Christian, there is another thing I could do. I could knock your ass off right here, right now, just like I did at WrestleBowl, and show you what awaits you against Brock Lesnar at Busted Open.

Crowd cheers in expectation of a match between these two, as Jericho advances towards Christian. Cage however backs down and even gets out of the ring.

Christian: You know Jericho, I would love nothing more but to have a little sparring, a little warm up match before I become World Champion, but it just can’t be tonight. You see, you already have a match here tonight.

Chris Jericho, as well as everybody in the arena, seems confused.

Christian: As you know, Crushing C, our esteemed GM, is back here tonight, and as your guest for the Highlight Reel, he told me to let you know that you would be defending your BTW Continental Championship, right now, against this man…

Christian points to the stage, as suddenly “Turn up the Trouble” plays to boos from the crowd as a determined Mr. Kennedy comes out. Jericho starts kicking the decoration of his Highlight Reel out of the ring getting everything set for his title defense.

That is next.



(Commercial)



JR: Ladies and Gentlemen welcome back to BTW Nitro as we continue with this impromptu championship match made by our returning General Manager, Crushing C, It’s Chris Jericho defending his BTW Continental Championship against Mr. Kennedy

Styles: And it seems Christian Cage has decided to stick around and watch this match. As you can see he’s sitting right in front of our announce table.

JBL: Mr. Kennedy demanded for some respect last week and he may be leaving Kentucky tonight, a champion.



BTW Continental Championship Match
Chris Jericho (c) vs Mr. Kennedy

As we returned from commercials, we joined the match in progress with Mr. Kennedy having Jericho controlled and grounded with a tight side headlock. Kennedy tries to drain all the energy and life out of the champion, however Jericho manages to get out of the predicament by picking Kennedy up and dropping him straight on the back of the head with a back suplex. Ken Kennedy gets right to his feet only to get floored once again with a clothesline, thing that happens again two times. After this, it is Y2J the one who guides Mr. Kennedy back to a standing position and tries to throw him to the ropes, however Kennedy counters and Irish Whips the champion. Jericho bounces back and right into a kick to the middle section, however Chris blocks it. Kennedy however doesn’t give up and spins nailing an enziguiri to the temple of Chris Jericho, knocking him out cold. Mr. Kennedy gets back to his feet and taunts to the crowd, now confident of his dominance in this championship contest, and in a fashion that seems more interested in humiliating Jericho than in punishing him, Kennedy stomps Jericho’s entire anatomy. He grabs Jericho by the head and slowly makes him get back to a standing position, only for Chris to surprise him with a schoolboy: 1…2…, Kennedy kicks out and then connects Y2J with a kick to the middle section after both men got to a standing position. Mr. Kennedy weakens his opponent with a series of straight right hands. He throws Jericho to the ring ropes and as Y2J bounces back he connects a back body drop. Jericho grabs his lower back in pain as Christian relishes in satisfaction from the outside of the ring. Kennedy has his sights well in the BTW Continental Championship as he goes to the top rope, looking down at the champion.

Mr. Kennedy finally flies from the corner, however Chris Jericho is prepared as he lifts his boots putting it on the way of the incoming challenger. He isn’t the only one ready nonetheless, as Mr. Kennedy manages to avoid collision as he lands on his feet and grabs Jericho’s feet. Kennedy shoves them to a side and gets ready to nail an elbow drop. Jericho is prepared for this as well and he rolls out of the way trying to escape Kennedy’s attacks making Kennedy fail, however Mr. Kennedy is on his game tonight and once again doesn’t fall for Jericho’s attempts of a counter. He instead lets Y2J roll and when he finishes spinning, Mr. Kennedy connects an elbow drop to the lower back of the BTW Continental Champion. Kennedy makes the cover: 1…2…, Jericho kicks out. Kennedy slaps Jericho on the back of the head as the champion got to his hands and knees and then helped him fully get back to a standing position. He lights Chris Jericho up with a chest chop before throwing Chris to the corner. He takes impulse and crosses the ring full speed towards the Ayatollah of Rock n Rollah, however Chris Jericho is prepared and he receives him with an elbow straight to the jaw. Kennedy staggers back dazed and confused and Chris Jericho now storms towards him, only for him to be the one now getting surprised as he gets caught, lifted and connected with an Atomic Drop. Ken Kennedy leaves Jericho doubled in pain and he runs toward the ring ropes behind him, however as he bounces back, he gets received by a spinning heel kick, courtesy of Chris Jericho. Jericho dedicates some seconds of his time staring at Christian Cage before he nails the recovering Mr. Kennedy with his flashback maneuver, driving the challenger head first into the canvas. Chris Jericho is feeling it now and he lets the cheers and adulation from the crowd sink in. He taunts to the crowd badmouthing Mr. Kennedy as he gets ready to put him away.

Jericho uses the ring ropes to springboard in pursuit of connecting his Lionsault, however Kennedy rolls out of the way. Jericho doesn’t crash and burn, as him instead manages to land right on his feet. An unsuspecting Ken Kennedy turns around only to get kicked right on the mush with an impressive step up enziguiri. The action has gotten to Christian Cage on the outside of the ring, who has gotten up and is now ringside. Chris Jericho goes to the ring ropes looking once again to perform his Lionsault, however this time Christian from the outside grabs his foot causing not only Jericho to fall down to the canvas, but for the match to end in DQ.

Result: Chris Jericho wins by DQ.


Christian doesn’t care about the bell ringing as he has gotten inside the ring and is mounting Chris Jericho, nailing him with punches to the head. However, all of a sudden, “Here Comes the Pain” blasts from the speakers, causing Christian to stop.


Styles: Well guys, here comes the pain!

JBL: Oh come on, what is Brock Lesnar doing out here!

Brock’s appearance has prompted Christian to stop his attack on Chris Jericho and to dedicate all of his attention to the incoming World Heavyweight Champion, however, instead of any confrontation, as soon as Lesnar slides to the inside of the ring, Cage slides out of it. Christian circles the ring returning to the back as he and Brock Lesnar trade dirty looks.


The announcers hype their encounter at Busted Open and our main event later on tonight before we go to commercial, with the premise that when we come back, we will see AJ Styles vs Colt Cabana.



(Commercial)



We return and we take a look at what happened before the break.


“I am” plays to boos from the crowd as AJ Styles makes his way down the ramp, apparently with his old swagger back, after being part of the vicious Monster’s Ball Match two weeks ago at WrestleBowl.

JR: AJ Styles demanded for respect last week from management just like Mr. Kennedy did, and in what could be considered part two after Kennedy’s match, AJ will be in action.

JBL: It’s about time it happened, and now we will see AJ Styles defeat that joke of Colt Cabana.

JR: Well if he does, he will be the first one in quite some time. Colt Cabana has been on quite the roll as of late.


“Copa Cabana” plays to cheers from the audience as Cabana makes his way down the ramp, being his usual self contrasting with AJ Styles, goofing around and sharing with the fans. Colt enters the ring and even takes the time to high five the referee.



Colt Cabana vs AJ Styles

Cabana and AJ start circling each other and then, channeling their days in one certain indy federation, they approach each other for a quick handshake showing their code of honor. They advance toward each other locking up, and for a while they chain wrestle, trading high wristlocks and headlocks without really moving from the middle of the ring and neither gaining true advantage or staying in control for long. Finally, it is AJ who gets the upperhand as he had created some distance and as Colt ran toward him, AJ floored him with an arm drag. Styles doesn’t release the arm and locks in an armbar. Nonetheless they are close to the ring ropes and Colt manages to put his boot on the bottom rope forcing AJ to break the hold. Both wrestlers are back at square one and they circle each other once more, however, as they come close to one another, AJ avoids a clean lock up and instead kicks his opponent in the gut making him double in pain. Styles follows up with a blow to the spine of Cabana and then he Irish Whips him. As Colt Cabana bounces back, AJ leaps over him and then as he once more comes back from the set of ropes, receives him with a dropkick, staggering Colt Cabana enough to send him through the ropes and to the outside of the ring. AJ Styles sees in this his opportunity and crossing the ring, charging toward Cabana, he jumps over the ring ropes and shocking all the fans in attendance, AJ Styles connects Cabana with a summersault plancha. AJ Styles gets back to his feet and screams abuse to the crowd, reminding them how much he despises them. Styles guides Cabana back to his feet and not yet finish with his attack on the outside on the outside of the ring, and eager to show his athleticism, AJ puts his hands on Colt’s shoulders, uses them as impulse to leap and leg scissors Cabana head first into the ring post. Cabana crashes hard and immediately takes his hands to his face in pain. Styles goes for him and doesn’t let him grimace in pain for long, as he forces him back to a standing position and throws him back to the inside of the ring. The camera angle focusing on Colt’s face shows us he has been busted open, wearing a little cut above his right eyebrow. AJ continues his offense with stomps to the middle section of his opponent, as Colt tries his best to cover up from the attack.

AJ is in full control of this match and his demeanor shows so. He guides Colt back to his feet and goes to throw him to the ring ropes, however he gets countered and Styles gets Irish Whipped instead. AJ manages to slow himself down, jump to the second rope and flip in mid air performing his Phenomenal DDT, driving Cabana neck first down to the canvas. AJ Styles can’t do no wrong and arrogantly taunting to the crowd, he lets them know it. He goes for a cover: 1…2…, Colt manages to kick out. For a second, we seem to see some insecurity creep back on AJ Styles, probably nervous of losing his spot after not even getting a match for two weeks. However, that was just for a second and he quickly is back with the procedures, holding Colt in a front facelock and guiding him back to a standing position. However, suddenly, Colt Cabana hooks up and takes him down to the canvas in schoolboy pin: 1…2…, AJ kicks out, however, as the camera shows us his face, insecurity has synched in for far longer than a couple of seconds. Both wrestlers get back to their feet and AJ is no longer willing to take any crap from his opponent. He dashes full speed towards Colt, however he gets received by a Butt Butt. Colt Cabana follows up bouncing back from the ring ropes and dropping a leg drop across AJ’s chest, however he only gets a two count out of it. Cabana breaths heavily and wipes out some blood he has on his forehead before he gets back to his feet. Colt seems a little rattled and it takes him some time before he regains his composure and is able to go back to AJ. Colt seems to be going to grab AJ’s legs, probably to lock in his Boston Crab, however as he lowers himself trying to grab them, AJ nips up and in the flow of the movement wraps his legs around Colt’s neck and performs a Hurricanrana sending him across the ring. Both men get back to their feet and running towards one another collide in the middle of the ring in a double clothesline.

Slowly, painfully, both men get themselves together and climb back to a standing position. AJ tries to shrug off the pain and immediately goes for a leg lariat, however he gets caught by Colt Cabana, who adapts his body positioning as well as AJ’s to connect a brutal Saito Suplex. In the midst of the match, Colt goes out of his element and he climbs to the top rope, where he taunts, waiting for AJ Styles to get back to his feet. Grabbing the back of his head in pain, AJ recovers his vertical standing and turns around to face the coiled Colt Cabana, however, as Cabana flies through the air looking more than likely for a crossbody plancha, AJ is able to outdo him and connect him in mid air with a picture perfect dropkick impacting straight on the ribs of Colt. AJ Styles has had enough of this match and he goes toward Colt and sets him for the Styles Clash, however Colt avoids it and turns the situation around rolling over his head and right into a pinfall predicament. The cover only gets a two count, and it gets rolled over into another pinfall predicament, only this time favoring AJ Styles. Cabana pushes Styles away in his kick out. Styles remains coiled waiting for Colt to get back to his feet and as soon as he does, Styles goes to connect his Pele kick, however, and following the trend of counters, Colt Cabana blocks grabbing the leg of his opponent and this allows him to get Styles in the perfect position for him to lock in the Boston Crab. Styles tries to fight out but it is to no avail and eventually the pain is just too much he is forced to tap out.

Result: Colt Cabana defeats AJ Styles


Styles: Colt Cabana picks up the win and one has to wonder what’s next for him, maybe some championship gold?

JBL: I don’t wonder anything about that goof. It’s sickening how AJ Styles after the match he just put, he smells like smoke because he has just been through fire, still gets no respect from you people.


Colt Cabana rolls out of the ring with his arms up high celebrating his victory, while AJ is left alone inside the ring, pondering his defeat and frowning in pain.



(Commercial)



We return and we are in the catering area, where we see a man pouring some coffee into a glass, as he turns around, we get the first glimpse at Crushing C we have had since WrestleBowl and his brutal match with Rikishi, sight that gets incredibly booed by the people in attendance. Suddenly, and only to increment the heat from the audience, no other than the Rated R Superstar Edge joins in the scene, stepping next to BTW’s General Manager.

Edge: Well, well, well, Mr. Crushing C. Let me tell you sir, it’s truly great to have you back on board. This show was surely lacking your leadership and command. And If I may, you are looking quite good tonight.

Crushing C: How can I help you Edge?

Edge: Well you see, I was looking around BTW.com and I found out that I have been booked to face Jeff Hardy at Busted Open.

Crushing C: Yes, that is correct.

Edge: Well, why? Each and every week I have came out and proved I am the better man, each and every week I have came out and speared the living hell out of Jeff Hardy. Quite frankly, I see no point in having this match.

Crushing C: Well I do, you see, first and foremost, Jeff Hardy defeated you at WrestleBowl.

Crowd cheers

Edge: THAT! That was a fluke! Everybody knows it was a fluke! I own Jeff Hardy, and if you have me face him at Busted Open, it will be bad for business because I will wipe out of the face of BTW one of these people so called heroes…

Crushing C: Bad for business? You wanna talk about bad for business? You two, Jeff Hardy and you, are bad for business…

Edge stares at Crushing C puzzled.

Crushing C: You are a hell of an athlete Edge, but do you think it makes BTW any favors to have you two involved in that illegal substances deal…

Edge: I have nothing to do with that! You know Jeff, you know how much of a screw up he is, I have nothing to do with him deciding to bring his little extracurricular activities here and then try to blame me of setting him up.

Crushing C: Well Edge, I don’t know which one of you to believe. Luckily, the Board of Directors told me that they will deliver me a report on the investigation they have been doing the day before Busted Open, so at Busted Open, I will go to that ring, and either confirm Jeff Hardy is guilty, or that someone….framed him.

Edge and Crushing C trade dirty looks.

Crushing C: So Edge, no, I am not taking down your match against Jeff Hardy for Busted Open, and not only that, but you’re going to wrestle tonight.

Crowd cheers.

Crushing C: I figured, since Jeff Hardy is wrestling tonight, and will more than have his hands full against Brock Lesnar, and since in my book, you two are equally guilty, you need to have a match of the same level so to speak. So tonight Edge, you will be going one on one, with no other than the Samoan Bulldozer, Umaga!

Crowd roars while Edge seems to be choking with his own tongue.

Crushing C: Have a nice one Edge.

Crushing C takes a zip from his cup of coffee and turns around leaving.


Styles: Oh my God can you believe that! Crushing C is back for sure!

JR: Yeah he is back alright, and I am sure we will find just how back he is when he moderates that contract signing later on tonight between Rikishi and Randy Orton. Something tells me things aren’t going to go smoothly for Rikishi in that one.


Inside the ring, we see Gavin Spears with microphone in hand. He is in street clothes and ready to address the BTW Universe.

Spears: Let me just say, it’s really nice to be here tonight in Louisville, Kentucky.

Crowd gives him a cheap pop.

Spears: And I want to thank you because you have supported me even though for the better part of my time here in BTW, I have been, quite frankly, a joke. Yeah, it’s true. But last week, I gave it my all to Colt Cabana and managed to take him to the limit.

Crowd applauds in respect of his effort.

Spears: Yeah. And I want to believe that is the turning point in my career, because even if I lost, that was the Gavin Spears I want all of you people to see. Not the one who gets destroyed by Bob Sapp, or Umaga or The Big Show, but the one who wrestles his heart out inside this ring.

Crowd applauds once more.

Spears: Because…


Gavin has to stop as he is interrupted by “Crank it Up” playing through the speakers. The Big Show eventually comes out and he walks to the squared circle. Spears seem shocked but he doesn’t seem intimidated.

JBL: Hey Gavin kid, I think the getting destroyed by Big Show part is not over yet.


Big Show enters the ring and looks at Gavin Spears with a grin on his face, almost of disgust.

Show: Kid, I admire your courage, but make no mistake about it, there is no shame in getting destroyed in this ring by The Big Show. Look at me. I am a seven feet tall, five hundred pound monster, what I hit, I break, and you, you are no different.

Crowd interrupts with a You suck chant directed towards the giant.

Show: So don’t be embarrassed. I mean, even a guy like Goldberg will get demolished at Busted Open when he steps into this ring with me. So don’t feel bad that you couldn’t even last longer than a blink in here with me, you’re not the only one.

Crowd boos.

Spears: Well Show, I am not afraid of you, and I am more than willing to step into this ring with you one more time!

Crowd cheers as Gavin Spears seems pumped up. Big Show looks at Gavin and just laughs.

Show: I’m sorry, but not even I could have hit you that hard in the head to knock you so stupid. Kid, right now I am focused on Goldberg, don’t make me focus on you…


Big Show advances toward Gavin Spears, however, out of a sudden “Goldberg’s March” plays through the PA system and after a while of crowd anticipation demonstrated via cheers, Goldberg makes his way out to the stage and down to the middle of the entrance ramp.

Goldberg: You know what’s sad Show, that even with your seven feet and five hundred pounds, that kid right there has more guts than you will ever have!

Crowd cheers.

Goldberg: He’s accepting his defeats, unlike you, who comes with some bullshit excuse of why they got their ass kicked at WrestleBowl.

Crowd roars, Big Show seems to be blowing a gasket inside the ring.

Show: You know very well Goldberg, that you didn’t deserve to win that match!

Goldberg: Well it doesn’t matter Big Show, because your ass is next at Busted Open

Crowd cheers once more

Goldberg: But tonight, well, you kinda owe me something Show, and I am taking it right now!...


That said, immediately Goldberg drops the mic and storms toward the ring. Big Show avalanches towards Gavin Spears and grabs him by the throat, however he soon has to let him go and focus on Goldberg, who slides into the ring. Show shoves Spears away and gets ready to confront Goldberg, however there is no much of a confrontation as immediately as he slides into the ring, Goldberg runs toward the giant and spears him right off his boots. Goldberg jumps right back to his feet and taunts announcing the jackhammer, which gets cheered by the audience. The Big Show however wants no part of that and holding his ribs in pain quickly rolls out of the ring.

JBL: Big Show is getting screwed out there. Spears before their match at Busted Open, crooked referees, tag team partners, all this just goes to show that Goldberg can’t beat Big Show one on one.

Styles: You have got to be kidding me.


Big Show walks backwards to the backstage area not moving his eyes from Goldberg. Both men trash talk each other as we go to commercials.



(Commercial)



We return and we see three young men inside the ring jogging and warming up. Leticia Cline introduces them as Oliver John, Alex Thompson and Abe Singh.


“Domination” by Evan Jones plays to boos from the crowd as the unity formed by Paul Heyman, Bob Sapp, Mark Henry and Ezekiel Jackson make their imposing way down the ramp power walking. The camera zooms on some kids with their mouths open in awe at the mere sight of these monsters. They finally enter the ring.

JR: Well the referee is not even attempting to get two of those giants out of the ring and to the apron so it seems we are going to have this six man tag match with tornado rules.



6man Texas Tornado Tag Team Match
Bob Sapp, Mark Henry and Ezekiel Jackson vs Oliver John, Alex Thompson and Abe Singh.

The three poor men opposing the behemoths load themselves with courage and all of them storm full speed against their opponent, however all Sapp, Ezekiel and Henry receive them with hard clotheslines that knock them down to the canvas in vicious fashion. Jackson nails Oliver John with a backbreaker and Mark Henry clotheslines Abe Singh once again, then both of them drag their victims to corners, clearing the middle of the ring for Bob Sapp and Alex Thompson, almost as if prepping up an exhibition. Sapp guides his opponent back to his feet and with absolute ease hoists him up in the air and above his shoulders putting him in the Torture Wrack position. Sapp stretches his opponent for some grueling seconds before he finally completes the maneuver and drops down to his knees nearly breaking Alex Thompson in half with the collision. He then grabs Alex by the boot and uncaringly drags him away from the middle of the ring, leaving it free for Mark Henry and his victim of choice, Abe Singh. Mark Henry doesn’t fool around and goes straight for what with he causes damage with, and after picking Abe up, he connects him with the World’s Strongest Slam. Mark Henry seals the deal bouncing with the ring ropes and also connecting the World’s Strongest Splash. He does the same Bob Sapp previously did leaving the room open for the last member of this destructive unit: Ezekiel Jackson. Jackson is even harsher in his handling of Oliver John as he guides him back to a vertical standing, Irish Whips him to the ring ropes and receives him with an awe inspiring, because of its sheer impact, full body block. Jackson indicates his tag team partners to join him in the destruction and they agree as they drag their victims to the middle of the ring as well. Almost simultaneously, Sapp drills Thompson with a Two Handed Chokeslam, Mark Henry slams once more Abe Singh and Ezekiel Jackson finishes Oliver John off with an Uranage. The three of them make pinfall covers at the same time: 1…2…3.

Result: Henry, Sapp and Jackson win.

JBL: I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again. There’s nobody who can defeat these three behemoths now that they are together.


Paul Heyman climbs to the ring and joins his three monsters in celebration after their decisive victory as they taunt to the crowd, getting nothing but boos.


We go backstage and we see Jeremy Borash standing in some sort of interview area.

Borash: Ladies and Gentlemen, at this time I am joined by BTW World Heavyweight Champion Brock Lesnar…

Brock steps into the frame receiving a big ovation from the Kentucky arena.

Borash: And his opponent later on tonight on our main event of the evening, Jeff Hardy!

Hardy also steps into the frame receiving a big ovation as well. The crowd shows their love for both competitors.

Borash: Gentlemen, we are moments away from your highly anticipated match and with so much that has to be in your minds, you Jeff Hardy facing Edge at Busted Open and you Brock Lesnar, having to defend that World Championship against Christian Cage, I wanted to get your thoughts on this match tonight against one another…

Hardy: Brock, I have said it before, I have nothing but respect for you bro. I really do, but tonight, is my chance to prove that I deserve to hold that championship you have right there.

Jeff points to the World Championship strapped around Brock’s waist.

Hardy: It’s no secret that I have been through a lot in these last few weeks…let me correct that, it’s no secret Edge has put me through lot in the last few weeks. But all of that, it won’t matter if I beat you tonight, because if I beat you tonight, it means I am next in line for that World Heavyweight Championship!

Crowd cheers

Hardy: So yeah, I respect you, but tonight, I will beat you dude.

Lesnar: That’s exactly my thoughts on this. I said it last week and I will say it again here tonight. It will be an honor to go out there and tear the house down with you.

Crowd roars.

Lesnar: So Jeff, let me be the first one to wish you good luck for our main event, because let’s be honest, you’re going to need it.

Brock and Jeff Hardy come face to face ready to go, just soothing intensity. However, they just turn around and walk away. Camera zooms on Jeremy Borash who gets ready to send it back to the announce table, however, no other than Muhammed Hassan walks into the scene.

Hassan: Jeremy, could you please tell me how those two guys, Jeff Hardy and Brock Lesnar get interview time, however someone like myself has to sit on the sidelines with none!

Borash: Well, it was to hype their main event later on to…

Hassan: Lie! That’s a lie! We all know the true reason why I am not getting any interview time and it is because management doesn’t want me to get any interview time and we all know why is that, don’ we? Which is totally unfair because I am a human being, just as Jeff Hardy, just as Brock Lesnar, and most importantly, I am as American as they are!

Crowd boos.

Hassan: I have the same rights they have, I…

Muhammed Hassan stares at someone out of the camera shot, however as he steps into the frame we can see it’s Cody Rhodes, who gets received with cheers from the audience.

Rhodes: Hassan it’s funny that you still don’t get it. We don’t hate you because you’re not American, we hate you because you are giant pain in the ass!

Crowd cheers.

Rhodes: You are mad because you don’t get your time? Well, how’s this. How about we make your time Busted Open, how about you put your money where your mouth is and you go one on one with me!

Crowd cheers as well.

Hassan: Young Cody, you think that just because of your last name I am supposed to respect you or something like that? I am more of an American Dream than you or your father will ever be.

Crowd boos.

Hassan: I am more than willing to face you at Busted Open and turn your dream, into a nightmare, you’re on.

Muhammed Hassan and Cody Rhodes get in each other faces, staring daggers through one another as we go to commercials.



(Commercial)



We return and “I’m Coming” is playing on the background, as the BTW Extreme Champion MVP is joining commentary for the following match.

JR: Ladies and Gentlemen welcome back and as you can see, we are being joined in commentary by the longest reigning champion in BTW history and current BTW Extreme Champion, Mr. Montel Vontavious Porter.

Styles: He’s also defending his championship against Rob Van Dam and Busted Open, so is it safe to say you are here to scout your opponent, MVP?

MVP: I don’t need to do any scouting man, I am the longest reigning champion around here and Rob Van Dam, he’s just no match for me. I am half man, half amazing, he’s not even half of that.

Styles: Well last week you certainly didn't seem to think that way as you ran away from Rob Van Dam in your tag team match, but anyhow in that case, why are you here?

MVP: Well I…I am gracing you with my presence Joey, you should be thankful to be in the presence of Mr. 305.

JBL: Yeah Joey, you should be thankful, shut up! This man right here, he’s like FedEx, he always delivers, so you might as well take some notes on how to do commentary now that he’s around.


“One of a Kind” plays to cheers from the audience as the man being discussed in commentary, Rob Van Dam, alongside his tag team partner, Sabu, walk down the ramp, both doing their classic taunts getting the crowd ready.

MVP: Look at him, always in need of a crutch. Right now is Sabu, later on tonight, who knows. He’s just not worthy of being in the same ring as myself.


“This Fire Burns” plays to cheers from the audience as CM Punk, one half of the BTW Tag Team Champions, make their way out. Not long after, “Samoan Vibe” plays to introduce his tag team partner, Samoa Joe.



Rob Van Dam and Sabu vs CM Punk and Samoa Joe

In a weird way of things to unwrap, the inactive tag team, Rob Van Dam and Sabu, agree quicker than their opposition on who to start the match, as Sabu is chosen. CM Punk and Samoa Joe on the other hand, being the BTW Tag Team Champions and all, argue a little longer on who gets the honors, both wanting to kick it off. CM Punk finally is the one and he steps into this ring with Sabu. CM Punk kicks off the match going for hard kicks after the legs of Sabu, practically all finding the mark. Punk gets the advantage and after nailing a suplex, he drags Sabu closer to his corner and shows some team work as he makes the tag to Samoa Joe. Joe enters the match and immediately he goes to work on his opponent as he locks in an arm keylock. Sabu tries to sneak away however Joe’s lock is just too tight and all Sabu accomplishes is for the lock to get reinforced by being turned into a Half Nelson and Joe wrapping his legs around the torso his victim like an anaconda. Rob Van Dam isn’t going to let his partner high and dry though and so he enters the ring and stomping on Samoa Joe forces him to break the hold. MVP bites Van Dam’s head off on commentary, talking about how he is such a dirty, cheating competitor. Meanwhile, inside the ring, Sabu gets revenge on Joe by nailing a springboard leg lariat and makes the tag to RVD, letting him inside the ring for the first time, at least in a legal manner. Rob Van Dam enters and the first thing he does it to kick Joe’s head off with a spinning double leg heel kick. He gets up and immediately directs his attention to MVP on commentary, taunting him. He refocuses on the match and charging using the ring ropes, Van Dam nails a picture perfect Rolling Thunder. Van Dam is feeling the momentum completely going for his team and so he goes to his corner and makes the tag to Sabu, who climbs to the top rope and as soon as Samoa Joe got up, nails him with a crossbody plancha. It might have not been picture perfect, but it was effective as it knocked his target down .CM Punk’s face on the apron tells the story as Sabu gets up and continues the trend of quick tags as he tags Rob Van Dam into the match once again.

RVD enters and after nailing a couple of stomps on Joe weakening him even further, he Irish Whips the Samoan Submission Machine to the corner. RVD takes impulse and then sprints crossing the ring diagonally and jumping a few steps in front of the cornered Joe, RVD hooks him and performs his characteristic Monkey Flip, hurling Samoa Joe across the ring. Van Dam gets up and soaks into the love the crowd is giving him, although there are also fans cheering for the grounded Samoa Joe. Van Dam runs toward the ring ropes looking to bounce back, however he does so a little too close of CM Punk, who decides is time to intervene in this match just like Van Dam himself did earlier on and nails him with a kick straight to the back of the head. Van Dam is staggered enough to let Samoa Joe recover himself and come back to nail a huge lariat that turns Rob Van Dam inside out. Joe gets up to his feet and stares at CM Punk and we can see that he tells him he didn’t need that. He gives CM Punk a rather aggressive tag letting him into the match. Van Dam is trying to get himself together, however in his efforts he has crawled toward the corner. CM Punk notices this and he takes full advantage of it, dashing toward him and connects his trademarked high knee to the jaw. Van Dam is dazed and confused and collapses away from the corner, which allows CM Punk to go out to the apron and plan his next move. Sabu is close to him on the corner and tries to attack him, however Punk manages to anticipate him and getting the awe out of the crowd, back body drops him from the apron down to the ring. MVP isn’t amused by this and he lets the world know so in commentary. CM Punk has gotten a head of steam and he follows through with a springboard clothesline. Punk gets up and gives Joe a bragging look. Punk gets up and lets Samoa Joe into the match, while MVP comments on just how easy it will be for him to beat Van Dam at Busted Open, especially now that he will be banged up from this match.

Joe enters and wanting to impress CM Punk as well, busts out an Oklahoma Roll on Van Dam. However, it only gets him a two count. Joe decides to get more physical after this and as soon as Rob Van Dam got back to his feet nails a jumping twisting enziguir, very similar to his CCS Enziguiri. Joe makes the lateral press however after he only gets a near fall out of it, he decides to lock in an arm trapped headlock. The crowd gets into it and after a couple of grueling seconds for the struggling Number One Contender for the BTW Extreme Championship, Van Dam manages to fight out of the hold with elbow drops directed to the middle section of his opponent, and to even the playing field with his step over spinning wheel kick. Both men lay next to each other knocked out, but after recovering their senses, they start crawling toward their corners, and leading to respective hot tags, Sabu and CM Punk are let into the match. Sabu gets the upperhand on the tag team title holder entering a springboard attack frenzy, nailing elbow to the face and leg lariats multiple times to a now groggy straightedge opponent. Punk somehow manages to get to a standing position, however all he accomplishes is to set himself up for a huge Spike DDT that completely knocks the lights off from the straightedge superstar. Samoa Joe on the outside however has seen enough and he enters the ring, picks Sabu up and plants him with a Spinning STO. Rob Van Dam intervenes and to defend his tag team partner, nails Joe with a Lou Thesz press like takedown and mounts him with punches. The action however, is not limited to the actual participants of the match, as we see MVP leave the announcing desk and climb to the announce table, becoming an instant distraction for his Busted Open opponent, Rob Van Dam. Van Dam gets up and charges toward the BTW Extreme Champion, however at the last moment possible, the referee steps into the way of Van Dam, getting the hit instead of MVP and getting knocked out cold in the process.

MVP takes advantage of this and nails a cheap shot on Van Dam staggering him backwards and away from the ropes. RVD ends up in front of a recovering CM Punk, still trying to shake off the effects from Sabu’s offense. MVP measures Van Dam and finally storms toward him looking to connect a Big Boot, however RVD ducks and gets out of the way, and instead of getting some of his challenger, MVP connects CM Punk. MVP seems shocked at this for a minute, which allows Van Dam to kick him in the gut and send him over the top rope to the outside of the ring. The referee is still turned to the action inside the ring, using the ring ropes to get himself up. Sabu, the legal man, crawls toward Punk and makes the cover, however, time passes without the referee noticing this. Joe in this time gets back to his feet, pummels Van Dam with a blow to the back of the head taking him out of the equation and changes the pinfall situation putting CM Punk on top of Sabu instead. The referee oh so miraculously is now recovered and makes the count giving the tag champions the victory.

Result: CM Punk and Samoa Joe win.


Samoa Joe immediately asks for a microphone.

Joe: MVP, I don’t care about your business with Van Dam, but once you interfere in one of my matches, you become my business. So if you are a man, you will leave Van Dam for Busted Open and enter this ring next week with me!

MVP, who is on the ramp retrieving after getting thrown from the ring so unceremoniously from Van Dam, motions with his hands that he wants no part of the match.

Joe: I am telling you Porter, you better…

Samoa Joe stops as his partner, still beat up and having to use the ring ropes to get back up, has asked for a microphone as well, thing that catches Joe’s attention.

Punk: Joe, I understand what you’re doing, and I appreciate the effort, but it was me who MVP kicked, so it is me who should face him next week.

Joe: Yeah, I’m sorry, but I don’t want to save your ass like I just did. So yeah, let me handle this one.

Punk: You won’t have to save me, because I’ll beat him

Joe: Just like you were beating RVD and Sabu?

Punk: Just like I beat you at WrestleBowl…

Things have gotten heated and both tag champions drop their microphones and they get face to face with each other, forgetting MVP and now more focused on bad mouthing each other, anger and bitterness remaining from their rivalry resurfacing. The announcers wonder how these two will work as a tag team and manage to be successful in their title defense come Busted Open, while also pondering on what’s next for RVD and MVP, as we go to commercial break.

Edge vs Umaga is next.



(Commercial)



“Metalingus” welcomes us from the break announcing the arrival of the Rated R Superstar.

JR: Ladies and Gentlemen, this is BTW Nitro and that man right there, just two weeks separated from having to deal with a very angry Jeff Hardy, will have to go one on one with no other than Umaga.

JBL: Edge is good, he’s great, one of the all time greats, but not even him can stop this force that took out The Undertaker, that is Umaga.


Edge comes down the ramp and into the ring without his classic swagger and confidence. Instead, he looks anxious and nervous. He quickly enters the ring and paces frenetically, and asks for a microphone.

Edge: Umaga, Umaga, I know you’re watching back there. I just want to let you know, we don’t have to do this. We don’t.

Crowd boos.

Edge: Umaga can’t you see it? This is a scam from our General Manager. You see Umaga, the both of us, we are very much alike. We are both savages, animal, when we see something we want, we take it. Just like you did with The Undertaker.

Crowd heavily boos.

Edge: And they, they don’t like that. That’s why they want us to tear each other up here tonight, but we don’t have to do that, we…


Edge is interrupted as the music of the man scheduled to be his opponent, Umaga, resounds through the arena. Umaga comes out screaming and in general looking ready to go, which doesn’t gives Edge any assurance. Umaga enters the ring and he walks towards Edge.

Styles: Well, I guess we’ll find out if Edge managed to convince Umaga.


Edge goes to put his microphone close to his mouth to talk once again, however it gets knocked right off his hand by Umaga, who then nails a straight right hand to the head of the Rated R Superstar. The referee then rings the bell.



Edge vs Umaga

Umaga knocks Edge down to the canvas and starts punishing him, however, out of a sudden, and to an incredible pop from the crowd, we hear the sound of a gong and lights go out. A gong plays again and lights come back on, nothing having changed and nobody appearing. Umaga however knows this indicates the presence of the man he took out two weeks ago, The Undertaker, in the arena, and so he forgets about Edge and starts screaming to the air. Edge sees his chance in all of this and sneaks out of the ring and gets away from the squared circle as fast as he can. He even trips and falls when reaching the ramp.

Ominous music now plays continuing the mind games with the Samoan Bulldozer, who is just barking and screaming probably demanding for the Deadman to show up himself. Smoke has surrounded the ring and after another gong plays, a thunder strikes right on the stage lighting a part of it on fire. Edge is trapped in all of this as thanks to the thunder (and the scare he took because of it) he has remained on the stage, and so he witnesses first hand the effects of Taker’s mind games on Umaga, as the Samoan Bulldozer starts destroying the ring, kicking the ring ropes and biting off the turnbuckle cover pads.

JBL: Where is he? Where is The Undertaker?

JR: Well I’ll tell you where he is, he is in Umaga’s mind right now, and sooner than later, he will be all over the Samoan Bulldozer.


As the camera shows us Edge’s face one last time, depicting absolute fear at all that just happened, our signal takes us to Jeff Hardy’s locker room, where we see him looking at the monitor and slightly grinning at what has happened to Edge.


We see Crushing C walking backstage. The contract signing between Randy Orton and Rikishi is next.



(Commercial)



We return and we see the ring all set for the contract signing between Randy Orton and Rikishi.


“Samoan Coolness” blasts from the speakers to a big ovation from the crowd as Rikishi makes his way out.

Styles: Welcome back and it’s time for the ultimate contract signing, Rikishi and Randy Orton.


Rikishi steps to the middle of the ring with a microphone in hand, however he immediately drops the mic and directs his attention to the stage, as if inviting, waiting Randy Orton to come out.

JBL: Here we go!

“I’m in Charge” plays to a huge amount of boos and heat from the live audience as BTW’s General Manager Crushing C makes his way out. Rikishi’s face disposure changes immediately, morphs much more into anger. Crushing C enters the ring and he stares at Rikishi.

Rikishi and Crushing C continue to stare each other, nobody saying a word. Crushing C flashes a smile and then extends his right hand to the stage, presenting or introducing somebody…

“Voices” makes the crowd boo as Randy Orton steps out to the stage, coldly, slowly walking down to the ramp.

JR: And here we go!


Orton enters the ring and joins the trio. Crushing C steps backwards closer to Randy Orton and away from Rikishi. Neither of the men sits on the chair set near the table for the contract signing. Tension can truly be felt in this situation, combustible elements aligned in the ring.

Crushing C: Gentlemen, let me just say, before things get any further, because I am not going to fool myself, things are ought to get heated any minute now, let’s sign the contract shall we? Randy Orton, if you may…

Randy is given a clipboard holding the contract for the match. He grins in smuggish way and signs it, gives it back to Crushing C and stares at Rikishi

Crushing C: Fair enough, Mr. Rikishi, if you…

Rikishi doesn’t let Crushing C finish and he rips the clipboard out of his hands. The crowd cheers.

Rikishi: A contract signing? Really? Really Crushing C? Is that the best you could come up for your boy Randy here to lay his hands on me? Quite frankly, I don’t give a damn. I’ll play along.

Rikishi goes through the pages of the contract searching where he needs to sign and indeed does so, then he just throws the clipboard to Crushing C.

Crushing C: Ladies and Gentlemen, it is now completely and absolutely official, Randy Orton and Rikishi will go one on one at Busted Open, with the stipulation that if Rikishi loses this match, he must retire. Now, if any of you two have any comments…

Orton steps forward, indicating he wants to address his Busted Open opponent. He salivates before finally speaking.

Orton: Rikishi, make no mistake about it, this little thing right here, this contract signing we just had, it is not intended to get physical. I have no intention on laying you out tonight, because I plan on saving that pleasure for Busted Open, when I will not only lay you out, but I will end your sorry ass career once and for all.

Crowd boos.

Orton: Tell me Rikishi, how does it feel? How does it feel to know that everything you’ve worked for, everything you’ve dream off, is all coming to an end? Many times, and Crushing C knows this better than I do, you have been put away, many people have come and tried to end your career, but how does it feel to know, that after one year of running around doing whatever you have wanted, it is all going to end with one hard kick to the skull?

Crowd boos

Orton: How does it feel to know that after getting fired, rehired, getting your big moment at WrestleBowl, all of that will end because you made the mistake of getting into this ring with the Legend Killer?

Crowd boos once again

Rikishi: How does it feel? You wanna know how I feel? I feel, I feel anger!!! You kicked me in the head, you kicked my cousin in the head, you…

Rikishi seems to be blowing a gasket, but he manages to calm down.

Rikishi: I am not going to fool myself. You’re younger than me, you’re faster than me, smarter than me, better than me, and you should easily beat me…but what if you don’t? Uh Randy? What if you don’t beat me? I’ll tell what would happen, I’ll finish you. My career may be the one on the line, but trust me, once I get my hands on you, and once I am finished with you, it is your career the one that is going to end.

Crowd explodes with cheers.

Orton: That’s a nice fairytale you got there Rikishi, but you got something right. I am better than you, and you might think Sunday will be your highest achievement, but you have another thing coming, because let me tell you how our match will ride. I am going to beat you to an inch of your life, humiliate you, show the world how much of a failure of a human being you are, and then, then I am going to kick as hard as I can right on the skull, send you to a hospital, and send your career, right where it belongs, absolute darkness.

Crowd boos.

Orton: You don’t believe me? How about you ask your cousin, the so called Great One, who still takes his hands to the side of the head in pain, and close his eyes, trying to forget the night in which he got his career killed by Randy Orton!

Crowd heavily boos. Rikishi seems to be right over the edge…and he finally explodes, hitting a huge straight right hand to Randy Orton, knocking him down. Randy doesn’t waste any time and he rolls out of the ring, avoiding by mere inches more punishment by Rikishi. Crushing C isn’t going to be left in there with his arch nemesis and so he leaves the ring as well.


JR: The lines have been drawn, everything has been said, ladies and gentlemen, both these men will put it all at stake come Busted Open.


Randy Orton and Crushing C walk up the ramp leaving to the back, not removing their eyes from Rikishi. Suddenly, Crushing C stops and indicates Orton to do the same.

Crushing C: You know Rikishi, it seems to me that with all what is at stake, and all this hard feelings between you two, a normal match won’t be enough.


Styles: What does he mean?


Crushing C: So, I am officially making your match on Busted Open, a Last Man Standing match!

Crowd cheers.


Rikishi practically no sells the decision as he is just too beside himself to react. From the ring he gives killing looks to both Randy Orton and Crushing C.

Styles: My God! At Busted Open, for Rikishi to keep his career alive, he must survive a Last Man Standing match with Randy Orton!

JR: Or maybe, maybe, it’s the other way around.



(Commercial)



We return and we see Crushing C in the gorilla position backstage walking, still a little agitated from his exchange with Rikishi. No other than AJ Styles suddenly walks up to him. Crushing C sees him and his demeanor immediately chances showing disdain.

Crushing C: Don’t say anything AJ. You’re the last person I want to talk to after what happened at WrestleBowl.

AJ: But…

Crushing C: You failed me, I trusted you to do your job and help me take out Rikishi and you failed, just like you failed earlier on tonight, just like you always fail.

AJ: Then give me a chance to prove you wrong. Give me a match with a champion, any champion, and I’ll show you why I am Phenomenal.

Crushing C: Ok AJ. I’ll give you one more chance, one more opportunity to prove yourself to me and to the world. Next week, you will go one on one with…the BTW World Heavyweight Champion, Brock Lesnar.

AJ seems a little surprised by the announcement, almost intimidated. Crushing C notices this and grins, then walks away. Shot takes us back to the arena.


“Here Comes the Pain” plays to a big ovation from the crowd as the World Heavyweight Champion Brock Lesnar makes his way out to the ring. He looks focused and ready to go.

Styles: What a couple of weeks they will be for Brock Lesnar. Tonight he gets Jeff Hardy, next week he goes one on one with AJ Styles and then, at Busted Open, he has to defend his championship against Christian Cage.

JBL: He’s the World Heavyweight Champion Joey, he better get use to it. Being the champion means you’re a marked man.


“No More Words” plays to a rock star reception from the audience, getting a pop rivaling Brock’s. Jeff Hardy finally appears on the stage, high stepping before he walks down the ramp.

Suddenly, Edge comes running down the ramp and clubbing Hardy right on the back, he knocks him down. Edge stomps on Jeff Hardy in vicious manner, taking him out. Brock Lesnar sees this from inside the ring and quickly he comes in the aid of his opponent. Edge isn’t going to stick around and see the pain coming at him, so he leaves Jeff Hardy and runs to the back. Brock and the referee help Jeff Hardy get back to his feet, although we can see the damage has been done, as Hardy is favoring his left leg.

JR: This is disgusting. Edge, that son of a bitch, when will he have enough of screwing Jeff Hardy.

Styles: I tell you one thing, Busted Open can’t come fast enough for Jeff Hardy to get his hands on that bastard Edge.



(Commercial)



We return and both wrestlers are back inside the ring. The referee is still checking on Jeff Hardy, asking him if he indeed wants to go through the match. Jeff, who is using the ring ropes to keep himself standing, nods and tells him to ring the bell.



Brock Lesnar vs Jeff Hardy

Hardy limps to the middle of the ring where is met by Lesnar. Both wrestlers shake hands and they start circling each other, looking for a lock up or an opportunity to attack one another. Brock, even if he has no ill feelings towards Hardy, wants to want the match and knows where to attack, and so he dives looking for the left leg of Hardy and a single leg takedown, however Jeff is a little too fast and manages to sidestep avoiding any attack. Both men continue circling each other and Lesnar continues channeling his amateur background and style, and as he steps towards Hardy, digs his knee deep on the canvas, he manages to pick Hardy up the ground and hoist him up carrying him however his right shoulder. Jeff shows he has fight inside of him and maybe the sense of urgency he has because he is truly injured because of Edge’s attack, forces him to struggle even harder and he manages to find the way out of his predicament in a rather harsh fashion as he wraps his arm around Brock’s neck, locking in a front facelock and then just dropping backwards bringing Brock with him connecting a DDT. Hardy hardly gets back up but when he does, he takes it right back to Lesnar, just mounting him punching him with lefts and rights. Lesnar defends himself shoving Hardy away creating enough distance for him to receive a returning Hardy with a spinebuster. Lesnar holds his head for a moment, still resenting the impact from the DDT he just took from Hardy, and now he also seems to have a sense of urgency in putting Jeff Hardy away, and so he goes toward the Charismatic Enigma and tries to grab the leg of Jeff Hardy. Hardy however squirms and contorts trying to avoid it. Somehow he manages to get up and having one of legs fed to Brock Lesnar, he manages to connect his vintage Reverse Mule Kick, staggering Brock Lesnar away and into the corner, where the World Champion ends up sitting laid against the turnbuckles. Jeff sees in here his chance and he charges toward Lesnar looking for his Hardyac Arrest dropkick, however as his feet are going to connect on the chest of his opponent, Brock blocks them and turns the situation on his favor by grabbing the left boot of the Rainbow Haired Warrior.

Brock immediately locks in a Single Leg Boston Crab, making sure his arched arm has enough pressure on the left foot of Hardy and that his entire frame forces Jeff’s leg backwards towards his back to create enough pain to have Hardy tap out. Unfortunately for the aspirations of the World Heavyweight Champion, they are way too close to the ring ropes and almost immediately Hardy manages to stretch and grab the bottom rope of salvation. Brock, who is competing for the sake of winning and doesn’t want to cause Hardy any damage, releases the submission hold right away and walks away as the referee indicates him to do letting Jeff Hardy get back to his feet. Brock seeing that his opponent is once again standing decides to go toward him, however he gets welcomed by two boots straight to the face as Hardy uses the ropes to push himself. Hardy climbs to the second rope and then launches himself in a crossbody plancha, however the World Champion shows his power and just catches Hardy in mid air, then continuing to show his brute power, Lesnar just sets his opponent over his shoulders in the fireman’s carry, looking for the F-5. Lesnar starts the maneuver spinning Jeff, however Hardy manages to land on his feet mostly avoiding any damage from the move, although in the landing we see he resents his left leg a little bit. Hardy grabs Brock and tries to go for his sitting jawbreaker, however once again using his power, Brock blocks the maneuver not even getting moved by Hardy and picking Jeff up the ground, he drops him connecting a Ron Simmons like standing spinebuster. Brock makes the cover: 1…2…, Hardy kicks out. Brock gets up and he brings Jeff Hardy with him. Lesnar proceeds to weaken Hardy with a slam. Lesnar guides Hardy back to his feet once more and slamming him again he repeats his attack.

Brock makes the cover however it only gets two count, as Jeff Hardy continues to show his resilience. Brock, this time grabbing Jeff Hardy by his rainbow colored hair, forces him back to a vertical standing, and he goes to slam him again, however as he hoists Hardy up the ground, Jeff counters and sliding away from the grasp of the World Champion, Hardy ends up standing behind Lesnar, locking in a reverse front facelock and hitting match turning Reverse Twist of Fate. Hardy remains knocked next to Brock Lesnar, until he finally is able to muster enough strength to make the cover. Nonetheless, it only gets him a two count. Hardy’s face shows frustration as well as the pain he is still suffering from his leg. Hardy limps back to a standing position and he starts taunting Brock Lesnar, taking of his shirt, throwing it to the crowd and announcing the Twist of Fate. Brock slowly picks himself up and he walks right into a kick to the middle section making him double and getting hooked by Jeff, who will go for the Twist of Fate. Brock manages to counter with an arm twist. He then locks Jeff Hardy belly to belly and nails one of his famous suplex. Brock makes the cover, however Jeff Hardy continues showing his heart as he manages to kick out. Brock Lesnar is now the one in control and he is now the one getting the crowd to rally up as he taunts his opponent, anticipating the F-5. Hardy, looking really banged up, slowly gets back to his feet, and when he does, he walks right into Lesnar, who immediately gets him over his shoulders setting him in the F-5 position. Hardy has fought the entire match and won’t just stop right now, and driving his elbow repeatedly in crazed manner to the face of the World Champion, manages to get his feet back on the ground. As soon as Brock turned around, Jeff attempted to connect a clothesline, however Lesnar ducks and gets Jeff Hardy over his shoulders once more, getting him back to the F-5 nightmare.

Hardy however refuses to be put down and he struggles to get out of the hold. His efforts and attempts to get out of Lesnar’s control end up with one of his boots nailing the referee right on the face and knocking him down. Hardy indeed manages to return to the canvas and free himself from the claws of the animalistic world champion. Both men stare at each to other and having the same idea cross their minds, they both crash and burn colliding in a double clothesline massacre. Everybody in the ring is out, both the competitors as well as the referee. That is until an uninvited guest joins the party, as no other than Captain Charisma, Christian Cage, comes running down the ramp and slides to the inside of the ring, carrying a steel chair in hand.

Cage has a sadistic smile on his face as he stares at the grounded Brock Lesnar, realizing he has his Busted Open opponent completely as his disposal. However, from behind, Jeff Hardy surveys the situation, and having gotten back to his feet, he spins Cage around and berates on him. Cage stares at him angrily and then just mercilessly, drives the edge of the steel chair right on the left leg of Jeff Hardy, knocking him down. Cage then refocuses on the World Champion, who has gotten up to his knees. Cage salivates on this moment and he just drills the head of the champ with the chair, however, to everybody’s surprise, Brock doesn’t go down. Instead, he seems to be revitalized by the chair shot. Cage looks shocked and he repeats the punishment, nailing Lesnar once more on the head with the foreign object, however Brock, although he looks a little dazed, looks more than anything angry and continues getting back to his feet. Cage realizes he is the one in danger and dropping the steel chair he leaves the ring and runs for his life. Brock Lesnar seems like a possessed man, fury showing on every single movement he does, leaves the ring in full pursuit of Christian. Cage sees this and doesn’t even bother going to the backstage area. He jumps the barricade and escapes through the fans. Brock Lesnar is out for blood and he goes after him. Eventually, both men get lost in the sea of fans in attendance tonight.

JBL: That man is not human. I am telling you, Brock Lesnar is not human.


Jeff Hardy is left alone in the ring. He receives an standing ovation from the crowd as hurting from his left leg, he attempts to get back to his feet. On the stage, Edge walks out receiving a lot of heat from the crowd. Looking down to the ring, Edge starts mocking Jeff Hardy faking a limp on his left leg as well.


The announcers sell disgust at this and promise Jeff Hardy will get revenge on the Rated R Superstar as the scene fades to an end.






BTW World Heavyweight Championship
Brock Lesnar (c) vs Christian Cage


Edge vs Jeff Hardy

BTW Extreme Championship
MVP (c) vs Rob Van Dam


If Rikishi loses, he must retire
Last Man Standing Match
Rikishi vs Randy Orton

Goldberg vs Big Show


BTW Tag Team Championship
CM Punk and Samoa Joe (c) issue an open challenge

Cody Rhodes vs Muhammed Hassan

Crushing C reveals BTW Management's report on Jeff Hardy's illegal substances case investigation
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #14


The Last Stop before Busted Open

Last week, we were graced with a huge main event, as Brock Lesnar went one on one with Jeff Hardy. However, procedures didn't run smoothly as both these men's Busted Open opponents interfered: Christian and Edge made their presence felt and cost us from getting a definite winner in our match. This week, we will also have a huge main event match involving our World Champion, as per order of Crushing C, Brock Lesnar will go one on one with The Phenomenal AJ Styles. AJ is just dying to redeem himself after failing to help the General Manager defeat Rikishi at WrestleBowl, which makes him a very dangerous opponent, will he be able to accomplish his deed of impressing the GM by taking the champion down? And with no other show separating us from Busted Open, will the Number One Contender for Lesnar's championship, Christian Cage, once again interfere and send a message to the title holder?

As mentioned above, things between Edge and Jeff Hardy are anything but peaceful. We know that at Busted Open, these two men will do battle, and we know that also at Busted Open Crushing C will reveal what the report handed to him by the BTW Board of Directors says concerning the incident in which illegal substances were found on Jeff Hardy's backpack during a live edition of BTW Nitro. However, what will happen between these two this week? Will Edge continue making Jeff Hardy's life a living hell as he has been doing, or just days before their encounter, will Jeff Hardy be able to punch back at his Rated R bully?

Another bully running rampant in BTW, albeit certainly bigger than Edge, is The Big Show, who tried to throw his weight around by intimidating young Gavin Spears last week, only to, just as he has done since WrestleBowl, back down from a challenge made by Goldberg. Goldberg and Big Show will fight come Busted Open, aftermath from their WrestleBowl battle, but this week, Big Show's opponent will be no other than Gavin Spears. Will Spears survive being in the ring with a motivated giant, eager to send a message to Goldberg? And will Goldberg take advantage of having Big Show in the ring and make it clear to the giant that he is indeed next?

CM Punk and Samoa Joe managed to be victorious last week, however, their issues continued to get worse. The rivalry of who is best between the two that ran through WrestleBowl boils to these days and threatens their championship reign. Will they be able to get it together in time for the title defense at Busted Open ,and in time to defeat the team of Elijah Burke and Orlando Jordan on Nitro? And what will BTW Extreme Champion MVP have in store for his challenger Rob Van Dam this week, considering he managed to luck out of a match precisely against CM Punk and Samoa Joe? Will the Whole Damn Show make out of BTW Nitro his damn show over the will of the man who calls himself Half Man, Half Amazing?

BTW Nitro this week will also feature a rematch from last week. After the BTW Continental Title Match suffered from interference from Christian and Brock Lesnar, this week, Chris Jericho will once again put his championship on the line against Mr. Kennedy.

Also, we will see Muhammed Hassan in action, eager to send a message to Cody Rhodes before their Busted Open encounter, and Colt Cabana will look to continue his roll when he goes one on one with The Messiah Ricky Banderas.

We will also see two sit down interviews, as Jim Ross interviewed Busted Open opponents Rikishi and Randy Orton getting their thoughts for this match. Rikishi will put his career on the line when he goes one on one with Randy Orton in a Last Man Standing Match.

It's expected that we will also hear from the unit formed by Paul Heyman, Bob Sapp, Mark Henry and Ezekiel Jackson, plus, after BTW.com learned that The Undertaker vs Umaga was made for Busted Open, Umaga is expected to make his presence felt on the show. The Undertaker has not been seen since he was taken out by Umaga the Nitro after WrestleBowl, but last week he returned, at least by playing mindgames with Samoan, altough he was never actually seen.



Known Card:

Brock Lesnar vs AJ Styles

Sit down Interviews
Jim Ross interviewed Rikishi and Randy Orton

BTW Continental Championship Match
Chris Jericho (c) vs Mr. Kennedy

Colt Cabana vs "The Messiah" Ricky Banderas

Muhammed Hassan in action

Big Show vs Gavin Spears

 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #15 (Edited)


Live from The Cajundome
Lafayette, Louisiana





Last week:
Tonight, Brock Lesnar goes one on one with Jeff Hardy…

No More Words” plays to a rock star reception from the audience, getting a pop rivaling Brock’s. Jeff Hardy finally appears on the stage, high stepping before he walks down the ramp.

Suddenly, Edge comes running down the ramp and clubbing Hardy right on the back, he knocks him down. Edge stomps on Jeff Hardy in vicious manner, taking him out. Brock Lesnar sees this from inside the ring and quickly he comes in the aid of his opponent. Edge isn’t going to stick around and see the pain coming at him, so he leaves Jeff Hardy and runs to the back. Brock and the referee help Jeff Hardy get back to his feet, although we can see the damage has been done, as Hardy is favoring his left leg.

JR: This is disgusting. Edge, that son of a bitch, when will he have enough of screwing Jeff Hardy.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lesnar ducks and gets Jeff Hardy over his shoulders once more, getting him back to the F-5 nightmare.

Hardy however refuses to be put down and he struggles to get out of the hold. His efforts and attempts to get out of Lesnar’s control end up with one of his boots nailing the referee right on the face and knocking him down. Hardy indeed manages to return to the canvas and free himself from the claws of the animalistic world champion. Both men stare at each to other and having the same idea cross their minds, they both crash and burn colliding in a double clothesline massacre. Everybody in the ring is out, both the competitors as well as the referee. That is until an uninvited guest joins the party, as no other than Captain Charisma, Christian Cage, comes running down the ramp and slides to the inside of the ring, carrying a steel chair in hand.

Cage has a sadistic smile on his face as he stares at the grounded Brock Lesnar, realizing he has his Busted Open opponent completely as his disposal. However, from behind, Jeff Hardy surveys the situation, and having gotten back to his feet, he spins Cage around and berates on him. Cage stares at him angrily and then just mercilessly, drives the edge of the steel chair right on the left leg of Jeff Hardy, knocking him down. Cage then refocuses on the World Champion, who has gotten up to his knees. Cage salivates on this moment and he just drills the head of the champ with the chair, however, to everybody’s surprise, Brock doesn’t go down. Instead, he seems to be revitalized by the chair shot. Cage looks shocked and he repeats the punishment, nailing Lesnar once more on the head with the foreign object…

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Crushing C: You failed me, I trusted you to do your job and help me take out Rikishi and you failed, just like you failed earlier on tonight, just like you always fail.

AJ: Then give me a chance to prove you wrong. Give me a match with a champion, any champion, and I’ll show you why I am Phenomenal.

Crushing C: Ok AJ. I’ll give you one more chance, one more opportunity to prove yourself to me and to the world. Next week, you will go one on one with…the BTW World Heavyweight Champion, Brock Lesnar.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

with the foreign object, however Brock, although he looks a little dazed, looks more than anything angry and continues getting back to his feet. Cage realizes he is the one in danger and dropping the steel chair he leaves the ring and runs for his life. Brock Lesnar seems like a possessed man, fury showing on every single movement he does, leaves the ring in full pursuit of Christian. Cage sees this and doesn’t even bother going to the backstage area. He jumps the barricade and escapes through the fans. Brock Lesnar is out for blood and he goes after him. Eventually, both men get lost in the sea of fans in attendance tonight.

JBL: That man is not human. I am telling you, Brock Lesnar is not human…..

Pyro
Pyro
Pyro

The camera pans around the arena showing us the rabid fans in attendance, obviously excited about being in attendance on BTW Nitro. Emotions are all over the place as we are just days away from Busted Open PPV. We see signs in support of many BTW superstars before the camera focuses on the stage.

“I am” plays through the PA system as it takes a while for the surprised crowd to react for AJ Styles, as seeing him on his ring gear, they realize they are getting their main event right there, right now. Styles seems confident and arrogant as he walks down the aisle.


Styles: Ladies and Gentlemen welcome to BTW Nitro as well, it seems we are getting what we expected to be our main event, right here, right now.

JR: What a way to kick off this BTW Nitro, the last one before Busted Open, with this huge slobber knocker, AJ Styles goes one on one with the World Heavyweight Champion, Brock Lesnar.

JBL: Only on BTW Nitro, baby, my God, let’s get it on.


The crowd has now fully grasped the idea of getting the main event as the first match and their reactions have set the tone for a big fight feel atmosphere. AJ Styles jumps inside the ring waiting for his opponent.

“Here Comes the Pain” plays to a huge standing ovation from the crowd, introducing the arrival of Brock Lesnar. It doesn’t take long before the reigning World Heavyweight Champion appears jogging on the stage and walks down the ramp, looking focused for the task ahead. Lesnar enters the ring and hands his championship to the referee, not removing his eyes from AJ Styles. The referee rings the bell.



AJ Styles vs Brock Lesnar

Brock Lesnar and AJ Styles remain stoic, not moving, letting the crowd reaction sink in and letting the big fight feel atmosphere grow and grow. Finally they start circling each other, looking for an opening. AJ Styles is the first one to react and he jumps head first into the action, attempting to punch his opponent. Brock however ducks and then delivers a straight right hand of his own knocking AJ Styles down to the canvas. Styles immediately gets back to his feet only to get floored once again by a punch, and these series of events repeat two more times. The champion grabs AJ by the hair and pulls him back to a standing position, however The Phenomenal One manages to react by raking the eyes of his opponent. Styles manages to get in a couple of shots, however Brock Lesnar shows his advantage on strength by simply shoving AJ Styles away. Styles bounces with the ring ropes and comes back to an expecting Brock, who tries to back body drop him, however it is AJ’s time to show off and prove his advantage in gymnastics and maybe athleticism as he simply lands on his feet, and as Brock Lesnar turns around, AJ Styles shows he has no fears in going all out by delivering his Pele Kick. AJ Styles gets back to his feet and taunting to the crowd feels the hatred from them. AJ is eager to end the match and he goes out to the apron, odds are he will look for the springboard 450 splash. AJ flies through the air however Brock Lesnar is way too fresh to be so easily put away and just rolls out of the way letting Styles crash and burn. Brock recovers his standing position and bringing AJ Styles up with him, he Irish Whips his opponent to the corner. Brock, having his opponent cornered, punishes him connecting a series of shoulder tackles to the middle section, knocking the air out of Styles’s body. Grabbing his middle section, AJ Styles staggers from the corner and walks right into Brock Lesnar, who channeling his WrestleBowl opponent and the man who has been missing since then, Triple H, connects AJ with a Double A Spinebuster. Brock taunts to the crowd showing his animalistic edge getting cheers from them.

Brock guides AJ up to his feet and he sets him over his shoulder, continuing the trend of the match of going for an early win as he goes for the F-5. Brock spins AJ looking to effectively connect the maneuver, however Styles manages to counter landing on his feet and hooking a front facelock trying to reverse the situation into a DDT. Brock Lesnar however is just too strong and using his sheer power he is able to avoid Styles pulling him down and over his own head. Brock continues using his force to counter and get the best of AJ Styles as he places both his hands on AJ’s torso and pushes him upwards, however all what that accomplishes is allow AJ to wrap his feet around Brock’s body and lock in a guillotine. Styles uses all his strength trying to drain all the energy and air out of the World Champion, however Brock once again is just too powerful and he powers out of the move, and as soon as AJ’s feet hit the canvas, Brock completes his comeback by hitting a Northern Light Suplex, however he only gets a two count out of it. Both wrestlers return to a standing position. They are all air pumped and they dash toward one another. AJ Styles gets the upperhand as he receives the incoming Lesnar with a dropkick. Brock falls down on his back, rolls away and gets back to his feet close to the ring ropes. AJ Styles sees an opening and now he is the one who runs full speed in Lesnar’s direction, however Brock sees his coming and reacts in time to hook him up and Belly Suplex him over the top rope and to the outside of the ring.

Brock falls down to one knee resenting the quick beginning of the match for a second, then gets back up and turns around to look at the fallen AJ Styles on the outside of the ring, time that is just enough for him to get attacked from behind by no other than his Busted Open opponent, Christian Cage. The referee doesn’t doubt it and he immediately rings the bell.

Result: Brock Lesnar wins by DQ


JR: Oh come on! Now what on Earth is Christian doing out here?

Styles: This has become Christian Cage M.O. as of late, attacking Brock Lesnar from behind.

JBL: Beating Brock Lesnar is what has been Christian’s M.O. as of late. We got ourselves a new World Champion come Busted Open gentlemen!


Cage uses the surprise factor to take down Brock Lesnar, and mounting him, he pummels his face out with vicious straight right hand. It doesn’t take long before AJ Styles returns to the squared circle and joins in attacking the reigning World Champion. Both men take turns in punching Brock, until the champ collapses down to the canvas and the attack morphs into stomps to the anatomy of the fallen Brock Lesnar. The punishment continues until suddenly, “I’m in Charge” blasts through the speakers announcing the arrival of the one and only General Manager, Crushing C. Christian Cage and AJ Styles quickly stomp Lesnar a few more times before looking confused at the stage and at Crushing C, who is now standing in there.

Crushing C: Christian, AJ Styles, let me tell you something. I may be the only one in the arena who feels this way, but I actually like what I am seeing in there.


JR: What?

Crowd heavily boos what Crushing C just said.

Crushing C: I’ll be the first one to regret we didn’t get to see Brock Lesnar and AJ Styles go at it (we notice a tone of sarcasm in the GM’s voice) but what I am seeing in the ring, well, I just can’t let it pass unnoticed, so I’ll tell you what. I am making a new main event for tonight.

Most of the crowd doesn’t react, still angry about what has happened and concerned on the well being of Brock Lesnar.

Crushing C: AJ, I am going to give you one more chance to impress me because later on tonight, in that very ring, it will be World Heavyweight Champion Brock Lesnar facing the team of AJ Styles, and the man he will be facing at Busted Open, Christian Cage, in a Handicap Match!

Crowd heavily boos the announcement. Christian and AJ Styles on the other hand look incredibly happy and they are smiling from ear to ear.

Crushing C: Thank you, that would be all.

Crushing C’s theme song plays to a end the segment. The General Manager surveys the ring one more time before he turns around and returns to the back. AJ Styles and Christian kick Brock Lesnar around a few more times before they do the same and return to the back, smiling and joking with one another.


The announcers tell us how disgusted they are with what just happened and how Crushing C, even after getting his ass kicked by Rikishi at WrestleBowl, hasn’t changed one bit and is still a son of a bitch (as so kindly put by Jim Ross). Joey Styles informs us that after the break, we will have a rematch from last week, Chris Jericho defends the BTW Continental Championship against Mr. Kennedy.



(Commercial)



Styles: Ladies and Gentlemen welcome back as we are all set for the…


“Domination” interrupts all the BTW Continental Championship match procedures as the unit formed by Paul Heyman, Bob Sapp, Mark Henry and Ezekiel Jackson walk down the ramp and into the ring. The crowd boos as the monsters, led by Heyman, power walk into the ring unaffected by the crowd reactions.

Heyman asks for a microphone and the crew settles in the middle of the ring. Heyman in front of them and Bob Sapp practically next to him, one step ahead of Ezekiel Jackson and Mark Henry, perhaps showing us the pecking order within the group.

Heyman: Oh I’m sorry, were you expecting something else? Well you better get use to this, you better get use to us, because from here on now, what we want, we take.

Crowd boos.

Heyman: Just like tonight. We wanted some air time, we take some air time. You see, that’s just what happens when, like me, you assemble the single most powerful entity ever seen in the history of this business. It’s hard to fight against one monster already, but when you have three behemoths working together, as a unit, well, then you become simply unstoppable.

Crowd remains silent.

Heyman: There is nobody in that locker room, there is nobody in the industry, in fact, there is absolutely nobody alive today that can stop our plans. Which brings me to what seems to be the million dollar question these days: what is exactly is our plan? Why exactly are we together?

Crowd returns to life with a You suck chant.

Heyman: Well the answer to that, it’s simple. If I wanted you to know why we are together, you would already know why we are together, because truth be told, you still aren’t ready for the truth. However, there is a time and a place for the truth to be revealed, for our motivations to be revealed to the whole wide world. That time is Busted Open.

Paul takes a pause and he glances back to his monsters.

Heyman: Come Busted Open, it will be more than evident why we are together, and you can trust me on that one.

Crowd boos.

Heyman: Now, with that being said, I would like to use this time to remind all of you just exactly who the hell we are…

The man standing to my left is the single most dominating athlete Born to Wrestle Federation has ever seen. In his entire professional career, he has only lost the total of two, yes, only two matches. But not only that, this is a man who has done it all. Movies, recording albums, mixed martial arts, ladies and gentlemen, I give to you, Bob Sapp!

Sapp steps forward to receive a standing boo from the crowd.

Heyman: Behind me, in the black and gold, a man whose physical dominance and presence has been recognized by prestigious publications as the strongest man walking God’s green Earth. He is the winner of the 2002 Arnold Classic, an Olympian and the man oh so rightfully dubbed the King of the Jungle, I give to you, Mark Henry!

Henry steps forward to receive the hatred of the crowd as well.

Heyman: And culminating this amazing assembly of physical specimens, well, I give to you, the single most impressive physique ever seen inside this ring or any ring for that matter, hailing from the mysterious lands of Guyana, South America, standing at 6 feet 4, weighting 315 pounds, and possessing the single most intimidating muscular frame that a professional wrestler can be given, I give to you, Mr. Ezekiel Jackson!

Jackson flexes his muscle showing us his basketball –like trapezoids.

Heyman: And then, there’s me. The mastermind of this entire operation. The most brilliant man ever to get involve with professional wrestling and the most successful sports agent and manager our business has seen. Yours truly, Paul Heyman.

Crowd boos him incredibly.

Heyman: And together, we will make a mark like no other has ever been made here in BTW, starting at Busted Open.

Crowd boos

Heyman: That’s it, we’re out here. You may continue with the show.


Crowd continues booing as the four men leave the ring and start walking to the back. “Break Down the Walls” suddenly plays and the BTW Continental Champion makes his way out ready for his delayed title defense. Chris Jericho meets Paul Heyman and his monsters as he walks down the ramp and showing no intimidation, he walks past them raising high over his head his title. Jericho enters the ring and taunts to the crowd.

“Turn up the Trouble” plays after Heyman and company have returned to the back bringing out Jericho’s opponent and challenger, Mr. Kennedy.



BTW Continental Title Match
Chris Jericho (c) vs Mr. Kennedy

Jericho and Mr. Kennedy look for a different start for this match than for the one they had last week and they start pacing, just circling each other and when they finally collide, they do it cautiously in a simple lock up. Kennedy gets the upperhand as he breaks Jericho’s walls down and locks in a side headlock. Chris counters by shoving Kennedy to the ring ropes only for himself to get knocked down by a returning Kennedy with a shoulder block. Kennedy looks down at Jericho for a couple of seconds before he runs to a different set of ring ropes. Jericho reacts as well and he, remaining flat on the canvas, forces the running challenger to jump his body. Mr. Kennedy crosses the ring bouncing back to the opposite set of ring ropes only to get received by a shoulder block of Jericho’s own and we have reached a stalemate. Both men look at each other angrily as they get ready to go at it once more. They meet in the middle of the ring but this time we get no lock up as Ken Kennedy goes to war with a flurry of straight right hands, which are answered by a storm of punches by the Continental Champion. The slugfest continues until Jericho, with some true veteran wherewithal, gets the advantage by driving his knee and thigh to the middle section of his opponent. Kennedy doubles in pain and continues taking punishment as Chris Jericho delivers one, two, three knife edge chops to the chest of his contender. He grabs Ken by the arm and after Irish Whipping him to the ring ropes, Jericho receives him with a deep arm drag. Kennedy seems he has gotten a second wind due to the collision and runs full speed toward Jericho two more times, both resulting in two more arm drags, shades of the one and only Ricky Steamboat. Jericho guides a now rattled Mr. Kennedy back to a standing position and after sending him to bounce back to the ring ropes once more, receives him with a spinning heel kick that knocks him down to canvas. Mr. Kennedy knows this title match is not going as he hoped nor as he needs to become the new Continental Champion and shows some true instinct and ring savvy as he rolls out of the ring and away from his attacker Chris Jericho in an attempt to catch a break. Jericho is stopped by the official from going to the outside as the announcers tell us this championship match will continue after we get some words from BTW’s sponsors.



(Commercial)



We return and we see that Mr. Kennedy has gotten the control of the match. Via a replay of what happened during the commercial break, we see that after Ken Kennedy returned to the square circle, he avoided a clothesline from Chris Jericho and nailed a neckbreaker of his own, which in turn allowed him to lock in the grounded headlock he currently has on. The crowd rallies behind Chris Jericho, who is able to muster enough to strength to indeed get back to a vertical position and after driving his elbow repeatedly to the middle section of his challenger, release himself from the claws of Mr. Kennedy. Seeing that Ken Kennedy remains doubled in pain holding his gut, Jericho bounces to the ring ropes looking to create some offense, however he gets received by an already waiting and coiled opponent who gets him in a sleeperhold. Chris Jericho’s immediate attempts of trying to get out of the submission hold eventually get drowned by the dizziness effects the hold produces, and it doesn’t take long before Chris Jericho drops the one knee, his brain not receiving enough oxygen. The crowd however is still very vocal in favor of the reigning and defending BTW Continental Champion and in classic wrestling fashion, their support is just what Chris Jericho needs to find it in himself to start recovering and start fighting out of the hold. Jericho’s entire frame starts shaking as his circulatory gets invaded by a rush of adrenaline, which allows Jericho to release himself from the sleeperhold with a takedown, sending Mr. Kennedy away. Kennedy is filled with energy himself and he immediately gets back to his feet rolling over his head and dashes full speed towards Jericho, however Chris is back on his game and receives him with his Flashback maneuver, driving the challenger neck first into the canvas. Jericho remains a couple of seconds flat over his belly catching his break before he returns to his feet, now ready to be the one in the offensive position in the match. He grabs Kennedy by the hair and pulls him back to his feet, only to then snapmare him down to the canvas and then using the ring ropes for extra momentum as he nails a running dropkick straight to the mush of Mr. Kennedy.

Jericho makes the cover however he only gets a two count of it. He gets back to his feet and gets the crowd even more involved in the match as he leads them into clapping. Chris Jericho is feeling it as he continues the abuse on the now standing Mr. Kennedy with a series of straight right hands further weakening him. He kicks him in what by now must be a really tender middle section and sets him up for a suplex, however as he attempts to connect it, Mr. Kennedy is able to block it. Kennedy reverses the situation and instead he is the one who lifts Chris Jericho looking for a suplex of his own, however he underestimates Jericho’s athletic ability as Chris avoids any damage from the suplex by landing over his two feet standing behind Kennedy. The shock factor on the challenger doesn’t last much though as Kennedy immediately turns around and nails a club to the back of Y2J. Kennedy wraps his arms around the waist of the Living Legend and running and bouncing to the ring ropes, he looks to perform a roll up, however he only gets a two count. Both men get back to their feet rather fast and Jericho showing his veteran instincts once more tries to surprise Ken Kennedy as he looks to connect his step up enziguiri, however the loudmouth challenger shows he can think and react just as fast as the champion as he ducks avoiding the incoming feet of Y2J. Kennedy right away bounces to the ring ropes and surprises Chris Jericho instead, as the champion was getting up to his feet by elevating himself up to his knees, by connecting a Shining Wizard. The crowd boos as Mr. Kennedy taunts to them after having got the control of the match back. Kennedy stomps on the body of Chris Jericho a few times, delivering a couple of specially vicious stomps to the face, before he finally grabs Jericho by his left arm and drags him to the corner, where he forces him to sit against the turnbuckles and await Kennedy’s next way of delivering punishment to him. The referee tries to talk some sense into Mr. Kennedy, however the challenger showing his brash attitude just ignores everything the official says to him. Kennedy positions himself in another corner and charging full speed toward where Chris Jericho is, he aims at the face once again of the Continental Champion looking for his Face Wash, however thankfully for the aspirations of Jericho of retaining the championship, he’s able to roll out of the way avoiding collision. Jericho crawls away from the corner, turns around, and rolls Mr. Kennedy up: 1…2…, Kennedy kicks out.

However, Chris Jericho doesn’t let the challenger go, and taking advantage of the position he has his challenger in, he starts trying to set up and lock in the Walls of Jericho, wrapping his arms around Kennedy’s legs and trying to turn him over his belly. Kennedy flips like a fish out of the water, desperate trying to avoid getting fully locked in the maneuver and finally, using some ingenious, he uses the bottom ring rope to pull himself out of bounds, out of the ring, which forces the referee to take Jericho away from him. Kennedy gets back to his feet while on the apron and as Chris Jericho gets rid of the referee and goes after him once more, Mr. Kennedy receives him with a guillotine using the top rope, hurling Chris Jericho away. Kennedy grins as he returns to the ring and nails a club to the back of the leg of the still standing Jericho finally bringing him down to the canvas. Kennedy slowly walks toward Jericho, guides him up to a standing position and then just drops him connecting the Mic Check, which should be enough to earn him the match. However, Kennedy shows his cocky attitude as he doesn’t go for a cover. He grins and the camera captures as he says he wants more. Mr. Kennedy continues to smile as he looks around the arena and displaying all of his arrogant charisma and persona, he looks to rip off a page out of Chris Jericho’s book as he grabs the legs of the champion and starts setting in the Walls of Jericho. The crowd heavily boos as they witness how the challenger effectively turns Jericho over his belly and forces the innovator of the move feel the pain of his own submission maneuver. It is only for a short period of time though, albeit excruciating indeed, but not too long, as Chris Jericho manages to turn back around and reaching up and grabbing the head of Kennedy, Jericho brings him down in a schoolboy pin, which is surprising enough to grant the Ayatollah of Rock n Rollah the three count.

Result: Chris Jericho defeats Mr. Kennedy to retain.


JBL: No, no, no! Mr.Kennedy had him!

JR: Kennedy had it alright, but tonight it was not to be, as Chris Jericho remains our BTW Continental Champion.


Chris Jericho, still feeling the effects from the match he just went through, is given his championship as the crowd roars in the background. Mr. Kennedy is on the opposite end of the ring, on his knees, in complete disbelief as to how he left this match slip away.


(Narrator: An opportunity appeared…

-We see an image of Triple H at WrestleBowl walking from the ring to the back after being defeated by Brock Lesnar and losing the World Championship. The image slowly turns to blackness symbolizing how The Game has not been seen since that night.

Narrator: And one man is ready to seize the moment…

Christian: I’ve been kept down for far too long. I deserve the spotlight and I deserve to be the World Heavyweight Champion.

Narrator: Now, at Busted Open, he will collide with the animalistic champion.

We see images of Brock Lesnar delivering the F-5 to the likes of Bob Sapp, Goldberg, Rikishi and Triple H.

Lesnar: I am the World Champion and I am right here!

Christian: I will defeat that fluke of a champion Brock Lesnar and gain my rightful place in this company.

Narrator: Brock Lesnar defends his BTW World Heavyweight Championship against Christian Cage…

Busted Open
Check your local listings)


We return and we see Gavin Spears jogging in the ring, getting ready for his next match, showing a little more confidence and pep to his step than usual.

“Crank it Up” however threatens to end that as Gavin Spears’s opponent, The Big Show makes his way out to the stage. He badmouths Spears from all that way up before he starts walking down the ramp and down to the ring.

However, he doesn’t make it to the ring, as being to focused on intimidating young Gavin Spears, The Big Show never notices no other than Bill Goldberg running behind him and nailing him right on the back with a steel chair. Goldberg couldn’t wait any longer, and certainly couldn’t wait until Busted Open, to get his hands on the man who has badmouthed him since WrestleBowl and backed away from every call out Goldberg has made. The crowd goes crazy as they see Goldberg delivering chair shot after chair shot after chair shot to the humongous anatomy of The Big Show. The giant tries to get away from his abuser and manages to do so and even get back to his feet, but all what that accomplishes is give Goldberg a clean shot at his head, which immediately knocks Big Show back down. Goldberg delivers a couple more chair shots before tossing the chair away and doing that characteristic scream that prompts the crowd to heavily cheer. Goldberg shows some strength of his own as he picks The Big Show up, guides him back to his feet and throws him to the inside of the ring. Goldberg enters the ring as well and watches as The Big Show tries to get back to his feet using the ring ropes. He indeed manages to do so but as he turns around he gets nailed by a huge spear, courtesy of his Busted Open opponent, Goldberg. Goldberg leaves the ring and to the surprise – and delight- of many, the referee rings the bell signaling for the beginning of the match.



Big Show vs Gavin Spears

Gavin wastes no time and he immediately runs toward the fallen giant and covers him: 1…2…3.

Result: Gavin Spears beat The Big Show


Gavin Spears jumps up to his feet, celebrating his first victory ever and against no other than The Big Show. Goldberg looks down at the Big Show while laid on the turnbuckles, showing, for the first time weeks, calm, and even grinning, knowing he sent a hell of a message to his opponent going into Busted Open.

JR: It has been said before, but maybe it has never been as true as it has been tonight. Fear the Spear!

Styles: A spear cost Big Show a match tonight, and it just might do the same come Busted Open.


Gavin Spears continues celebrating his victory and enjoying the fan recognition, while Goldberg has gotten close to the laid out Big Show and dropping to one knee is now talking trash right at his face.

JBL: This makes me sick. I cannot actually believe these people cheer for what we just saw. Big Show is absolutely right; Goldberg has to cheat to beat him.



(Commercial)



“No More Words” welcome us back from the break, as well as the rock star reaction from the crowd that Jeff Hardy gets as we walks down the aisle and into the ring, not without saluting his fans on the way down. Hardy however doesn’t do his classic in ring procedures, showing that he is just not in the mood to do so.

The announcers take notice of this and talk to us about all the dirty deeds that Edge has done on Jeff Hardy, while also reminding us that at Busted Open, our beloved General Manager will reveal what the investigation on Jeff Hardy in possession of illegal substances during a live event threw out. Jeff settles in the middle of the ring and gets ready to speak.

Hardy: …

Jeff can’t speak as he gets interrupted by a huge “Hardy, Hardy, Hardy” chant from his fans, that seem to be all over the arena.

Hardy: Last week, it was made official. It will be me against Edge at Busted Open.

Crowd explodes with cheers for the match mention.

Hardy: Edge, you love running your mouth man, you love talking the talk, and you do whatever it takes to get the upper hand, even if it means going low. Edge, that’s what you do, you despicable bastard, you go as low as you can to get the advantage.

Jeff takes a break breathing deep and pacing around the ring.

Hardy: You even tried to set me up in…

Jeff Hardy stops talking and lowers the microphone distancing it from his mouth, calming himself as he feels anger boiling on his blood, remembering the whole incident in it which he allegedly introduced illegal substances to the arena during a live BTW Nitro.


Styles: By the way, details on the investigation concerning Jeff Hardy’s case by BTW management are slated to be released at Busted Open PPV.

JBL: You mean the case about Jeff Hardy introducing …substances to the arena?


Hardy: Now, you claim that when I defeated you at WrestleBowl, that it was a fluke. Edge, listen to this people and tell me if it was a fluke…

Hardy lifts his microphone and points it toward the crowd, who responds with an amazing amount of cheers, denoting their support for the Rainbow Haired Warrior.

Hardy: And now Edge, you’ve no idea what you’ve gotten yourself into. You’ve lid a fire under me that you won’t be able to extinguish. At Busted Open, I’ll…



Edge: Hey! Jeff, over here, hey Jeff, I’m over here.

Jeff Hardy stops talking and he looks up to the Titantron, where we see a smiling Edge. He is wearing dark shades, an Affliction shirt and seems to be on the couch of a living room, definitively not in the arena.

Edge: How you doin’ fella? Look, I’m sorry I’m not there tonight, but, look, I’m goin’ to level with you, I’m sick and tired of you. I cannot even begin to explain how physically ill you make me feel and, quite frankly, I found somethin’ more useful to do with my time tonight.

Edge grins. Meanwhile, on the live arena, the crowd boos.

Edge: You say I am a despicable person, that I would do anythin’ and everythin’ to get an advantage? You’re absolutely right. That’s why I am a former, multiple World Champion and you, well, you and all of your fans rejoice on your mediocrity. I have no conscience, I don’t care about this people, I don’t care what they think about me, and I most certainly don’t care what you think about me!

Edge takes a pause after he was getting more and more intense.

Edge: That’s why I know that you beating me at WrestleBowl was nothing more than a fluke, because Jeff, you are weak. You don’t only care about what this people think about you, you mold your entire self after it. You see, a real man, such as myself being in a situation as the one YOU set yourself in, would just come out in front of the world and admit responsibility and face the consequences.

Crowd interrupts with boos, as Edge continues to address Jeff Hardy’s case about illegal substances.

Edge: But no, not you Jeff, like you have done all your life, nothing is ever your responsibility , and now, you not only try to blame on me what your addictions has caused you to do, which is sad by itself, but you also try to get everybody’s attention away from the fact that you may very well be going to jail by claiming the impossible, by claiming that you can catch thunder in a bottle twice, that you will beat me at Busted Open.

Crowd cheers.

Edge: (laughs) Ahh Jeff. I feel for you, I truly do. That’s why I travel all the way up to this hole in the wall town that is Cameron, North Carolina…

Jeff, who was already angry listening to all what the Rated R Superstar had been saying, starts restlessly pacing inside the ring, knowing Edge being in his hometown can’t be for anything good.

Edge: I thought I might as well do some investigation of my own besides the one BTW has done. So I came to this town, I’m in my hotel room as we speak, and right now, I am going to go to a certain home and realize some special interrogation to a certain Beth Britt. I think you might know her, ain’t that right Jeff?

Some people in the crowd awes in shock as they know who Beth is.


JR: Ladies and Gentlemen, that is Jeff Hardy’s partner and the mother of his daughter.


Edge: And trust me, the Rated R Superstar has some special ways of getting information out of people, if you know what I mean. ..see you on Sunday Jeff.

Hardy: NO! Edge! You son of a bitch! You’re gonna pay for this, don’t you dare touch her! You’re gonna pay for this.

Jeff Hardy is besides himself and he throws his microphone out of the ring and to the concrete floor, then showing his despair takes his hands to his face and even rips off his own hair.


The announcers talk about how you have to feel for Jeff Hardy and they wonder if Edge has finally taken it to far as we go to commercials.



(Commercial)



JR: Welcome back ladies and gentlemen…I’m sorry, but I just can’t believe what we saw before the break. That Edge is a no good bastard and we can better believe he will rot in hell, but not before Jeff Hardy kicks his ass on Sunday.

Styles: We understand that as we speak, BTW officials are investigating the video feed to confirm if Edge is indeed on Cameron, Noth Carolina, therefore, Jeff Hardy is still in the arena awaiting for that confirmation.


We go backstage and we see Samoa Joe in his locker room, taping himself for his match, which is next. Suddenly, CM Punk enters into the shot and he stands next to Joe. Joe turns and gets right on his face, confronting him. CM Punk has his BTW Tag Team Championship over his shoulder.

Punk: Look Joe, this has to end. We’re tag team champions, we have to get alon’ for the sake of this championships.

Joe: I…always give everythin’ for my championships, but I’ll be damned if I allow somebody like you go ‘round sayin’ he’s better than me.

Punk: Somebody like me? What’s that supposed to mean?

Joe: You can take it anyway you want to…

The BTW Tag Team Champions are now face to face

Punk: Look Joe, before we won these titles, before I defeated you at WrestleBowl, hey, before I defeated you at WrestleBowl, there was a time where we were the best of friends. So how ‘bout you leave your attitude and when you meet me out there for our match, you think about that. Huh? See you out there man.

CM Punk turns around and leaves.


We return to the announcers.

JBL: I’ve said it once and I’ll say it again, the fact that those two are our tag team champions is a disgrace for the TAG, the TAG team championships.


“Don’t Waste my Time” breaks through the arena as the team of Elijah Burke and Orlando Jordan make their way out.

“This Fire Burns” plays to cheers from the audience as the straightedge half of the tag champions makes his way out. CM Punk taunts to the audience and then stands on the ring apron, as he, a little tentative, points to the stage anticipating the arrival of his tag team partner.

JBL: Elijah Burke and Orlando Jordan have already shown more unity than the champions, at least they came out together.


“Samoan Vibe” brings out CM Punk’s tag team partner, Samoa Joe, who walks down the ramp with a frown on his face. He slides to the inside of the ring and remains on the inside of the ring while CM Punk is on the apron, making it his intention to be the one who starts the match.



CM Punk and Samoa Joe vs Orlando Jordan and Elijah Burke

Orlando Jordan is Samoa Joe’s opposition, although he really isn’t quite that, as Samoa Joe just mauls over him with a running forearm smash and then a series of mounted punches. Samoa Joe is clearly angry and he’s using that to fire himself up. Joe picks Jordan up and then just hurls him across the ring, not once but twice, as he connects two T-Bone Suplexes. Joe continues his sheer aggression on his opponent as he stomps Jordan a couple of times on the middle section and then one directly to the face. Samoa Joe guides his opponent up to his feet once more, only to then connect Orlando Jordan once more with a spinning STO. Joe gets up to his feet and almost as if daring CM Punk to top what he just did, gives him the tag. CM Punk enters the ring and he immediately takes it to Orlando Jordan, as when Jordan gets up to his feet, CM Punk grounds him with a dropkick connecting to the chest. Almost by instinct Jordan gets once again up to a standing position only to continue suffering Punk’s flurry as he gets slapped right on the face first with the right hand, then the left hand and finally planted with a spinning right slap. Punk grabs the groggy Jordan by the arm and Irish Whips him to the corner, leaving him set for some vintage CM Punk. Punk takes impulse and charges crossing the ring looking for his knee to the jaw, however Orlando Jordan finally shows signals of life and gets out of the way letting CM Punk do harm to himself by clashing against the turnbuckles. Punk staggers from the corner and right into a double knee backbreaker. Jordan doesn’t waste any time and having had enough punishment for a while, he crawls away from CM Punk and to his corner, where he gives the tag to his partner. Elijah Burke enters the match with a grin on his face, feeling his team has the edge on this match now.

Burke walks closer to CM Punk, who is trying to get back to his feet, and channeling to his boxer days, although doing so in almost a mocking fashion, Elijah Burke starts landing jabs to the face of the straightedge superstar. Burke nails at least five or six direct shots to the face of CM Punk before he bounces with the ring ropes and brutally floors his opponent with a flying forearm smash. Burke gets up to his feet and taunts to the crowd being in control. Samoa Joe on the apron, forgetting for a minute any gripe on CM Punk, along with all the crowd rallies behind him. Burke goes back to work on Punk and grabbing him by the hair brings him up to his feet, however all of a sudden CM Punk snaps back to his senses as he lands a hard and sudden roundhouse kick right to the temple of Burke. Punk crawls to his corner and makes the tag to Joe. Samoa Joe is all business as he showed tonight and after throwing Elijah to a corner and sitting him on the top rope, Samoa Joe connects effectively his Muscle Buster. Orlando Jordan surveys the situation and shockingly, with a face of disgust, jumps off the apron and turns his back on the ring, signaling he has given up on Elijah. Back inside the ring, Joe looks down on the done Elijah Burke and finally showing some signs of team works, gives the tag to CM Punk, letting him finish the job. Punk enters, picks Elijah up and seals the deal with a GTS. Punk makes the cover and gets the win.

Result: CM Punk and Samoa Joe win.


Styles: Well, the tag team champions finally show some unity, but the same can’t be said for Elijah Burke and Orlando Jordan, Orlando Jordan turning his back on Elijah close to the end of the match.

JR: But the story of the match is that tonight, just days before their open challenge at Busted Open, CM Punk and Samoa Joe have managed to put all their ill feelings aside and function once more as an effective tag team.


CM Punk and Samoa Joe are given their tag team titles and they stare at each other, before finally Punk cracks a smile which is returned by Joe, showing they have reached a point of unity, at least for tonight.



(Commercial)



JR: Ladies and Gentlemen, last week I had the chance to sit down with two of our superstars, Randy Orton and Rikishi, in separate interviews, in attempts to get their thoughts going into their match at Busted Open. In this match, a Last Man Standing Match, Rikishi will put his career on the line against the man who has not only punted him on the head, but also punted The Rock at WrestleBowl . Right now, I want to show you the first of these interviews, my interview with the Legend Killer, Randy Orton.



JR: Randy Orton, first off, thank you for accepting this interview and my first one is the obvious one: why? Why have you taken this dark route and have punted two men sending him to the hospital while sending practically no remorse?

Orton: JR, I don’t expect you or anybody else to understand me, actually, I don’t care or worry about what other people might think. But since you want to know why I do what I do, I’ll tell you. I don’t know. I have no real reason to do it, but I do it anyways, because I can. You may think I’m some sort of bully, I don’t care. Rikishi, The Rock, they were on the wrong place, at the wrong time…they were on my way.

JR: So you truly don’t care about the physical harm you have caused to those two men?

Orton: I don’t. As I see it, they had it coming, because they got on my way. I don’t hate The Rock, I don’t hate Rikishi, but the moment they decided to mess with me…

Orton takes a pause and rubs his chin, as if pondering on how to make himself clearer.

Orton: You know that old saying about the man that rescues a dying snake, takes care of it and then when the snake is all better, the snake bites the man, and when the man asks why, the snake says he did it because he is a snake. It’s just like this. Is in my nature to be dangerous, it’s in my nature to be deadly. Hell, even you have referred to me as The Viper. You mess with me, I’m going to hurt you. That’s what has happened to The Rock and to Rikishi before him.

JR: How do you see your match going with Rikishi at Busted Open?

Orton: Rikishi is a tough man, but just as he is tough, he is stupid. He had no business challenging me to a match. He isn’t some sort of shining knight that will avenge what I did to The Rock at WrestleBowl. All he will get for his troubles is a concussion after I kick him in the skull, and having to witness his career come to an end after I am the last man standing.

JR: So, from what you just said, you indeed plan on kicking Rikishi on his head at Busted Open?

Randy delivers a scary grin before he answers.

Orton: Well JR, after all, I am the Viper….

Camera focuses on Randy Orton’s face as the video ends.

JR: That was Randy Orton, ladies and gentlemen, in my opinion, a very dangerous, deranged young man, but an equally gifted athlete. Now, we will see my interview with Orton’s opponent, the man who puts his career on the line come Busted Open: Rikishi.



JR: Rikishi, how are you feeling? You are just days away from a huge crossroads in your career. Either you indeed manage to get revenge on Randy Orton for all what he has done to your family, or you have your career ended at the hands of that same man.

Rikishi: As weird as it may be, I’m calmed JR. As you said, it’s either kill or be killed come Busted Open, and I have no doubt on my mind that I will make Randy Orton pay all the pain, all the suffering he has brought to my family.

JR: I hate to do so, but I have to mention it, Rikishi, Randy Orton is indeed the faster, the…

Rikishi: I don’t care. You don’t get it JR. The Rock went to the hospital with a concussion because of me. He came to BTW to face Randy Orton trying to defend me and all I caused him was to get kicked right on the head just like I got. All those nights that Rock’s baby daughter had to spend without his dad, I am responsible for. And I will make Randy Orton pay for it.

JR: And what if you lose. Are you ready to walk away?

Rikishi: Well, like I’ve said, if I lose this match, at the very least, I will make sure that Randy Orton doesn’t walk out of the arena the same man, in fact, he won’t be walking of the arena.

JR: Rikishi, I’ve seen that very look you have on your face before on many men, right before they commit atrocious, heinous things. Are you indeed prepared to deal with the ramifications that what you plan to do to Randy Orton will undoubtedly bring?

Rikishi: He has punted me in the head JR. He punted family in the head as well. Whatever happens to Randy Orton come Busted Open, as far as I’m concerned, he would have more than deserved it.

Camera zooms on the anger-filled eyes of Rikishi as the video ends
.


We come back and we see Jeff Hardy walking backstage in a corridor. There are a few tables set with pizza for catering to his right. Hardy seems obviously affected by what happened to him earlier in the night. He keeps walking. To his left, Maven appears. Maven grabs Jeff Hardy by the arm spinning him around and starts talking to him.

Maven: Hey Jeff, are you OK?

Jeff Hardy stares at Maven, not saying a word.

Maven: I mean, I know that if I was you, and I had just gotten completely humiliated and…well, owned, in national television, I wouldn’t be fine.

Hardy continues staring a hole at Maven, still not saying anything.

Maven: How could you not see Edge doing that? I swear to God, you have to be the most stupid piece of trash I have ever se…

Jeff Hardy finally loses it and he throws a vicious right hand to the head of Maven, who barely manages to avoid it. Maven quickly runs away from the scene, but Jeff Hardy doesn’t let him get away, and instead, he quickly starts running behind him in pursuit.


We go back to the announcing table.

JR: It really seems as if Maven stuck his foot on his mouth in this one.

JBL: He should have known better than messing with Jeff Hardy on this night.


We finally see Maven coming down the ramp still running away from Jeff Hardy. Not so far behind, and getting a big pop from the crowd as they see him coming out again. Jeff Hardy continues reaching for him. Maven tries to get further away, however he trips and falls on the steel ramp. Jeff Hardy gets to him and picks him up, then throws him head first right into the guard rail. Hardy takes impulse, then dashes toward Burke and nails a low dropkick right to the face, smashing it to the guard rail behind. Hardy grabs Maven, then Irish Whips him toward a ring post, against the which Maven crashes viciously head first. Jeff Hardy doesn’t even wait to see the effect this attack had, as instead he runs close to the announcing table to grab a steel chair.

Styles: Oh no…

JR: Things are really getting bad for Maven.


Jeff Hardy runs right back to where he left Maven lying. Maven is trying to get back to his feet, using the fan barricade to pull himself back to his feet. He finally successes on his endeavor, however, when he turns around, he gets blasted right in the head with a steel chair by Jeff Hardy, who hits Maven with such strength that he opens the chair leaving it stuck on the head and neck of Maven, causing the crowd to awe. Jeff Hardy remains standing in the same position, as if glued to the floor, in a frenzy like state, anger trying to break free. “No More Words” finally blasts on the background.

Styles: Well we just saw the destruction of Maven, and in my opinion, it’s just a matter of time before the same thing happens to Edge.

JR: Edge might have made a big mistake by getting this personal with Jeff Hardy, and this time, maybe, just maybe, he pushed the wrong button.

JBL: That homicidal maniac Jeff Hardy just killed Maven and you celebrate him? For the sake of BTW, Edge better get rid of this man come Busted Open.



(Commercial)



We return and we are backstage, in an interview set. We are greeted to the sight of Leticia Cline smiling.

Cline: Please welcome my guest at this time, he is the man who will be challenging Brock Lesnar at Busted Open for the World Heavyweight Championship, Christian Cage!

Christian steps into the scene, grinning when he hears the boos from the crowd.

Cline: Now that I have you here, I have to ask you Christian, do you happen to know anything about Triple H and…

Christian: Wait, hold it right there missy. This is my moment, my thunder, I won’t let anybody steal it from me, and that includes you. I knew you were a lousy reporter, but I figured even you would manage to ask the most obvious question. But don’t worry, Captain Charisma will do it for you. Christian, just how will you humiliate that paper champion Brock Lesnar again now that you have him in a Handicap Match tonight?

Crowd interrupts with a “You suck” chant.

Christian: Glad you asked Leticia. You see, tonight, in the middle of that ring, I plan on doin’ the very same thin’ I’ll be doin’ at Busted Open, and that’s pinning Brock Lesnar one two three. Tonight, I’ll do it for all my peeps here tonight…

Crowd responds with boos.

Christian: But at Busted Open, I’ll do it to take my rightful place, as the World Heavyweight Champion!

Christian shows determination on his statement.

Christian: If you don’t know, now you know!

Christian stares at Leticia Cline before he walks away.


Signal takes us back to the ring where see young Abe Singh jog inside the ring. The announcers remind us that Abe Singh was last week here in BTW as he wrestled in the 6man Tag Team match against the team of Bob Sapp, Mark Henry and Ezekiel Jackson.


“Arabian” plays to a significant amount of boos from the audience as Muhammed Hassan makes his way out. His face has a frown of disgust as he walks down the ramp and closer to his opponent.



Muhammed Hassan vs Abe Singh

Both men start circling each other, but before they are able to do anything, “Out to Kill” blasts through the speakers as Hassan’s Busted Open opponent Cody Rhodes, steps out to get a closer look to the action.

Rhodes seems to be satisfied with just playing mind games and not actually getting physical with Hassan as he remains on the middle of the ramp looking at Hassan go to work on his opponent. Singh and Hassan lock up in the middle of the ring, however Hassan gets the advantage with a knee to the middle section. Muhammed nails a series of punches before kicks him once more in the middle section, sets him up and connects Singh with a snap suplex. Hassan guides his opponent back to his feet once again, sets Abe up for the ride and plants him with a back suplex backbreaker. Proud of his actions, Muhammed Hassan gets up to his feet and stares at Cody Rhodes, as if dedicating every single move he has done to him. Still staring at Rhodes, Hassan grabs Abe Singh by the head and starts forcing him up to his feet, however Singh shows some fighting spirit as he nails a couple of body shots. The crowd cheers a little as the punches force Hassan to distance himself a bit from his opponent. However, that isn’t for long, as Hassan comes back with a punch of his own that rattles Abe Singh enough to let Hassan hook him up and drive him down to the canvas connecting his Reverse STO. Hassan drags Abe Singh and sets him in a way that he is facing Cody Rhodes up in the ramp, and planting his eyes on Cody, Muhammed Hassan locks in the Camel Clutch, forcing Abe Singh to tap out.

Result: Muhammed Hassan wins.


As soon as the match ends, Cody Rhodes, who has a microphone, starts talking.

Rhodes: That was real impressive Hassan but, how about you try doing it to me!

Cody drops the mic and stares at Hassan. The crowd cheers wanting to see these two go at it.


Styles: Uh-oh! We might be getting a little preview of Busted Open right now.


Rhodes starts walking down the ramp with the purpose of joining Hassan in the ring and going at it, however suddenly from the back a bunch of officials run and stop him. The crowd boos as the officials take Cody Rhodes to the back.

Styles: It seems management has seen enough of these brawls and has taken measures in stopping another one to ensue.

JBL: Well I agree with it damn it. Save it for Busted Open. Muhammed Hassan has no reason to get his hands dirty with Cody Rhodes here tonight.


Hassan grins finding himself alone on the ring and drops to his knees and lifts his hands up high praying to Allah, which draws a big amount of boos from the crowd as we go to commercials.



(Commercial)



Styles: Welcome back ladies and gentlemen to BTW Nitro and…


“I’m Coming” starts playing through the PA system announcing the arriving of the BTW Extreme Champion, Montel Vontavious Porter.

JBL: Shut up Joey. Here comes primetime! The man who just like JBL is everything that he says that he is and he says that he is the best today, MVP.


MVP makes his way down the ramp wearing a fancy brown Armani suit and matching shades. A chain around his neck bounces to the beat of his steps against his pumped up chest as the champion walks up the ring steps and into the ring, where once inside of he asks for a microphone. The camera zooms on the title wrapped around his waist as he begins to talk.

MVP: Rob Van Dam, you get your ass out here, I’ve got somethin’ to tell ‘u.


The crowd cheers approving of the statement and anxious to see RVD. MVP paces inside the ring as he awaits his challenger. Finally, “One of a Kind” confirms Mr. 4:2o’s presence and it doesn’t take long before Rob Van Dam is walking down the ramp and joins MVP inside the ring.

MVP: A few weeks back Rob, you told me that I wasn’t worthy of holding this championship, that I wasn’t extreme enough to hold this championship. Well, these last couple of weeks have been a fun ride and all but, I want an apology from you, and I want it now!

Crowd boos. MVP made that last statement while taking one step towards Van Dam and taking off his shades.

RVD: Ohh! Fun ride! ‘U mean like when ‘u ran away from me in that tag team match?

Crowd cheers as MVP takes one more step towards Van Dam.

MVP: My apology…now!

RVD: Come on man! Seriously. ‘U seem like you’re a smart man. ‘U know I’m not goin’ to apologize for that. You’re not extreme. You wanna know what’s extreme? Extreme is beatin’ three other men in a Monster’s Ball match.

Crowd cheers

RVD: And extreme is just how beaten up you’re gonna end after our match when I have smok’d your ass!

Crowd cheers

MVP: Smoke my ass? And you people cheer for that? That makes absolutely no sense. You know Rob, all this goes to show is just how different you and I truly are. All this goes to show is just why I am so much better than you. It seems Rob that you have a tendency of doing what you want, whenever you want, of dancing to the beat of your own drum so to speak

RVD: And is that so wrong? Dude, I…

MVP: No, it might not be “wrong”, but I mean Rob, what has that style done for you? I, am the longest reigning BTW Extreme Champion in history, in fact, I am the longest reigning champion of any kind in this company, while you, well, let’s face it Rob, your championship reigns have not only been few but they have not been anything more than jokes.

JR: MVP might be pushing RVD’s buttons one time too many.


MVP: You should be honored by just being in the same ring as Mr. 305. Rob, this Sunday, it isn’t about me being the champion and you the challenger, it is about me being leagues better than you, and it is about you knowing that you can’t beat me!

By this point MVP is practically at the face of Rob Van Dam

RVD: You know Montel. Your right, you and I, we’re totally different. ‘U love to talk about what you’re gonna do. I just do it. Like at Busted Open, I am not going to talk about talking that championship from ‘u, I’m just goin’ to do it…

Crowd cheers.

RVD: And I’m goin’ to put Rob…Van…Dam on that nameplate!


RVD and MVP come face to face in the middle of the ring. Montel slowly raises the BTW Extreme Championship with his right hand above their heads, taunting Van Dam. However, out of nowhere, he does more than that, and he mercilessly blasts RVD right on the face with his title belt, knocking him down and out.


JBL: Yes! Yes! I knew MVP wouldn’t let me down. Nighty night RVD!


The whole arena boos MVP, as he slowly but incredibly arrogantly stands over the floored RVD, then raises the BTW Extreme Championship proclaiming superiority.

The announcers tell us that Colt Cabana will be in action when we come back.



(Commercial)



“Crow’s Sent” plays to a mild reaction from the crowd as Ricky Banderas is making his way into the ring via the ring steps as we return from commercials.

JR: Ladies and Gentlemen welcome back and as we gear up for our main event, we get to see one of the hottest young prospects in our company, Colt Cabana.


“Copa Cabana” plays to cheers from the audience as the man on the roll, Colt Cabana, makes his cheerful way out running down the ramp and high fiving his fans as he gets into the ring.



Colt Cabana vs Ricky Banderas

Cabana seems more jovial than usual as he waits for confrontation being laid against the corner. Finally both men walk toward one another and meet in the middle of the ring. Banderas is obviously expecting a lock up, however Cabana surprises him with a Mongolian throat thrust and then hurls him with a Belly to Belly suplex. Colt walks to where Banderas landed and tries to pick him up, however Ricky Banderas hits a blow straight to the gut of his opponent knocking the wind out of him and then he connects a Belly to Belly suplex of his own, showing us that this match will be more even than what many might have expected. Banderas is now the one who walks towards Colt and grabbing him by the head, Banderas guides him up to a standing position, and just like The Messiah did moments ago, Cabana retaliates and lands a straight right punch to the face. Banderas returns the favor and after a couple of traded blows the match has shifted from what seemed to be poised to be a technical exchange into an all out slugfest. Banderas gets the upper hand in the exchange by driving his knee to the middle section of Colt forcing him to double in pain. Ricky immediately dashes to the ring ropes behind him looking to continue his offense, however when he bounces back he gets received by a high impact delayed spinebuster. Cabana feels the effects himself of the move as applying it took a little too much out of him, but quickly he moves for his next offensive maneuver as coming off the ropes he connects the grounded Messiah with a running seated senton. Colt doesn’t slow down and he continues his movement by getting back up and sprinting to the ring ropes, Colt springboards and nails a moonsault. He makes the cover however Ricky kicks out. Colt’s face shows shock for a fraction of second, however he moves on and goes to continue his work over his opponent. Colt tries to immediately lock in the by now practically obvious headlock after a failed pinfall, however Banderas slides out of the grasp of Cabana, quickly gets back to a standing position and nails a dropkick to the back of the head of Colt, knocking him out. Ricky holds his middle section in pain, gasping for air taking deep breaths of valuable oxygen before he grabs Colt by the head and starts guiding him up for his feet.

Ricky kicks Colt in the gut and then sets him in a Powerbomb position. He elevates him but instead of setting Colt up for a regular Powerbomb, The Messiah places his opponent for a Razor’s Edge. He walks forward indeed looking to drop Colt down to the canvas with intend and malice, however Cabana manages to slide out of his predicament and lands right on his feet behind Banderas. Remaining with his back turned to Messiah, as Ricky turns around, Colt leaps and with his buttocks connect the face of his opponent, almost in comedic fashion leaving him stunned enough to let Colt bounce to the ring ropes and then plant him with a lariat. Colt Cabana guides Ricky Banderas up and wanting to make a statement, he connects his Colt.45 maneuver, which is more than enough to get him the win.

Result: Colt Cabana wins

Styles: Are there any doubters about this kid left? Colt Cabana is on the proverbial roll and it seems nobody will be able to stop him.



...AJ Styles sees an opening and now he is the one who runs full speed in Lesnar’s direction, however Brock sees his coming and reacts in time to hook him up and Belly Suplex him over the top rope and to the outside of the ring.

Brock falls down to one knee resenting the quick beginning of the match for a second, then gets back up and turns around to look at the fallen AJ Styles on the outside of the ring, time that is just enough for him to get attacked from behind by no other than his Busted Open opponent, Christian Cage. The referee doesn’t doubt it and he immediately rings the bell.

Result: Brock Lesnar wins by DQ


JR: Oh come on! Now what on Earth is Christian doing out here?

Styles: This has become Christian Cage M.O. as of late, attacking Brock Lesnar from behind.

JBL: Beating Brock Lesnar is what has been Christian’s M.O. as of late. We got ourselves a new World Champion come Busted Open gentlemen!


Cage uses the surprise factor to take down Brock Lesnar, and mounting him, he pummels his face out with vicious straight right hand. It doesn’t take long before AJ Styles returns to the squared circle and joins in attacking the reigning World Champion. Both men take turns in punching Brock, until the champ collapses down to the canvas and the attack morphs into stomps to the anatomy of the fallen Brock Lesnar. The punishment continues until suddenly, “I’m in Charge” blasts through the speakers announcing the arrival of the one and only General Manager, Crushing C. Christian Cage and AJ Styles quickly stomp Lesnar a few more times before looking confused at the stage and at Crushing C, who is now standing in there.

Crushing C: Christian, AJ Styles, let me tell you something. I may be the only one in the arena who feels this way, but I actually like what I am seeing in there.


JR: What?

Crowd heavily boos what Crushing C just said.

Crushing C: I’ll be the first one to regret we didn’t get to see Brock Lesnar and AJ Styles go at it (we notice a tone of sarcasm in the GM’s voice) but what I am seeing in the ring, well, I just can’t let it pass unnoticed, so I’ll tell you what. I am making a new main event for tonight.

Most of the crowd doesn’t react, still angry about what has happened and concerned on the well being of Brock Lesnar.

Crushing C: AJ, I am going to give you one more chance to impress me because later on tonight, in that very ring, it will be World Heavyweight Champion Brock Lesnar facing the team of AJ Styles, and the man he will be facing at Busted Open, Christian Cage, in a Handicap Match!


JR: Folks that’s what happened at the beginning of our show and when we come back from the break, we will see the aftermath of these events when World Champion Brock Lesnar faces AJ Styles and his Number One Contender Christian Cage in a Handicap Match.



(Commercial)



We return and we see AJ Styles already inside of the ring, jogging and warming up getting ready for the match to come, our main event of the evening.

“Just Close your Eyes” plays to big heat from the crowd as Captain Charisma arrogantly makes his way out. Christian is just exuding confidence, licking his chops at the chance of fighting his opponent for Busted Open tonight in a Handicap Match. Christian enters the ring and greets AJ Styles before he climbs to the turnbuckles taunting to the crowd provoking nothing but their anger

“Here Comes the Pain” plays to cheers from the audience as for the second time tonight, Brock Lesnar steps out from the back ready to kick some ass.


Styles: The odds heavily stacked against the champion in this one, a two on one situation and just days before he has to defend his championship at Busted Open.

JBL: A smart man would avoid this match tonight and save himself for the big dance, then again, we all know that Brock isn’t one.



Handicap Match
Brock Lesnar vs AJ Styles and Christian Cage

Brock knows he has to bring the aggression in this one and he doesn’t even wait for the referee to get one of his two opponents out of the ring and to the apron, and he immediately charges against Christian Cage planting him with a club to the back of the neck. Lesnar has Christian against the ropes thanks to the blow and he starts repeatedly stomping on the chest of Captain Charisma, stomping the proverbial mudhole and walking it dry. However, from behind, AJ Styles nails a low dropkick straight to the calf of the left leg of Brock, making him collapse down to the canvas and giving Christian slither out to the apron and away from any danger. AJ has found a kink on the armor of the World Champion and repeatedly stomps on the left leg of Lesnar. The referee finally steps in and forces a separation taking AJ Styles away. Brock tries to get back to his feet, however from the apron Christian reaches and taking advantage that the referee is too busy berating on AJ Styles, Cage chokes Brock Lesnar. Lesnar, further weakened by Christian, is just finding out how dangerous the two on one disadvantage can be, as AJ Styles drags him to the middle of the ring and showing his relentless side, he connects a jumping knee drop right on the thigh of Brock. The champion exhales in pain and immediately takes both his hands to the leg, feeling the effects from the Phenomenal’s punishment. Christian smiles looking at what is transpiring inside the ring knowing just how much better this makes his chances come Busted Open. AJ stomps on the leg of Lesnar once more before he gives the tag to Christian Cage. Cage enters the match and he continues right from where AJ left as he works all over the leg of his opponent with a series of pulls and stretches before settling in a nice and tight heel hook. The crowd rallies behind the champion and Brock, showing enough wherewithal to battle through, starts doing exactly that, trying to find a way out of this submission hold. Escape is finally reached in the way of a straight kick to the face of Christian, which forces Captain Charisma to let the champion free. Brock immediately rolls to his side and tries to get back to his feet as fast as he can, however, is not as fast as Christian, who outmaneuvered him and manages to receive him with a dropkick straight to the face, when probably Brock and everybody else watching the match expected him to go low.

Christian gets up to his feet and with a gigantic, incredibly cocky grin on his face, he taunts to the crowd slapping himself on the chest, on his mind acknowledging all of his peeps. Christian goes to his corner and makes the tag to AJ Styles; however he doesn’t leave the ring. Christian goes back to where Brock Lesnar is and in an action with the sole intention of humiliation, Christian slaps the taste right out of Brock’s mouth. The referee finally gets Captain Charisma out of the ring, and turns around right on time to see AJ Styles making a cover on Brock Lesnar: 1…2…, Brock kicks out. AJ Styles, who already delivered the best of his vintage offense to Brock Lesnar in their one on one encounter at the beginning of the show and knows that the champ can take it, sticks to punishing the hurt limb and climbing to the top rope, he lets himself fall hitting a double foot stomp right on the punished left leg. AJ feels that Brock Lesnar is ready for the picking and he goes out to the apron, signaling for the 450 splash. Christian sees this and he not asks, but demands for the tag, as he wants to be the man who pins the World Champion. The cohesion that had existed between these two men cease to exist as AJ also wants to pin the champion, and ignoring Christian’s screams, AJ flies through the air aiming for Brock, however Lesnar has had enough time to get back to his senses and is able to roll out of the way letting AJ crash and burn. Limping, Brock gets back to his feet and starts building momentum in classic babyface manner, connecting a series of clotheslines on AJ before capping off his flurry of offense with a Tilt the World Powerslam. Christian runs to the inside of the ring and toward Brock, however Lesnar sees him coming and is able to receive him, lock him up and hurl him across the ring with a huge Belly to Belly Suplex. Brock gets up to his feet and continue to thrive on his head of steam, avoids a clothesline attempt from a still groggy Styles and then drops him right on his neck with a German Suplex.

Brock Lesnar feels the energy of the crowd and he feeds of it as he announces the F-5. Not knowing of his faith, AJ starts getting up. He finally turns around and meets his dark destiny as Brock puts Styles over his shoulders as he goes for his finishing maneuver. AJ is not to be put away quite yet and driving his elbow to the jaw of the champion manages to get out of claws of the animalistic champion. AJ drops to his feet and shoves Brock Lesnar away and close to a corner…close to a corner where Christian was already climbed and coiled awaiting for him, which allows Captain Charisma to fly through the airs and connect Lesnar with a crossbody plancha as he was coming towards him. Cage gets up to his knees and looks down to the floored champion, satisfied with his work as he rolls to the outside of the ring. AJ picked some notes on what to do and he also climbs to the top rope, where he waits for Lesnar to get up and meet his destiny. Eventually, the champion picks himself up from the canvas and Styles throws himself at him, however on this occasion Brock Lesnar manages to catch Styles in mid air, and in yet another display of his power, Lesnar puts him over his shoulders and nails him with the F-5. Brock’s leg however immediately buckles and doesn’t allow him to get back to his feet, which forces the champion to remain laid on the canvas next to his victim. Lesnar guts it out and covers AJ Styles, and gets the three count. Christian Cage was too busy taunting to the crowd to even notice it.

Result: Brock Lesnar wins.


Brock remains laid on the canvas, albeit on top of AJ Styles. He doesn’t even get the chance to get up and celebrate, because suddenly, “Virtual Voodoo” plays to boos from the crowd once they realize it means the arrival of The Samoan Bulldozer, Umaga.


Styles: Wait, what is Umaga doing here?

JR: Umaga has been on a mission of putting everybody in notice here in BTW, and he seems to be going after the champion here tonight.

Styles: Remember Umaga was the man who took out The Undertaker three weeks ago and will go one on one with the Deadman at Busted Open.


Umaga slides to the inside of the ring and goes after Brock, who at the sight of the Bulldozer tried to shake off the pain on his leg and get up. Umaga grabs Brock by the head, however Lesnar shoves him away. The champion manages to indeed pick himself up and he charges towards the monster, however Umaga manages to receive him and drop him with an awe inspiring Samoan Drop.

Umaga is feeling it and he sticks his thumb out, signaling he wants to spike the throat of Brock, however gong sounds on the arena taking the lights out.


JBL: Oh come on! Not now!


Lights come back on after a gong and we see The Undertaker right on the outside of the ring. Umaga notices him and he can’t leave the ring and go after him fast enough. Umaga swings a right hand haymaker, however lights go out just as he was about to hit The Undertaker. Lights go on and the Undertaker is back, now laying the smackdown on Umaga with a series of straight right hands. Umaga goes for a punch of his own but lights go back out before he nails it. Lights return and with them The Undertaker, who continues attacking Umaga, pummeling up the ramp. Reaching the upper ramp and almost the stage, Umaga shoves Taker away and with the distance created he goes for a sidekick, however lights go back out saving Taker, and as they go back on, Undertaker jumps right into Umaga connecting a flying Clothesline. Taker grabs Umaga and gets him back to his feet, then just launches him across the stage. The Undertaker continues punching Umaga as both men eventually make their way to the back.

Back on the inside of the ring, Brock Lesnar is up to one knee trying to return to his feet. Suddenly, out of nowhere, we see Christian Cage slide to the inside of the ring with a steel chair in hand.

Styles: Yes, it was only a matter of time before that Creepy little bastard showed his face again

JBL: Don’t call him that!


Christian Cage taunts Brock Lesnar with the chair, waiting for him to turn around, however, when Brock indeed turns around, Cage can’t do anything, as Brock got up with such intensity and anger that it shocks and sort of freezes Christian Cage. Brock Lesnar and Christian Cage stare at each other across the ring.

JR: Ladies and Gentlemen this is it; this is your Busted Open main event on Sunday!

JBL: Come on Christian, nail him with the chair! Nail him!



Scene fades to an end with Brock Lesnar and Christian Cage, still with the chair on his right hand, staring at one another.







BTW World Heavyweight Championship
Brock Lesnar (c) vs Christian Cage


Edge vs Jeff Hardy

Undertaker vs Umaga

BTW Extreme Championship
MVP (c) vs Rob Van Dam


If Rikishi loses, he must retire
Last Man Standing Match
Rikishi vs Randy Orton

Goldberg vs Big Show


BTW Tag Team Championship
CM Punk and Samoa Joe (c) issue an open challenge

Cody Rhodes vs Muhammed Hassan

Crushing C reveals BTW Management's report on Jeff Hardy's illegal substances case investigation
 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #16





Official Venue: Nationwide Arena; Columbus, Ohio
Tickets Sold: 19 673


Official Theme Song:
"Showstopper" by Toby Mac





Official Preview Guide

BTW World Heavyweight Championship
Brock Lesnar (c) vs Christian Cage
Christian has long wanted the spotlight. He has craved the main events, the championship matches and the attention that comes with them. So when the opportunity appeared, it was evident Captain Charisma would take advantage of it. Brock Lesnar became the World Heavyweight Champion at WrestleBowl by defeating Triple H, and since that defeat, the former champion and Christian's tag team partner Triple H has not been seen. Christian stood up to the plate and immediately challenged the champion, claiming he's long overdue for his championship run, and has brought the agression to Brock as well, as evidenced by his attacks after Lesnar's matches against Jeff Hardy and AJ Styles. Christian has labeled Brock as a paper champion, but that was the same mistake Triple H made at WrestleBowl, will Brock be able to prove that he cannot only become champion, but remain champion? Or will the motivated Captain Charisma achieve his ultimate goal of winning the top prize in the industry? And how will Brock's leg injury suffered on last BTW Nitro during the Handicap Match affect the match development?


Last Man Standing Match
If Rikishi loses, he must retire

Randy Orton vs Rikishi
Randy Orton and Rikishi go way back. The first ever BTW Nitro saw Rikishi defeat Randy Orton to end a long time suffering and earn back his BTW contract. Turning Point PPV equalized the situation, at least from the sick perspective of the Legend Killer, when he kicked the Samoan in the head sending him right into the hospital. Randy Orton would then set his target on another man, coincidentally from Rikishi's family, The Rock. Eventually, and on the Grandest Stage of them All, The Rock would suffer the same faith as others...getting kicked right into oblivion by Randy Orton. One man fights for family, for his blood, for honor and revenge, while the other one fights for glory, for his ego, to feed his own darkness. Giving the devil his due, Randy Orton seems unstoppable, having took out Rikishi himself before and The Rock. Rikishi on the other hand, is fighting for his family, and is fighting for his career, as if Rikishi isn't the last man standing, he will have his career terminated at the hands of the Viper. Randy has promised us a punt to the skull, Rikishi has promised us he will take Orton out while on his prime, come Busted Open, one thing is certain, the winner of this epic battle will be the last man standing, and the one who loses, would have certainly lost more than a match.


Edge vs Jeff Hardy
Edge and Jeff Hardy go way back in their careers. However, business has picked up since then. At WrestleBowl, Jeff Hardy, defying all odds, defeated the Rated R Superstar. However, all that ever did is lit a fire under Edge, which has caused his darkest side to resurface. The last couple of weeks have witnessed Edge put Jeff through a living hell, from post match attacks to the limit of sending a video of himself threatening Jeff with some sort of attack on Hardy's girlfriend. And that is not even pondering on the possibility of Edge having frame Jeff on the whole posession of illegal substances case. Jeff Hardy reached boiling point, as his attack on Maven last BTW Nitro showed. At Busted Open, will Jeff be able to release all his frustatation and achieve revenge on Edge, or will the Master Manipulator's mental warfare pay off and grant him the victory?


Illegal Substances Case gets resolved
At a live edition of BTW Nitro, Jeff Hardy got confronted by police authorities that had been alerted by an anonymous caller indicating that Jeffrey Nero Hary had introduced illegal substances into the arena. Despite Jeff refusing this allegations, pills were in fact found on his bag. While many believe Jeff Hardy fall into his old habits, others claim it's a conspiracy formulated by Edge. Any of the two, we will find out which one is it at Busted Open.


Undertaker vs Umaga
The world stood in awe when Umaga interfered Undertaker's edict the night after WrestleBowl and tore him apart from limb to limb. Nobody had ever seen anybody manhandle The Undertaker as the Samoan Bulldozer did. The question that remans unaswered though, is why? Why Umaga did it? Why is Umaga targetting the Deadman? Maybe it is to once more prove his dominance after his defeat WrestleBowl at the hands of Bob Sapp, and if dominance is his goal, he has more than achieved it, as it wasn't until last BTW Nitro that we saw The Undertaker again. Physically that is, as Undertaker's mind games have been taunting Umaga for the span of two weeks now, showing him that you can't hunt what is already killed. However, is Undertaker fully recovered from the beating Umaga gave him? Will he be ready for this war? And at Busted Open, which will be victorious, Umaga's brutal physicality, or Undertaker's dark mind games?


Big Show vs Goldberg
In one of the most hyped, expected matches from WrestleBowl, Goldberg and Randy Couture defeated Big Show and Tito Ortiz. From that match, there is somebody who took great offense on that lost: The Big Show. In his mind, the giant truly believes that he was screwed out of the victory, and that his defeat was a fluke, and his mission in the last couple of weeks has been to show the world exactly that, that Goldberg beating him anytime is a fluke and he's superior than Bill in every way. Bill Goldberg is no push over, and he has answered back as well. Physicality has been maxified, with people like Gavin Spears getting caught in the middle of the crossfire. It has been weeks and weeks in which Goldberg has dared The Big Show to step up and indeed show he is superior. At Busted Open, the time has finally come for that. Will Big Show be able to prove he's superior or will Bill Goldberg score another "fluke victory" over the giant?


BTW Extreme Championship Match
Montel Vontavious Porter (c) vs Rob Van Dam
For close to a year, MVP has dominated the Extreme division. However, and since Monter's Ball, it seems that there's a new face of that division: Rob Van Dam. RVD defeated three other men to earn this title match against MVP. Van Dam has made it clear that he doesnt consider MVP to even be extreme, while Porter considers RVD is lucky to even be in the same ring as himself. It's a battle of styles, increased by the presence of the extreme rules factor. The Whole Damn show will take it to the limit, while Montel Vontavious Porter won't be able to run away, as he did during that tag team match on BTW Nitro between MVP/Muhammed Hassan vs RVD and Cody Rhodes. However, attacks like the one he did on last BTW Nitro will be completely legal. With the title on the line, which one will be able to leave the champion?


BTW Tag Team Championships

CM Punk and Samoa Joe (c) make an open challenge
CM Punk and Samoa Joe were friends before they faced each other at WrestleBowl, but now, in the aftermath of WrestleBowl, they are having a hard time remembering that. Punk and Joe became the tag team champions the night after they did battle against one another, but they havent been able to fully become a tag team, as their egoes keep clashing and channeling back to their battles. Nonetheless, they are still undefeated in 2 vs 2 competition. At Busted Open, they made an open challenge to any tag team in the world to step and challenge them, will they be able to finally get it together, stop fighting with one another and fight with their opponents, or will tension finally be too much and cost them championship gold?


Cody Rhodes vs Muhammed Hassan
Son of the legendary Hall of Famer Dusty Rhodes, young Cody Rhodes made his BTW debut by interrupting the returning Muhammed Hassan as he was running down USA at WrestleBowl. In the entire world, it doesn't seem to be a more fitting defender of the United States of America than the American Dream Jr, and Cody Rhodes has certainly shown exactly that, as he has taken the fight to Muhammed Hassan while achieving personal success, as he is yet to be defeated. Hassan has vowed to turn Rhodes's american dream into an american nightmare. At Busted Open, will Cody Rhodes defend the honor of the United States against quite possible it's biggest offender, or will Muhammed Hassan fullfill his return and restablish himself as a force to be reckon with?

 

·
Registered
Joined
·
131 Posts
Discussion Starter #18






Scene opens up and all we see is an all white background. Brock Lesnar enters the frame and appears to have sat on a chair. We can only infer it as the camera shot shows us only his face.

Lesnar: What would I do to be a champion?

From this point on, camera shots transitions the faces of different wrestlers as they say their lines.

Christian: I would do absolutely anything to be champion.

Edge: What wouldn’t I do?

Hardy: I’ve worked my entire career to be a champion.

RVD: Years of sacrifice.

Punk: Friendships compromised

MVP: I am a champion.

Lesnar (more intense): What would I to be a champion?

Edge: You can’t imagine what I would do.

Goldberg: Wont stop ‘til Im a champion.

Punk: Nothing is more important than being a champion.

Samoa Joe: Nothing.

Lesnar (his face is almost red): What would I do to be a champion?

Rikishi: I would put my career, my legacy on the line.

Orton: I’ll end your career.

Undertaker: Rest in peace….

Lesnar (screaming ): WHAT WOULD I DO TO BE A CHAMPION?....

The camera zooms on his extremely intense stare….


And now, Born to Wrestle Federation presents, Busted Open!!


Pyro
Pyro
Pyro


Camera shot shows us the jam packed arena filled with excited BTW fans jumping all around, waving and screaming at the camera while they prance their home-made signs for the world to see. We are then taken to our announce table as Jim Ross, John Bradshaw Layfield and Joey Styles welcome us to the show.


JR: In a night where three championships and a career will be on the line, we welcome you to Busted Open, I’m Jim Ross and alongside me is the incomparable Joey Styles and the legendary JBL. Gentlemen.

Styles: Thank you JR and it´s finally here, JR said it best three championships, including Montel Vontavious Porter’s Extreme Championship reign which is the longest in our young history will be on the line, and of course, the big one, the World Heavyweight Championship.

JBL: The granddaddy of them all, the biggest prize in our business, we work our entire careers, our entire life Joey, for just a shot, with the lights on bright, at the World Heavyweight title and tonight, we might just see Christian Cage solidify himself as the champion of the world.

Styles: Conspicuous by his absence is still Triple H, do you think he will be in attendance here tonight JR?

JR: All I know is tonight will be a hell of a night, we’re glad you’re with us.


“Arabian” plays to some jeers from the crowd as Muhammad Hassan makes his way to the stage. The amount of heat he gets from the crowd increases as he stars screaming in his foreign language appealing to the fans patriotism, or dare I say their xenophobic side. Hassan removes his turban and stares at the entranceway as he waits for his opponent.

“Out to Kill” resounds to a warm reception from the crowd as Cody Rhodes and his jumpy self makes his way out. He greets some ringside fans as he goes down the ramp and to the ring.


JR: This young man is still taking his first steps in the wrestling business, let alone BTW, so this match will be without a doubt his biggest challenge so far.

Styles: Let’s remember it wasn’t that long ago that Muhammad Hassan was undefeated in singles competition, so definitively young Cody is in for a challenge here tonight.



Cody Rhodes vs Muhammad Hassan

Cody Rhodes and Muhammad Hassan start circling each other as soon as referee orders the match to get started. They meet in the middle ring but shocking his opponent instead of locking up, Cody Rhodes rolls Hassan up with a schoolboy pinfall. It is only good for a two count though. Hasssan crawls away from Cody, who just looks at him with a smug expression on his face while still down on one knee. Both men get back to their feet and again enclose in the middle of the squared circle. Rhodes again is the first one to lash out as he nails a kick to the middle section, followed up y a couple of straight right hands. He goes to Irish Whip Hassan against the ring ropes however he gets countered, however Cody remains one step ahead as he comes off the ropes and nails a beautiful crossbody, drawing some cheers from the crowd. Rhodes gets up to and raises his hand in the air acknowledging the fans in attendance, and as soon as Muhammad Hassan gets back to a standing position, Cody Rhodes gives us another sample of his picture perfect moveset nailing a dropkick right to the face of his adversary. This time Cody Rhodes goes for a pinfall however his kick is only good for a two count, the second one in the match. Rhodes gives the referee one quick recriminatory stare and goes back to work, grabbing Hassan by the head and pulling both himself and his opponent back to his feet. JBL in commentary doesn’t let this detail go unnoticed and points out how in a rookie mistake Rhodes doesn’t lock in a headlock or a hold of this nature to wear down his opponent. Meanwhile Rhodes hoists Muhammad up and drops him with a side suplex, dropping him relatively close to the corner. Cody Rhodes quickly shows us this isn’t random as he goes to the apron and climbs to the top rope, where he measures Muhammad Hassan as the Middle Eastern wrestler gets back to his feet. Cody decides his opponent is in the perfect position for his intentions, and launches himself looking for a high crossbody plancha, however Hassan is able to scout this move and get out of the way, letting Cody Rhodes crash and burn against the canvas, hurting his ribs. Like a shark that smells blood on the water (analogy also used by Bradshaw on commentary) Hassan targets exactly that body part as he nails the convalescent Cody Rhodes with a World Cup like kick to the gut.

Muhammad nails two more of these hard kicks before controlling the twitching Cody Rhodes, throwing him to the ring ropes and receiving Rhodes as he comes back with a flapjack maneuver that sends Cody Rhodes gut first in to the top rope, almost slicing the young lion in half. Hassan scrapes his victim off from the ropes and drops him down to the canvas where he covers him: 1…2…, Rhodes kicks out. Showing the experience difference that the announcers pointed out a while back, Hassan does follow up this kickout with a grounded reverse bearhug, continuing his focus on the ribs of Rhodes. The precarious situation Cody Rhodes is in draws the investment of the crowd who start rallying behind the young superstar. Feeling motivated, Cody starts recovering and nailing elbow smashes to the face of his opponent, creating some distance and finally separation. Finally free, Rhodes tries to regroup himself, however he quickly finds himself back down to the canvas as when he turns around gets connected with a huge clothesline. Muhammad makes shoots the half nelson however Rhodes once again powers out. Hassan brings his opponent up to his feet and throws him to the corner. Taking impulse, Hassan sprints across the ring and connects the exposed Cody Rhodes with a huge shoulder tackle straight to the middle section. Hassan lets Rhodes stagger away from the corner on his own terms and then locks Cody in an Abdominal Stretch. Cody however has a lot of fight in him and taking advantage that they are relatively close to the corner, Rhodes manages to escape the hold and turn it into a hip toss sending Hassan right into the turnbuckles, in a painfully looking spot. Still selling pain, Cody goes against Muhammad and performs a monkey flip hurling Hassan across the ring. Cody sees Hassan sat on the canvas licking his wounds and steps into action taking advantage of the position his opponent has adapted and performs a rolling facebuster, another addition into his clearly homage filled moveset. Cody Rhodes however doesn’t go for a pinfall attempt, and instead picks his opponent and guides him up. Cody leaves Hassan in a standing position setting him up for an offensive maneuver.

Cody Rhodes holds on to the top rope and then uses it to springboard in another high risk high reward move looking for another crossbody, however once again this proves to be a mistake as Muhammad receives him with a gutbuster, the ribs of Rhodes once again paying for the young man’s mistakes. Muhammad Hassan confidently makes the cover: 1….2…., Cody Rhodes somehow, someway, manages to get one shoulder up. Hassan cannot believe him and is besides himself. He drags Rhodes back up and unleashes a flurry of punches and kicks. Hassan has clearly kicked it up to another gear and Irish Whips Cody to the Rhodes and nails him with a kitchen sink knee, then links this with a low dropkick to the back of the head of a grounded opponent. Muhammad however isn’t through with his rival and once again he picks his opponent back to his feet and Irish Whips to the ropes once more, receiving him this time with a spinning forearm smash. Hassan, proud of his actions, stands in the middle of the ring taunting at the audience. He turns around and goes back to attacking Cody Rhodes, pulling him by the hair trying to incorporate him. However and in sudden fashion, Cody drops to his back and slaps the taste right off Hassan’s mouth. Cody follows this up by driving his elbow right to the temple in bionic fashion. Rhodes takes a couple of steps back creating some room and then moves forward attempting to connect a flying forearm smash, however Hassan ducks this attack and as Rhodes turns around hooks him and drops him with his Modified STO. Hassan however following this makes the same mistake that has been pointed to Cody Rhodes, as instead of going for the cover, he tries to lock in his Camel Clutch. Everything seems lost for Rhodes, however in true amateur wrestling fashion Rhodes performs a basic switch, which allows him to get a much more advantageous position, from which he is able to lock in a reverse facelock and drop Hassan with a Reverse DDT. Cody Rhodes, holding his ribs in pain, walks to the corner where he then climbs to the top rope and seals the deal with a moonsault and a beauty. Cody Rhodes makes the cover: 1…2…3.

Winner: Cody Rhodes

Cody doesn’t move following his victory, as the pain in his middle section sinks in and increases. The referee nonetheless raises his hand.


JBL: This young boy made some really dumb rookie mistakes, but he very well be the real deal.

JR: Some growing pains indeed, but young Cody is victorious here tonight.


The scene transitions from the celebrating Cody Rhodes to a shot of Paul Heyman pacing back and forth inside his locker room. His image is greeted with boos from the live crowd. He is wearing his classic tux, a white shirt, but no hat.

Heyman: Gentlemen, do you understand the magnitude of tonight’s evening? Is it clear to every single one of you just how big, how massive this night will be and how it will reflect in your careers?

Paul Heyman turns around, along with the camera shot, showing us he is talking to his newly formed stable of Bob Sapp, Mark Henry and Ezekiel Jackson.

Heyman: Has it dawned on you that what we do tonight, will transcend time. People will look back at tonight, 1st Mariners Arena, and speak, speak with fear, about what four men accomplished that night.

Henry (fired up): Yeah!

Heyman: Gentlemen, we are those four men. What we do tonight, will transcend time and quite frankly, will make each and every one of us, legendary. Now, I can only ask you, are you ready?

Henry, Jackson and Sapp: Yeah!

Heyman: Are you ready Mark, to truly show the entire planet why you are the World’s Strongest Man?

Henry: Yes sir!

Heyman: And you Ezekiel, are you truly ready to reach your potential as the most recent member of our group?

Ezekiel: Yes sir!

Heyman: And you, Bob, my biggest asset, our crown jewel, are you ready to lead us to the promise land? Are you ready to take on all and every comers and bring them down with no mercy, no forgiveness and unseen anger?

Bob Sapp stares at Heyman and just grins.

Heyman: I know you are, I know you are. In that case gentlemen. Let’s get ready, our time is coming soon.

Heyman once again turns his back on his men and contemplates staring at the wall. The scene goes back to the announcers.


Styles: Let me tell you, nothing good can come out from a guy like Paul Heyman speaking like that.

JBL: That, I agree with Joey.

JR: Just like nothing good has come from this rivalry, it’s oh very personal, Edge and Jeff Hardy.

JBL: Edge at this point is the best in the business, and tonight, he gets rid of that pest of Jeff Hardy.


(Edge and Jeff Hardy video hype, taking us from the incident prior to WrestleBowl, in which thanks to an anonymous lead authorities found illegal substances in Hardy’s bags, to their one on one match at WrestleBowl ending in a Hardy victory, to their increasingly personal mash ups in the last month ending in Edge breaking Hardy’s apartment and confronting his fiancée)


“Metalingus” plays to a massive amount of boos from the audience as Edge, his confident self, makes his way out to the stage and rocks down the ramp and into the ring. He is wearing his classic black trench coat and a black and grey camo skullcap. He looks around in disgust and asks for a mic.

Edge: Some people might say that my reactions towards one Jeff Hardy is a little negative. Maybe a little salty, and some of you might actually say that is completely hostile.

Edge takes a break, looks around the arena and runs his hand through his hair.

Edge: Make no mistake about it people, I hate Jeff Hardy! I despise every fiber of his being, I hate his stupid armbands, his silly living for the moment lifestyle, I even hate his disgusting greasy multicolored hair. I hate Jeff Hardy!

Crowd interrupts with boos

Edge: Someone like Jeff Hardy is better served sitting between all of you that inside the ring with someone like yours truly, the Rated R Superstar!

The amount of heat Edge is getting increases.

Edge: Then again, I even doubt security would let someone like Jeff inside the arena, after all, we all know the kind of special treats he likes to carry around in his bags.

For the first time since he came out, Edge smiles, although it is one of those smug grins that just make you despise even more.

Edge: Anyway people, tonight history will be made, either it is because he gets fired tonight for his extracurricular activities, or it is because of what is about to happen inside this ring, tonight is the last time you’ll all get to see Jeffrey Nero Hardy in BTW.

The Rated R Superstar drops the microphone and faces the stage, after removing his trench coat and throwing his skullcap away.


“No More Words” plays to a huge pop from the crowd as Jeff Hardy makes his way out. Hardy wastes no time and sprints down the ramp and into the ring. The referee in a rather careless move rings the bell as soon as Hardy slides into the ring.



Edge vs Jeff Hardy

Despite the bell just gotten rang indicating the beginning of the match, as soon as Jeff Hardy finishes his entrance to the ring, Edge rolls to the outside of the ring, seemingly wanting no part of Hardy. Jeff however is intent in getting his hands on Edge and quickly climbs off from the ring as well and starts running behind his prey in pursuit of the Rated R Superstar. Edge runs like the proverbial scolded dog before finally sliding back into the ring and aiming for Hardy to do the same, going for the characteristic heel trap. Nonetheless, even though Jeff Hardy indeed follows Edge into the inside of the ring he is way too intense and way too intent on punishing his tormenter that despite getting clubbed a couple of times in the back, Jeff rises above pain and manages to get to Edge and take him down to mat, where he mounts him and brings down a storm of punches on the humanity of his opponent. The referee steps in and forces a break between the competitors, however as soon as the referee gets out of the way, once again Hardy throws himself over Edge pummeling him once more with lefts and rights. Jeff finally ceases his assault and gets back to his feet, where he screams releasing all of his energy and pent up frustration. Jeff isn’t done though, not by a long shot, and he takes off his shirt. However, instead of throwing it to the crowd as he usually does, Hardy wraps it around the throat of his hated opponent, in an attempt to choke the life out of him. The lack of oxygen doesn’t last long in turning reddish Edge’s face and the referee intervenes to stop the illegal acting of the rainbow haired warrior. It isn’t until the count the referee has started reaches four that Jeff releases the choke freeing Edge. The official, trying to regain some sort of control in the bout, grabs Jeff and takes him to an opposite end of the ring, trying to calm him down and talk some sense into him, while allowing the Rated R Superstar to recover his breath and sort of recover. Jeff, annoyed by this intermission forced by the referee, shoves the official away and walks towards Edge looking to continue his attack, however he is greeted by a Spear completely out of nowhere.

Edge, still coughing, and with his face looking a little red and puffed, crawls closer towards the body of Hardy and makes the cover: 1…2…, Jeff Hardy manages to kick out. Edge seems pissed off about not being able to put Jeff Hardy away right there and then. In frustration, Edge slaps the head of Hardy and then starts getting up to his feet, pulling his opponent by the hair to bring him up with him. Now both standing, Edge grabs Jeff Hardy by the face and starts to yell at him, humiliating him and trying to bring him down. However, out of nowhere, Jeff Hardy snaps back in it and after nailing a kick to the middle section of the Rated R Superstar Jeff hits his Twist of Fate to a big explosion from the crowd. Jeff Hardy isn’t done though and he follows up by climbing to the top rope and after contemplating and feeding from the audience’s roar, flies through the skies landing on Edge with a picture perfect Swanton Bomb. Edge immediately takes both hands to the middle section feeling the effects of the move. Hardy stares at Edge with disgust and then just nails a stomp delivered with huge contempt. The enigmatic charisma stalls for a minute as if thinking what his next move will be. His face expression reflects that he has found his answer and it isn’t long before he climbs back to the top rope and comes on down nailing a second Swanton Bomb, squashing both Edge’s anatomy as well as his chances of winning the match. However, despite obviously having the match won, it doesn’t seem Jeff Hardy will be even bothered with pinfalls. Instead, once again he gets on top of Edge and begins punching him. The referee, who quite frankly hasn’t had the best one of officiatings, doesn’t try anymore to separate both men and just lets Jeff Hardy have his way with the Rated R Superstar. After a while, Jeff finally seems content with the amount of punches he has delivered, but doesn’t seem though with punishing Edge for all his actions. Hardy rolls to the outside of the ring and gets himself a steel chair, foreign object that gets greeted by the audience with a pop. Hardy returns to the inside of the ring, chair in hand.

The referee obviously seeing this, the least he can do, rules the match over.

Result: Edge wins via DQ.


It doesn’t need to be said that this doesn’t rattle Jeff Hardy, who drives the steel of his weapon against the back of Edge, who had blindly turned looking for some protection only to expose his spine. Hardy delivers three more of these hard shots. The force the whiplash effect of the strikes prompt Edge to get back to a standing position, only to get humbled by a shot with the edge of the chair right to the gut, doubling Edge. Hardy sees Edge more exposed and more vulnerable than ever. Jeff takes a couple of steps back, taking impulse to deliver with more strength what seems that will be the final and most vicious shot, however as soon as Jeff dashes in Edge’s direction, the chair held up high before viciously coming down, the Rated R Superstar manages to get one saving shot in, in the form of a big boot straight to the face. Edge has had enough of Jeff Hardy for one evening and isn’t going to hang around and continue with this, so as soon as he comes to his senses that Hardy is down and slowed down, at least for the moment, rolls out of the ring, jumps the barricade and gets as far away as he can escaping through the crowd, act that gets a lot of boos from the fans in attendance.


JBL: My God, I hope that Jeff Hardy not only gets fired tonight, but he gets put in jail. He’s a goddamn criminal, a no good goddamn criminal, and what he just did is nothing more than assault.


Jeff Hardy on the inside of the ring recovers and sits. By the anger showing on his face, we can tell it isn’t over.


Styles: I wouldn’t go to such extremes as John would, but what we just saw was obviously extreme, although quite frankly, maybe not as extreme as what we are about to see.

JR: It’s the match Rob Van Dam has waited since WrestleBowl, one on one with MVP for the BTW Extreme Championship.

JBL: We have a kid here that is as good as they say they are, maybe better, he is the longest, the longest champion in our company and I just hope for RVD’s sake that he came ready.

Styles: You are insane you know that? Anyways, let’s see just how it was that RVD got himself this championship opportunity.



Van Dam grabs the ladder still inside the ring and sets it up. He rolls then to the outside of the ring and he takes out a lumber board, but it isn’t any regular lumber board. It is covered in barbwire. It is identical to the one RVD used in Rebellion PPV to take out Sabu. RVD slides back to the inside of the ring and puts the lumber on top of the steps. He grabs AJ, drags it close to the set “artifact” so to speak, and puts AJ Styles on top of the barbwire. Blood stops pouring already from the back of AJ Styles. Rob Van Dam climbs to the top of the ladder, and right on top he taunts to the fans, getting them to chant “Rob…Van…Dam!”, and after they are done, RVD comes from down the ladder flying 16ft through the air and landing right on top of AJ Styles, connecting a splash into AJ, squashing him right into the lumber barbwire. It takes a couple of seconds, but RVD is finally able to cover AJ Styles: 1…2…3.
Result: Rob Van Dam pins AJ Styles


Styles: He did it, RVD is the winner of this match.

JBL: My God, these men smell like smoke ‘cause they’ve been through fire, and now that this match is over, I’m afraid we’re going to have to carry them off all in stretchers.




“One of a Kind” plays to a loud roar of the crowd to receive the challenger, all the way from Battle Creek Michigan, Rob Van Dam. RVD seems confident as he makes his way down the ramp and into the ring.

“I’m Coming” blasts though the arena welcomed by a big amount of boos as the current reigning and defending BTW Extreme Champion MVP jogs into the stage, dark glasses covering his eyes, bling around his neck and the belt around his waist.

Styles: The current champion has had successful title defenses against the likes of Jeff Hardy, Elijah Burke, Sabu and Chris Jericho.

JBL: Add to that his recent battle with The Undertaker and I’m telling you, this kid is not only ready for primetime, he is primetime.



BTW Extreme Championship Match
Extreme Rules
MVP (c) vs RVD

MVP and Rob Van Dam stare at each other from different ends of the ring. The crowd gets immediately involved in the match as they start a loud RVD chant, soon followed by a “We want tables” match. MVP finally acknowledges the fans as he gives them a look of disgust. Porter finally takes the initiative and walks closer toward Van Dam and raises his left hand in the hair asking for a traditional wrestling lock up. The crowd, and Rob Van Dam, look shocked by this. The audience even goes as far as to boo Porter’s doing. RVD chuckles and flat out tells how ridiculous what MVP proposes is, however it has been enough to get Van Dam out of his game and Porter reaches in and drives his thumb to RVD’s eye. The cheap shot, besides getting heat from the audience, is followed by a huge kick to the mush of the challenger, knocking Van Dam down. The extreme champion grams his opponent by the ponytail and forces him back to a standing position, only to throw him over the top rope and to the outside of the ring. Montel Vontavious Porter wastes no time and leaves the ring exiting by the other end of the ring and while talking to himself, possibly pumping himself up, Porter starts looking for weapons from under the ring, immediately bringing into play the extreme aspect of tonight’s rules. Porter finds and launches into the ring a garbage can, filled with three kendo sticks. Porter grins with malice and slides back to the inside of the ring. On the other side, Van Dam is resurfacing on the apron and is crawling back inside as well. Porter taunts the recovering challenger with a kendo stick in hand. Rob Van Dam, finally gets back to a vertical position and taking that as his cue MVP nails RVD in the gut with a brutal kendo stick shot. RVD doubles in pain and makes an effort to try to get away from his abuser, however all he does is expose his back to Porter, who right away uses the kendo stick once more to punish that part of Rob’s anatomy. Beat up, it is an easy task for Montel to get a hold of his opponent, set him up and effectively perform a Pumphandle Slam with the aid of the kendo stick, uncomfortably set between RVD’s legs. The surprisingly dominant champion makes the first pinfall attempt of the contest however all he gets is a two count.

Porter wastes no time and still sing the kendo stick as his weapon of choice, puts it against the throat of his opponent and just tries to choke the fight out of Rob Van Dam. MVP himself ceases his attempts and throws the stick away. Coughing and heavily breathing, RVD tries to get back to his feet, joining the champion in standing positions, however, when he finally does, the champion proves to be one step ahead as MVP was already waiting for him with the trash can held up high over his head and drives it mercilessly into the skull of the Battle Creek Barbarian. Completely left groggy, RVD doesn’t collapse to the canvas because in his dazedness Van Dam is staggered against the turnbuckles in the corner. MVP sees him and sprints toward him, nonetheless and in what one can only assume is instinct, RVD lifts himself up and sticks his right boot in the way and straight into Montel’s face. MVP bounces away, space that RVD takes advantage of to turn around, leap to the top rope and fly trying to connect a crossbody, however MVP catches a glimpse of the incoming menace and is able to get out of the way, letting RVD fly over him and land on the conveniently, or inconveniently if you’re Rob Van Dam, trash can, completely squashing it and hurting his own self. The crowd gasps in shock. But the gasp even more when MVP picks RVD up, drags him closer to the ropes and just suplexes the hell out of him to the outside of the ring. Van Dam lands hard and seems to have hurt his lower back. Montel Vontavious Porter, with a sinister expression of satisfaction on his face, contemplates on the punishment just delivered, taking his precious time before taking his next offensive step. On the flipside, it allows RVD to pick himself up and recover. The BTW Extreme Champion finally decides to proceed on his dismantlement, and so he steps between the ropes and to the apron, however as soon as MVP steps there, RVD sweeps with his right hand the leg of MVP and causes him to fall on the apron, hitting the back of his head on the landing. Rob Van Dam slides into the inside of the ring and bouncing on the opposite end of the ring ropes is able to develop enough speed to hit a hard baseball slide kick forcing the champion completely out of the ring structure. Porter falls to the concrete floor on the outside. Van Dam follows up by returning to the ring apron and after a quick look back to draw a mental map of the world behind him, RVD moonsaults into his opposition.

Holding his lower back in pain, RVD gets back to his feet and sinks in the love from the fans in attendance he gets. Rob Van Dam grabs MVP and scoops him up, then holding Porter up walks close to the ring steps and once there Van Dam just slams him over the metallic structure. Upon contact MVP screams in pain. Revealing this punishment is merely a set up, Van Dam climbs into the fan barricade. Prior to incorporating over it Van Dam high fives a fan. RVD asks for some more crowd appreciation and after he gets it, Rob Van Dam measures Porter and leaps looking to hit his spinning leg drop. However, and for the second time in the match, MVP is able to avoid this type of attacks coming from the challenger’s way and rolls off the steel steps. With his target missing, RVD just crashes and burns really hard against the steel of the steps, really hurting his patella and overall leg in general. Limping, RVD walks right into the once again standing champion who propels him ironically into the fan barricade, against the which Van Dam crashes hurting his sternum. RVD staggers away after the impact only to get planted with a huge bicycle kick that turns the challenger’s lights out. MVP delivered with a great amount of viciousness, and shows he is taking it to a new level as he, from under the ring, takes out a table and slides it into the inside of the ring. MVP gives his opponent a derogatory look and then throws Van Dam back into the squared circle as well. MVP becomes the fourth party inside the ring after the referee enters the ring before him as well and starts setting the table up almost in the middle of the ring. Porter picks RVD up and drags him close to the corner looking to weaken him even further. The Extreme championship holder tries to smash Van Dam’s head into the upper turnbuckle, however RVD in a great display of his athleticism blocks him using his left leg and then just kicks him right in the forehead with the same leg without resting it on the floor. MVP tries to get away and just happens to get close to the prepared table. RVD notices this and he dashes toward the seemingly exposed champion. Porter however snaps back to his senses, or shows he was just playing possum, only MVP himself knows, and throws his hip trying to nail RVD, using his own momentum, with a belly to belly throw. Everyone in the arena probably expected RVD to go through the table, however Van Dam somehow manages to continue rotating in the air and land in a crouching-like position, almost standing, getting admiration from the crowd.

RVD quickly recovers his balance, turns around and dropkicks the edge of the table driving it right into the middle section of MVP. Van Dam follows it up by leaping into the table, that thankfully resists the weight put on top of it, and comes into the champion connecting a sidekick that finally knocks Porter down. The crowd is completely behind the challenger as they see RVD, with a distinct sense of urgency, grab the table and reset it this time placed in the corner against the turnbuckles. RVD turns around and returns going after MVP. Montel tries to snap back into the match and throws a wild right handed swing, however Rob easily blocks it and connects his whirlwind like kick threatening to break the jaw of the self proclaimed half man half amazing. The crowd goes wild as their favorite continues to build momentum as he uses the ring ropes to bounce back and connect his crowd pleasing Rolling Thunder. The tide of the match has completely switched, and it is never clearer than after Van Dan picks Mr. 305 back up, scoops him and hits his Falling Slam leaving him prone close to the corner, which allows RVD to nail yet another unanswered offensive move as he connects his Split-Legged Moonsault. RVD finally makes the cover: 1….2…., MVP somehow gets one shoulder up keeping the extreme title match going. Van Dam, not looking rattled by the failed pinfall, grabs RVD by the head and starts pulling him upwards, but suddenly MVP shows clear signs of life as he snaps and connects his one knee facebuster, whiplashing RVD down into the canvas.MVP uses a couple of seconds to try to shake off the punishment he has received from his challenger, especially in the last couple of minutes, and once he has regrouped, MVP makes his classic taunt announcing his Ballin’ Elbow. BTW’s resident baller dashes to the ring ropes however as he comes off them and before he completes all the theatrics that come before dropping his elbow, the champion changes his mind and instead of fulfilling his announced signature move, he just stomps Van Dam right in the face and goes to the outside of the ring, showing real determination on his face. Porter seems a little lost for a quick couple of seconds before finally finding his target in his BTW Extreme Championship. MVP demands for it, gets handed the championship and holding it close to his hand returns to the ring.

MVP walks close to the fallen Van Dam, but instead of using his championship to hurt the challenger physically, Mr. Primetime uses it to hurt the ego of RVD, shoving it right into his face and reminding Van Dam just who the title holder is. Still doing this, MVP, with the championship on his left hand, uses his right hand to try to pull his opponent up to his feet. Confidence is clearly marked in the Florida’s native. However, and in yet another display of his abilities, RVD snaps the championship from the grasps of Montel, and using in his favor the confusion unleashed by this, RVD throws the championship right into his current owner and hits the Van Dominator, shoving it this time into MVP’s face. Having lost his balance and without any legs beneath him, MVP buckles backwards and collapses into the table that had been set in the corner, breaking it in half to a pop from the crowd. Van Dam wastes no time and quickly drags the champion away from the collision scene and to the center of the ring, where MVP cannot do anything else that wait and receive the Five Star Frog Splash. RVD makes the cover and gets the three count.

Winner and new BTW Extreme Champion: Rob Van Dam.


The crowd explodes as RVD gets handed by the referee his newly won championship. Van Dam lifts his championship in the air and celebrates his victory with his devoted fans. JBL is speechless in commentary, having watched his boy get dethroned.

JR: Whats the matter JBL? It looks as if Mr.Primetime just got cancelled!

Styles: Out with old, in with the new, we have a new champion and in this commentator’s opinion. The BTW Extreme Championship is right where it belongs.

JR: Well, we go from one championship situation to another one, standing backstage is our colleague Leticia Cline with one half of the tag team champions, CM Punk.


Scene gets taken to the smiling and beautiful face of Leticia Cline. CM Punk, looking to the floor and with his championship over his shoulder is next to her.

Cline: Punk, tonight might be the toughest night in your career as not only will you have to defend your BTW Tag Team Championships against two unknown opponents, but you will have to coexist with the man you have had some troubles as of late, your friend, Samoa Joe.

CM Punk opens his mouth as if about to speak and he gets cheers from the crowd, thing that causes him to smile.

Punk: Well things are obviously not fine and dandy in Punk’s camp as of late. My friend and tag team partner seems to have a problem with what happened at WrestleBowl when that night, I was the better man.

He gets interrupted by some cheers from the audience.

Punk: The thing is, and I can only hope with my heart of hearts that Joe understands it, when this is on the line (Punk shows his tag team title) it’s not about what has happened one on one, but what will happen two on two!

As CM Punk gets a little more intense, the crowd cheers him again.

Punk (recovering his cool): But even if Samoa Joe is too stubborn to get all of this, Joe and myself are two if not the two best wrestlers in the world today, and we will be champions after the night is over. After all, I got my carrying boots on.

CM Punk stares at the camera with a grin on his face, then winks at Leticia and walks away.

Cline: Let’s send it to my colleague Jeremy Borash, who is standing backstage with the other half of the tag team champions, Samoa Joe.


We are taken to a locker room where Borash and Joe are standing. The image of Joe gets received by a mix reaction from the fans.

Borash: Joe, we just saw what your tag team partner CM Punk just said. Things have certainly been tense between the two of you but…

Joe: Tense? (Joe chuckles) Look Jeremy, Punk has always been the one to run his mouth. I don’t. Because I know who I am, and I know what I can do… to him, or to anybody across that ring.

Joe cracks his knuckles.

Joe: Tonight, I have two punks across the ring and they will pay. But quite frankly, I’d like it to be just the one.

Samoa Joe stares at Borash before turning around and walking away. The scene returns to our announcers.


JR: Have you ever seen two defending tag team champions not even being in the same room before a championship defense?

Styles: Certainly not, the tension between the two is just off the chart as of late, but they will have to defend their belts against two unknown challengers in an open challenge.

JBL: Quite frankly and if you asked me right now, I’d tell you we are going to have new tag team champions.


“Samoan Vibe” plays to the same mix reaction he got before as Samoa Joe menacingly walks out to the stage and down the ramp, completely ignoring everybody on his walk down the ramp and into the ring. He turns his back to the stage as he takes off his towel from around his neck, not making it too evident that he is turning his back on his partner.

“This Fire Burns” plays to a nice reaction from the audience as the other half of the tag team champions, CM Punk appears kneeled on the stage and then fires himself up saluting fans at ringside as he walks down the ramp.


Styles: All the tension between these two men stems from the fact that at WrestleBowl, these two met in a one on one contest that ended in victory for the straightedge competitor, CM Punk.


CM Punk enters the ring and taps Joe on the back, who was still refusing to stare at him. Both men encounter face to face in the middle of the ring, as probably they would want to find themselves one more time, before they get interrupted by the music of their challengers….

“You can Run” by Lord Akkim play to the confusion of the crowd as two young men, seemingly from Samoan heritage make their way out. Both have dreadlocks flowing over his shoulders, are wearing red short tights with tribal design. They energetically make their way down the ramp smiling and saluting fans. When in front of the announcers, one of them asks for a microphone.

….: My name is Solo Fatu and this one right here is my brother, Samuel Fatu. We are the Fatu Brothers and tonight we will become the new tag team champions!

Solo drops the mic and both enter the ring.


JR: I might be wrong but I believe these two are the sons of Rikishi.



BTW Tag Team Championships
CM Punk and Samoa Joe (c) vs The Fatu Brothers

CM Punk and Samoa Joe continue their stare off now on their corner, confronting one another about who will begin the match. CM Punk, who seems to be the coolest head out of them all, caves in and lets his partner begin the match. Samoa Joe steps into the middle of the ring and faces Solo Fatu, who in a much easier exchange gets selected to kick it for the challenger team. Both competitors lock up in the middle of the ring. They try to outpower the other one for a couple of seconds with neither one of them getting the advantage, so they abruptly break the lock up. Joe reacts first following this and goes for a decapitating forearm blow, however Solo ducks avoiding any contact and connects a kick to the calf of Joe. Not to be out done, Samoa Joe answers back with the same kind of kick. They trade these blows two more times before finally Samoa Joe gets the upperhand with a violent knee to the middle section. Joe gets control of his opponent and Irish Whips the Fatu brother to a neutral corner. Samoa Joe goes to the opposite corner creating some room and then charges, however Solo Fatu avoids any contact by jumping over the top rope and into the apron. Joe smashes his own self against the corner and staggers away. Solo measures Samoa Joe up and springboards looking for an offensive maneuver, but continuing with the early theme of the match, Joe gets out of the way. Nonetheless Solo avoids major tragedy as he rolls upon landing and ends up right back to his feet. Samoa Joe turns around in his own mind to face Solo but all he ends up encountering is a flying Solo Fatu connecting him with an amazing spinning crossbody. Solo makes the cover, however all he gets is a two count. Solo doesn’t waste any time and grabs Joe by the head and drags him close to his team’s corner. There he incorporates the Samoan Submission Machine and smashes his skull against the turnbuckle, then, he tags in his brother, Samuel Fatu. Both brothers remain in the ring though and they Irish Whip Samoa Joe and receive the incoming champion with stereo elbows to the face. Joe drops to the canvas where he gets clobbered once again this time by a double elbow drop delivered by the feisty challengers. Samuel Fatu makes the cover, however once again Joe kicks out at two. Not even thinking in slowing down the pace of the match, Samuel continues the aggression by bringing Joe back to a standing position and back to the samoans corner, where Samuel tags Solo back into the match. Solo comes through the ropes and walks to the middle of the ring. Samuel controls Samoa Joe by the hand and he Irish Whips the champion right into his brother, who receives Joe with a big dropkick straight to the face. Punk might as well have suffered the impact by his reaction on the apron. Solo makes the cover, but Samoa Joe still isn’t ready for the pickings.

Showing a little impatience on his face, Solo gets back to his feet and brings Samoa Joe up with him. Once both standing, the Fatu one kicks Joe in the gut and links it with a chop to the chest. He leaves Samoa Joe doubled and goes to gain momentum using the ring ropes, however as he comes off toward his opponent leaping beforehand as if going for a great collision, he gets squatted like a fly in mid air as Samoa Joe welcomes him with a battering ram like move, pushing him away and almost making him land close to the corner. Joe shakes off the punishment taken up to this point and goes to the corner, against the which Solo Fatu is now sitting. There, Samoa Joe takes his feet and applies the proverbial face wash, both hurting and humiliating his opponent. This is followed up by some real pain as Samoa Joe runs to the ropes and nails a big kick to the face, kicking the challenger all the way into the concrete floor on the outside of the ring. Samoa Joe feels it and with a scream and raising his arms up in the air lets the crowd realize it. He then stares at CM Punk, not saying a word but telling a whole lot with his eyes. Joe finally turns his focus back on the Fatu now recovering on the outside of the ring and after once again running to the ring ropes and crossing the ring at full speed, Samoa Joe flies through the ring ropes connecting Solo Fatu with a suicide dive. The crowd forgets any resentment towards Joe as they cheer what they just have seen. Joe gets himself together on the outside and picks Solo up as well and both return to the inside of the ring, where Joe makes the cover, only getting a two count. Joe’s reaction is almost as if he had just gotten slapped right across the face. He gets back to his feet and pulling by the hair starts forcing Solo Fatu to do the same, however Solo fights back and shoves Joe away and into the champions’ corner. Samoa Joe shakes off the impact and goes to fight back, but from behind his tag team partner CM Punk tags himself into the match. Joe delivers Punk deadly eyes, but CM doesn’t even look at him and just springboards to the inside of the ring. Punk wastes no time going after his opponent and nails him with a combo of two kicks, one left and one right, to the legs and a spinning kick to the middle section. He then grabs Solo by the arm and after Irish Whipping him to the ropes receives him with a leg lariat. CM Punk gets back to his feet screaming all fired up and not seeing the need to waste any more time, he announces his intentions of going for the GTS.

Solo Fatu slowly starts getting back. He finally fully incorporates and right away CM Punk gets him over his shoulders in the fireman’s carry. However, as he propels Solo up looking to nail the GTS, Fatu is able to block the move by catching CM Punk’s leg. With the extremity of the straightedge competitor in control, Solo is able to nail a Dragon Whip, hurling Punk away and gaining some breathing time. Both men get back to their feet, CM Punk obviously the freshest of the two and therefore the first one to sprint towards Solo, but not the one to be effective as Solo avoids the attempted clothesline by the champion and using his right arm to hook Punk’s own right arm, Fatu pulls his opponent’s head backwards and into his knee in a vicious backbreaker. Having recovered the control of the match, Solo goes to his corner and makes the tag to his brother. Now the legal man, Samuel Fatu climbs to the top rope and hits a flying elbow drop. He makes the cover: 1…2…, CM Punk gets one shoulder up. Strategy has changed for the challengers as now they are interested in wearing his opposition down. Samuel sits on the canvas and wraps his legs around Punk´s body, while locking in a dragon sleeper hold, bending the spine of the sitting Punk into a very uncomfortable position added to cutting his oxygen flow. After a while of drainage, Samuel switches the hold into a full nelson, picking apart Punk piece by piece. The regular full nelson is then transitioned into a half nelson while Samuel Fatu gets his legs in position to then make the full and intended transitioned into a full nelson applied with the legs. CM Punk screams in pain as Samuel drives his heels right into his neck. The referee starts checking on Samuel, who while applying the hold is shoulders flat on the canvas. The official notices this and makes a two count. Breaking the count Samuel Fatu snaps and breaks the hold freeing the punished half of the tag team champions. The other half, hateful, looks at the action unimpressed from the outside. Both official competitors get back to their feet and charge against one another, this time CM Punk being the one who reacts first, connecting a clothesline.

Samuel gets back up and gets kicked in the middle section by Punk. The second city saint leaves his opponent doubled and then goes to the ropes, however when he bounces back CM Punk gets planted with a big flapjack that drives the champion face first into the canvas. Samuel Fatu flips CM Punk and sets him over his back and then nails a big leg drop across then throat. Fatu makes the cover but only gets a two count. The Fatu brother drags Punk closer to his corner and makes the tag to the other half of the challengers. Solo Fatu enters the match and the contest and makes his presence felt by connecting a falling headbutt. Solo attempts to win the match but once more the referee’s count doesn’t reach three. Solo Fatu gets back to his feet and grabbing CM Punk by the hair forces him up with him. When standing, Solo nails a toe kick to the gut and links it with a straight right hand to the face. Punk has to take a couple of steps back due to the impact and Solo Fatu goes to take advantage of this avalanching toward him going for a clothesline, however CM Punk manages to counter this attempt by hooking his opponent with his outside arm and managing to connect his spinning neckbreaker. Both men remain in the canvas for a couple of seconds before finally both men get up to their feet, Solo holding his neck in pain, however he gets hit with a Mongolian double chop to the sides of his head and after being weakened by it, Solo gets Irish Whipped into the corner. Punk runs following his challenger however when he reaches the corner he gets planted by a surprising pendulum kick. Punk gets staggered away and Solo Fatu is able to regroup. Now trying to become the aggressor he charges against the champion, however CM Punk manages to react first and hoist him up for the ride connecting a scoop powerslam. Immediately after connecting the move, CM Punk collapses next to the hurting Solo, both wrestlers now down on the canvas. Having had enough and needing a refreshment in the match for their respective teams, they start crawling toward their corners and toward their tag team partners. The crowd cheers rallying behind their favorite, Chicago’s favorite son. It doesn’t take long before Solo Fatu gets to his wanted destination and manages to get the tag to his brother. Samuel enters the ring just in time to witness CM Punk make the final leap and tag Samoa Joe into the match.

Samoa Joe explodes into the contest nailing an elbow smash to the head of his opponent. Samuel rolls over his back and gets up only to eat up a second one. Samuel gets back up after collision and storms for the third time in his opponent’s direction, getting blasted this time by a huge lariat. Joe is on fire. Samuel, in pain, holding his throat, tries to recover and sits on the canvas. Seeing this Joe goes after him and chops him in the back, then storms to the ring ropes and links it with a straight boot to the mush. Joe wastes no time and picks his opponent up and throws him to the corner. He then runs toward Samuel Fatu and plants him with a flying forearm smash. He then rotates and plants him with a Pele like kick connecting practically on the temple of the Samoan descendent. Joe steps back to let Samuel Fatu practically melt right into him and into a Belly to Belly suplex. Joe gets up and thanks to his in ring actions gets cheers from the crowd. Joe then enters in eye contact with his partner. They start talking and it seems as if CM Punk is asking for the tag. Joe nods but not in accepting manner, but in a challenging way and indeed makes the tag to CM Punk. Punk enters the ring and right away lands Samuel with another spinning kick to the gut, followed by a hard roundhouse kick to the side of the head of the challenger that knocks him down. Punk incorporates his opponent and sends him to the corner, where he connects his characteristic charging knee to the jaw followed by a bulldog. CM Punk isn’t through with bringing the pain as he once again forces Samuel Fatu off from his back and nails him with a double underhook backbreaker. CM Punk is firmly in control, and letting some energy go he taunts to the crowd screaming his own name on the top of his lungs. The crowd responds by starting a chant of his name. Suddenly, Joe calls CM Punk from the corner. Punk, doubtful, answers the call and goes toward the corner. To the surprise of everybody, Joe extends his right hand, offering it to his misfit tag team partner. Punk looks around the audience not knowing what to do, however, he decides friendship and reconciliation to triumph and indeed accepts the handshake. Looking dead in the eye, both move their head up and down in acceptance and even go as far as to smile. CM Punk goes to turn around, however Samoa Joe holds on to his hand a little too long before finally letting him go. This takes CM Punk off his game, and isn’t able to respond when he gets propelled in the air by Samuel Fatu and into Solo, who had entered the ring, that connects him with a brutal Samoan Drop. The referee berates at Solo to get out of the ring, but does nothing else than count when the other Fatu makes the cover. Samoa Joe just lets all of this happen. Samuel Fatu gets the three count and the titles for his team.

Result: Solo and Samuel Fatu win the match and the BTW Tag Team Championships.


Joe stares at the three men in the ring for a couple more seconds before leaping off the apron and walking up the ramp. Back inside the ring, The Fatus celebrate their newly won championships, while CM Punk rolls in pain in one corner of the ring.

Styles: If things between Joe and Punk were bad before, one can only imagine how it will be now.


We see a shot of Rikishi looking at the action inside his locker room on a TV, then we see some more of the Fatu’s celebration inside the ring before we go backstage to another locker room, this one owned by the World Heavyweight Champion, as we see Brock Lesnar taping his wrists. His appearance gets the pop of the crowd up until now in the show. Suddenly, another main joins him interrupting him. It is no other than fellow title hold, the BTW Continental Champion Chris Jericho, who also gets his share of love from the audience.

Lesnar: What the hell do you want?

Y2J: Look Brock, settle down big fella settle down. I just figured, since I have the night off and I can’t give anybody an ass kicking, I might give you some advice.

Lesnar: I don’t need your advice.

Y2J: I didn’t say you do. But then again, maybe you do. Something about that limp you have tell me you do.

Chris and Brock stare at each other.

Y2J: I just wanted to tell you. Don’t overestimate Christian. He might just look like a creepy little bastard, but that assclown is dangerous. If you want to win, take him seriously. I did, and that’s why I have this.

Jericho shows Lesnar his BTW Continental Championship.

Lesnar: Look Chris, I don’t need strategy tips from you or anybody. But if it means anything to you, you can rest assure that I will destroy Christian Cage out there tonight.

Brock goes back to taping his wrists, not acknowledging Jericho any more. Chris stares at the world champion, grins and walks away.


Scene transitions into Crushing C’s office, where we see the General Manager checking some papers while sitting on his desk. The peace of the scene however is perpetrated when suddenly the Rated R Superstar breaks in, looking agitated and angry.

Crushing C (getting up and almost immediately equaling Edge’s intensity): What on Earth is your problem?

Edge: My problem? My problem? My problem is why isn’t Jeff Hardy fired by now! Did you see what that lunatic did to me out there? He should be fined, suspended, I want him out of here right now, right now!

Crushing C: Yes, I saw it. And in fact, is very ironic that you happened to appear on my office right about now.

Edge: oh yeah!? Why is that!?

Crushing C: Because I was about to tell the world the results of the investigations concerning Jeff Hardy. You see Edge, the investigators the board hired, weren’t able to prove that Jeff Hardy actually brought with him those substances. He was checked at the beginning of the show and those cases weren’t in his bag.

Edge: So what are you implying? Are you, are you saying I had something to do?

Crushing C: Well, I haven’t said anything. But the thing is, various sources say you were seen around the locker room minutes before Hardy entered the locker room and the police arrived.

Crowd boos.

Crushing C: I can’t prove anything, so I cannot outright fire, but we both know the truth. So you know what I will do?